7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
FANUC PICTURE Specification
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
(Edition 8.0 or later)
1/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
OVERVIEW ··········································································· 10
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
INSTALLER CHANGE ····················································································· 10
FP CONTROL ································································································ 10
RUBY SCRIPT ································································································ 11
LIBRARY FUNCTIONS CAN BE USED FROM RUBY SCRIPT ································ 12
ASYNCHRONOUS EXECUTION OF RUBY SCRIPT ············································· 12
IMPROVE OF SCREEN CALL FUNCTION ·························································· 13
COMBINED APPLICATION IN STANDARD DISPLAY UNIT ···································· 13
Expansion of the maximum number of simultaneous executions of the FANUC PICTURE for
iHMI ············································································································· 13
1.9
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
Floating Display Function ··············································································· 13
Script Displaying Button ················································································ 14
Expansion of FP controls supporting to the Multi-language Character Type functions14
IMAGE FILE EDITOR improvements ································································· 14
Offsetting Function of CNC memory area of FANUC PICTURE for iHMI ················· 14
1.14
1.15
1.16
1.17
1.18
1.19
1.20
1.21
1.22
1.23
1.24
Improvements of the operability when adding FP screens ·································· 14
FANUC Series 30i-B CPU-G ············································································ 15
Improvements of selection status retention of Control ······································· 15
Use memory card of display unit with PC function ············································· 16
Project variable management function of FANUC PICTURE
for iHMI ················· 16
FP Screen Transferring Function for CNC GUIDE ··············································· 16
Collective screen bitmap output function ························································· 17
About image files ·························································································· 17
Image quality setting of display image with Automatic screen enlarged function ··· 17
Improvements of font change in character type ················································· 17
REMARKS ···································································································· 18
1.24.1
1.24.2
1.24.3
1.24.4
1.24.5
1.24.6
1.24.7
2
INSTALLER ··········································································· 22
2.1
3
About compatibility with FANUC PICTURE earlier than 8.0 ··················································· 18
About check of version ································································································ 19
About memory consumption ·························································································· 19
About compatibility of Edition 8.0 or later. ········································································· 19
Compatibility with Multi-language Character Type function enabled project created by edition 9.4 or earlier.
····························································································································· 20
Setting of CNC system ································································································· 21
Cautions when using compatible display setting ··································································· 21
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ·········································································· 22
FP CONTROL ········································································ 23
3.1
ADDITION OF FP CONTROL············································································ 23
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
3.1.1
Check Box Control ····································································································· 27
3.1.1.1 Function ············································································································ 27
3.1.1.2 Diagram ············································································································ 28
3.1.1.3 Icon design········································································································· 28
2/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
3.1.1.4 Operation ·········································································································· 28
3.1.1.5 Properties ·········································································································· 28
3.1.1.6 List display ········································································································ 38
3.1.1.7 Batch editing ······································································································ 43
3.1.1.8 Message ············································································································ 44
3.1.2
Radio Button Control··································································································· 45
3.1.2.1 Function ············································································································ 45
3.1.2.2 Diagram ············································································································ 45
3.1.2.3 Icon design········································································································· 45
3.1.2.4 Operation ·········································································································· 45
3.1.2.5 Properties ·········································································································· 47
3.1.2.6 List display ········································································································ 57
3.1.2.7 Batch editing ······································································································ 61
3.1.2.8 Message ············································································································ 62
3.1.3
List Box Control ········································································································ 63
3.1.3.1 Function ············································································································ 63
3.1.3.2 Diagram ············································································································ 63
3.1.3.3 Icon design········································································································· 63
3.1.3.4 Operation ·········································································································· 63
3.1.3.5 Properties ·········································································································· 72
3.1.3.6 List display ········································································································ 81
3.1.3.7 Batch editing ······································································································ 85
3.1.3.8 Message ············································································································ 85
3.1.4
Message Box ············································································································ 85
3.1.4.1 Function ············································································································ 85
3.1.4.2 Image ··············································································································· 85
3.1.4.3 Operation ·········································································································· 86
3.1.4.4 Configuration specifications ···················································································· 88
3.1.4.5 Properties ·········································································································· 90
3.1.4.6 Function ············································································································ 96
3.1.4.7 Drawing specifications ··························································································· 97
3.1.4.8 Messages ··········································································································· 98
3.1.5
Combo Box Control ···································································································· 98
3.1.5.1 Function ············································································································ 98
3.1.5.2 Diagram ············································································································ 98
3.1.5.3 Icon design········································································································100
3.1.5.4 Operation ·········································································································101
3.1.5.5 Properties ·········································································································105
3.1.5.6 List display ······································································································· 114
3.1.5.7 Batch editing ····································································································· 118
3.1.5.8 Message ··········································································································· 118
3.1.6
Pie Graph Control······································································································ 118
3.1.6.1 Function ··········································································································· 118
3.1.6.2 Diagram ··········································································································· 118
3.1.6.3 Icon design········································································································ 119
3.1.6.4 Operation ········································································································· 119
3.1.6.5 Properties ·········································································································120
3.1.6.6 List display ·······································································································125
3.1.6.7 Batch editing ·····································································································130
3.1.6.8 List of messages ·································································································130
3.1.7
Extended bar graph control ···························································································130
3.1.7.1 Function ···········································································································130
3.1.7.2 Diagram ···········································································································130
3.1.7.3 Icon design········································································································131
3.1.7.4 Operation ·········································································································131
3.1.7.5 Properties ·········································································································132
3.1.7.6 List display ·······································································································138
3/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.1.7.7
3.1.7.8
3.2
Batch editing ·····································································································143
List of messages ·································································································143
DESIGN CUSTOMIZATION ············································································· 144
3.2.1
[Image File List] Screen ······························································································144
3.2.1.1 Listing image files ·······························································································145
3.2.1.2 Creating a shape ·································································································145
3.2.1.3 Adding a shape ···································································································146
3.2.1.4 Deleting a shape ·································································································147
3.2.1.5 Editing a shape ···································································································148
3.2.1.6 Copying a shape ·································································································149
3.2.1.7 Menu bar and toolbar····························································································150
3.2.1.8 Creating a file ····································································································151
3.2.1.9 Adding a file ······································································································152
3.2.1.10 Deleting a file ····································································································153
3.2.1.11 Copying a file ····································································································154
3.2.2
Image File Edit Screen ································································································155
3.2.2.1 Startup of the image file edit screen ···········································································156
3.2.2.2 Menu bar and toolbar····························································································157
3.2.2.3 Control bar ········································································································159
3.2.2.4 Configuration tree ·······························································································161
3.2.2.5 Drawing area ·····································································································163
3.2.2.6 Property list ·······································································································164
3.3
IMPROVEMENT OF PROPERTY SETTING OF FP CONTROL ······························· 170
3.3.1
Display of Setting Value Names ·····················································································170
3.3.1.1 Function ···········································································································170
3.3.1.2 Relevant items····································································································170
3.3.1.3 Diagram ···········································································································170
3.3.1.4 Operation ·········································································································171
3.3.2
Changing FP Control Property from a Ruby Script ·······························································171
3.3.2.1 Function ···········································································································171
3.3.2.2 Operation ·········································································································172
3.3.2.3 Function ···········································································································172
4
RUBY SCRIPT ······································································181
4.1
CREATION OF RUBY SCRIPT ········································································· 181
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
4.1.1
Script List ···············································································································181
4.1.1.1 Display script list ································································································182
4.1.1.2 New ················································································································182
4.1.1.3 Entry ···············································································································184
4.1.1.4 Remove ···········································································································186
4.1.1.5 Edit ················································································································187
4.1.1.6 Check syntax ·····································································································187
4.1.1.7 Startup register/restore ··························································································187
4.1.1.8 Timer script register/restore ····················································································188
4.1.2
Enhancement of Script Editor Functions ···········································································189
4.1.2.1 Addition of the Menu Bar ······················································································190
4.1.2.2 Expansion of the UNDO Function and REDO Function ···················································193
4.1.2.3 Change in the Way Script Number/Name is Changed ······················································193
4.1.2.4 Restricting the Number of Script Description Lines ························································195
4.1.2.5 Adding Search/Replace Functions ············································································196
4.1.2.6 Adding the Symbol Setting Menu ·············································································201
4.1.2.7 Adding the FP Function Input Assistance Function ·························································201
4.1.2.8 Adding the Multi-language Text Setting Function ··························································202
4.1.3
Conversion Function ··································································································208
4.1.3.1 Conversion of a Project ························································································· 211
4.1.3.2 Conversion of Scripts ···························································································216
4/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
4.1.4
Syntax Check ···········································································································225
4.1.4.1 Syntax Check from the Script Editor··········································································225
4.1.4.2 Content of the Syntax Check ···················································································226
4.1.5
Checking for Characters Unavailable for Script Symbol ·························································226
4.1.6
MEM File Creation ····································································································227
4.1.7
Debug Function ········································································································230
4.1.7.1 Setting the Break Types ·························································································230
4.1.7.2 [Debug settings] Dialog Box ···················································································230
4.1.7.3 [Break detail settings] Dialog Box ············································································234
4.1.7.4 Debug Window and Log Output ···············································································235
4.1.7.5 Extension of the Debug Signal ·················································································240
4.1.8
Changes Due to Edition 8.0 ··························································································241
4.1.9
Other Functions ········································································································242
4.1.10 Remarks ·················································································································245
4.2
Functional Difference with FP Script ······························································· 247
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.2.3
4.3
mruby LICENSE DISPLAY ·············································································· 253
4.3.1
4.3.2
4.3.3
4.3.4
LIBRARY FUNCTIONS CAN BE USED FROM RUBY SCRIPT ·······257
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
LISTS OF FUNCTIONS ·················································································· 257
RETURN VALUES OF FUNCTIONS ·································································· 272
FUNCTION REFERENCE ··············································································· 274
TIMER-ACTIVATED OPERATOR FUNCTION ERROR VARIABLE ·························· 613
RESTRICTIONS ···························································································· 618
ASYNCHRONOUS EXECUTION OF RUBY SCRIPT ····················619
6.1
FUNCTIONS USED FOR ASYNCHRONOUS EXECUTION ···································· 619
6.1.1
6.1.2
6.1.3
6.2
ERROR DURING ASYNCHRONOUS EXECUTION ·············································· 622
IMPROVE OF SCREEN CALL FUNCTION ·································623
7.1
SETTING METHOD ······················································································· 625
7.1.1
7.2
7.2.1
7.2.2
7.3
Memory of screen number ····························································································629
Specification of screen number ······················································································630
NOTES ········································································································ 631
7.3.1
7.3.2
7.3.3
8
Group number of screen number memory ··········································································628
HOW TO USE ······························································································· 629
Displaying popup screen ······························································································632
Sub-screen and focus state ····························································································633
Memory period of screen number ···················································································633
COMBINED APPLICATION IN STANDARD DISPLAY UNIT ···········636
8.1
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
CONSTRUCTION METHOD OF THE DEVELOPMENT ENVIRONMENT ·················· 636
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
7
Ruby Script Asynchronous Execution Function (scriptasync) ···················································619
Ruby Script Asynchronous Execution Handler Registration Function (set_handlerasync) ··················620
Task Stop Function (sleep) ···························································································621
Name
6
Overview ················································································································253
Diagram ·················································································································254
Operation················································································································255
Properties ···············································································································255
Drawing
number
5
List of FP functions that can be used in Ruby scripts ·····························································247
Using User Functions in Ruby Script ···············································································253
Specifying Path to FP Function Argument in Ruby Script ·······················································253
5/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
8.1.1
The corresponding C executor library ··············································································636
8.1.2
Diab compiler version ·································································································636
8.1.3
Merge of FANUC PICTURE providing file ·······································································637
8.1.3.1 When creating a new environment ············································································637
8.1.3.2 When updating from an environment created in earlier than 8.0 ··········································638
9
Expansion of the maximum number of simultaneous executions of
the FANUC PICTURE for iHMI ················································641
9.1
9.2
9.3
Flow of making screen ·················································································· 642
Specification change ···················································································· 643
Project Setting ····························································································· 645
9.3.1
About operating method of “Project Setting” ······································································645
9.3.1.1 Error Message ····································································································646
9.4
Create MEM File ··························································································· 647
9.4.1
About operating method of “Create Memory File” ·······························································647
9.4.1.1 Error Message ····································································································648
9.5
Output to card······························································································ 649
9.5.1
About operating method of “Output to card” ······································································649
9.5.1.1 Error Message ····································································································650
9.5.2
About Compatibility ···································································································651
9.6
Load ··········································································································· 652
9.6.1
About operating method of Loader ··················································································652
9.6.1.1 Error Message ····································································································656
9.7
FANUC PICTURE start setting ········································································ 659
9.7.1
9.7.2
9.7.3
9.8
Execute FANUC PICTURE ·············································································· 663
9.8.1
9.8.2
9.9
9.10
About the termination of FANUC PICTURE ······································································664
About the Warning notification of the memory usage ····························································664
CNC GUIDE ································································································· 665
9.10.1
9.11
About the method of starting the application by CNC GUIDE ··················································665
Message list ································································································ 669
Floating Display Function ······················································670
10.1
Procedure For Creating Floating Display Screen ·············································· 671
10.1.1
10.1.2
10.1.3
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
Creation of the custom screen ························································································671
Setting file ··············································································································671
Installation procedure ·································································································672
Moves The Custom Screen ············································································ 674
About The Setting File “screen_setting.xml” ···················································· 675
iHMI Apps Setting For Floating Display ··························································· 677
Notes ·········································································································· 678
Script Displaying Button ·······················································679
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
The Detail of Script Displaying Button ····························································· 680
Name
11.1
Drawing
number
11
About FANUC PICTURE execution environment ································································663
About automatic update of screen data ·············································································663
Termination of FANUC PICTURE ····································································· 664
9.9.1
9.9.2
10
About the configuration of the load destination ···································································659
About iHMI home screen settings ···················································································661
About using with the fixed name application ······································································662
6/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
12
FP controls supporting to the Multi-language Character Type
function ··············································································682
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.6
Numeral Indication Control with Key Input ······················································· 683
PMC Area Character String Indication Control ·················································· 684
Numeral/Character String Indication Control ···················································· 685
Key-in Buffer Control ···················································································· 686
Numeral Indication Control for Calling a Ten-Key Pad ······································· 688
Property Item Name ······················································································ 690
12.6.1
12.6.2
13
IMAGE FILE EDITOR improvement ·········································692
13.1
13.2
“Save As” Menu ··························································································· 692
“Save AS” Dialog ························································································· 692
13.2.1
13.3
13.4
14
List editor ···············································································································690
Overall editor ···········································································································691
“New” Menu ···········································································································695
[Overwrite confirmation] Dialog······································································ 696
Warning dialog ····························································································· 697
Offsetting Function of CNC memory area of FANUC PICTURE for
iHMI ····················································································698
14.1
14.2
14.3
14.4
14.5
14.6
Overall App Development Flow ······································································ 699
Guide Line ··································································································· 700
Use Conditions ···························································································· 700
Coexistence with Applications with This Function Disabled ······························· 701
Specification Comparison when this Function is Enabled ·································· 702
Making Memory Map ····················································································· 703
14.6.1 Installing Memory Map Creation Tool ··············································································703
14.6.2 Memory Map Creation ································································································705
14.6.2.1 Edit ················································································································707
14.6.2.2 Save (Memory map configuration file) ·······································································718
14.6.2.3 Open(Memory map configuration file) ···································································718
14.6.2.4 Output Memory map ····························································································719
14.6.2.5 Input Memory map ······························································································720
14.7
Loading Memory Map ··················································································· 721
14.7.1
14.7.2
14.7.3
14.7.4
14.8
New Load ···············································································································722
Overwirte Load ········································································································723
Delete ····················································································································725
Backup ··················································································································727
Project Setting ····························································································· 728
14.8.1
14.8.2
Manual Input Memory Range ························································································729
Import Memory Range ································································································731
14.9 Screen Data Creation ···················································································· 733
14.10 Making MEM ································································································ 733
14.11 Loading Application······················································································ 735
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
14.11.1 Login ····················································································································735
14.11.2 Selecting memory used by application··············································································737
14.11.3 Changing the User Password ·························································································741
7/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
14.12
14.13
14.14
14.15
Execution ···································································································· 742
Offset of Memory in User Function ································································· 743
Execution method in CNC GUIDE ··································································· 746
Data Protection when restoring FP Project ······················································ 749
14.15.1 FP Project Protection ··································································································749
14.15.2 Restoration of Protected FP Project ·················································································749
14.16 Specifiable Area of Memory map ···································································· 751
14.17 Security function ·························································································· 752
14.17.1 Overall Structure ·······································································································752
14.18 Folder Structure ··························································································· 753
14.19 Message List ······························································································· 755
15
Improvements of the operability when adding screens ··············758
15.1
Copy and paste screen·················································································· 758
15.1.1
15.2
Screen Number Setting when adding screen ···················································· 760
15.2.1
15.2.2
15.2.3
15.2.4
15.2.5
16
Setting of CNC system ·················································································· 765
Write to Card ······························································································· 766
Combined Application Program ····································································· 767
Available CNC / display unit ··········································································· 768
Use memory card of display unit with PC function····················769
17.1
Corresponding function ················································································ 769
17.1.1
17.1.2
17.1.3
17.1.4
17.2
Memory card output of historical data ··············································································769
Memory card output of text message file ···········································································770
Memory card Input of text message file ············································································770
Mruby License information memory card output ·································································770
Data input / output to a display unit with a PC function ······································ 771
17.2.1
18
Property setting dialog ································································································761
List editor ···············································································································762
Overall editor ···········································································································762
Error dialog ·············································································································763
Takeing over screen number and screen number symbol ························································764
FANUC Series 30i-B CPU-G ···················································765
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
17
"Copy and Paste" menu in the project window ····································································758
Memory card status error ·····························································································771
Project variable management function of FANUC PICTURE for iHMI 772
18.1
Overall flow ································································································· 773
18.1.1
18.2
How to use project variable ··························································································773
Details ········································································································ 773
18.2.1 Definition of project variable ························································································773
18.2.1.1 What is project variable ·························································································773
18.2.2 Pocedure of Definition ································································································775
18.2.3 Project Variable List ···································································································776
18.3
How to use project variable ··········································································· 779
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
18.3.1 Use with FP control····································································································779
18.3.1.1 PMC signal setting ······························································································779
18.3.1.2 Action type and setting by input and output destination ···················································781
8/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
18.3.1.3 FP function setting ·······························································································782
18.3.2 Use in List edit and Overall edit ·····················································································785
18.3.3 Use with Ruby script ··································································································786
18.3.3.1 Changing CNC memory usage location in existing Ruby script to project variable····················788
18.3.3.2 Numerical range available in numeric variable / FP function argument /Ruby script ··················788
18.3.3.3 FP function ·······································································································789
18.4
18.5
18.6
18.7
18.8
19
FP Screen Transferring Function for CNC GUIDE ·····················795
19.1
19.2
19.3
19.4
19.5
20
About transferring of FP screen to CNC GUIDE ················································ 795
About the "Making Memory Card File" dialog box ············································· 797
NOTES ········································································································ 798
About software version ················································································· 799
About error display······················································································· 800
Collective screen bitmap output function ································801
20.1
20.2
20.3
21
About project variable memory usage ····························································· 789
About error that occurs when making MEM file ················································ 789
About Ruby script runtime error ····································································· 791
When opening an FP project with Standard Monitor mode ································· 792
Message list ································································································ 793
Setting Bitmap theme color ··········································································· 801
Outputting Property list file ··········································································· 802
Error message ····························································································· 803
About image files ·································································804
21.1
PNG file support in FANUC PICTURE for standard display ································· 804
21.1.1
21.1.2
21.2
22
About saving the FP project to a memory file ··················································· 806
Image quality setting of display image with Automatic screen
enlarged function ·································································807
22.1
23
Reference of PNG format image in each image control ··························································805
Restrictions on displaying images in PNG format ································································806
Setting of image quality priority ····································································· 808
Improvements of font change in character type ························809
23.1
23.2
23.3
23.4
23.5
Display font setting with character type ·························································· 809
Save character type settings ·········································································· 811
Simplified Chinese character types added ······················································· 811
Operation on adding character type ································································ 812
Function for checking character types in Overall editor ····································· 812
APPENDIX A. Operation of controls with Initial state setting ·············814
APPENDIX B. Display any position and size screen for Collective screen
bitmap output function ············································815
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
REVISION RECORD ·····································································816
9/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
1
OVERVIEW
This section provides an overview of the functions added to FANUC PICTURE as well as functions that were
improved.
Refer to FANUC PICTURE MANUAL (Edition 06.2 to less than 08.0)(A-40712) in regard to specifications,
bug fixes and restrictions that are common in Edition 06.2 to less than 08.0.
In this manual, FANUC PICTURE may be abbreviated as “FP”.
1.1
INSTALLER CHANGE
In FANUC PICTURE edition 8.0 or later, there are the following changes.
① Screnns for FS0i/0i Mate-D can not be created.
② The extension of the project file is changed.
( The project created in ealier than 8.0 edition can be used by converting. )
③ There is no compatibility for FP Driver.
( If only FP Driver is updated to edition 8.0 or later, an error screen will be displayed. )
When you use the project created in the past as it is, please use FANUC PICTURE earlier than 8.0 edition. The
latest FANUC PICTURE ealier than 8.0 edition is included in the installation disk. When installing, please choose
which to use and install.
For details, refer to Chapter 2, "INSTALLER ".
FANUC PICTURE
Installation CD
FANUC PICTURE
( 8.0 or later )
FANUC PICTURE
( earlier than 8.0 )
Fig. 1.1 (a)
1.2
Installation disk image
FP CONTROL
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
In FANUC PICTURE, the following controls were added.
■ FP control (Refer to: "3.1 ADDITION OF FP CONTROL")
Check box control
Radio button control
10/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
-
List box control
Message box
Combo box control
Pie graph control
Extended bar graph control
Additionally, the following functions were added to support flexible screen design.
■ Design customization function (Refer to: "3.1 DESIGN CUSTOMIZATION")
Function for customizing FP control image file
Additionally, the following functional improvements are made and the convenience of property setting of FP
control is improved.
■ Improvement of property setting of FP control. (Refer to: "3.3 IMPROVEMENT OF PROPERTY SETTING
OF FP CONTROL")
Display property setting values as eigenvalues
Change the control property from the script
1.3
RUBY SCRIPT
In addition to FP script, generic script (mruby) is now available.This allows for processes such as the following
to be written in generic scripts in addition to processes that can be performed with FP scripts.In this
specification, mruby script is described as Ruby script.
For details, refer to Chapter 4, "RUBY SCRIPT".
Table 1.3 (a) List of available functions
FP script
Ruby script
-
-
15.
Arithmetic operation
Comparison operation
Bit operation
Use of FP functions
Read values from control
Set values in control
Activate timer
Repetitive processing
Use of symbols
Use of script variables
Use of argument reference
variables
Use of multidimensional
array variables
Use of structure variables
Non-volatile memory
access
Define/use inner functions
-
16.
Class definition
-
17.
String operations
-
12.
13.
14.
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Multidimensional array variables can be
written in scripts.
Structure variables can be written in scripts.
Non-volatile memory access can be
accessed from scripts.
Inner functions can be created/used in
scripts.
Class definitions can be created/used in
scripts.
Script removal and conversion can be
performed in scripts.
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Additional explanation
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Name
Function name
Drawing
number
No.
11/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
No.
Function name
18.
19.
20.
21.
Hash
Handling of NULL
Handling of TRUE/FALSE
Exception handling
FP script
Ruby script
-
Additional explanation
Hash values can be used in scripts.
NULL values can be written in scripts.
TRUE/FALSE can be written in scripts.
Exceptions can be detected in the script.
mruby version: 1. 2. 0
For basic information on mruby, refer to the following page.
mruby API reference
http://mruby.org/docs/api/
-
Ruby 1.9.3 Library Documentation(mruby is compatible with Ruby 1.9)
https://ruby-doc.org/stdlib-1.9.3/
1.4
LIBRARY FUNCTIONS CAN BE USED FROM RUBY SCRIPT
The following library functions can be used in Ruby script.
・CNC window library
・PMC window library
・File operation library
・Serial library
・F-ROM library
・Network library
・ANSI C standard library
・MS-C extended C standard library
・mruby extension library
For details, refer to Chapter 5, "LIBRARY FUNCTIONS CAN BE USED FROM RUBY SCRIPT"
1.5
ASYNCHRONOUS EXECUTION OF RUBY SCRIPT
Ruby scripts are normally executed during FP control processing (drawing, action, etc.), timer processing, and
event processing such as screen transitions. However, ruby script processing can be executed as a separate
process by using this function. This enables asynchronous execution of various control processing (drawing,
action, etc.), timer processing, and event processing such as screen transitions, without having to stop the
process until the Ruby script ends.
The following two functions are added.
A function that allows asynchronous Ruby script execution from a control action (scriptasync)
A function for registering the handler, which makes the asynchronous Ruby script execution request from
the timer or screen transition event (set_handlerasync)
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
For details, refer to Chapter 4, "ASYNCHRONOUS EXECUTION OF RUBY SCRIPT."
12/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
1.6
IMPROVE OF SCREEN CALL FUNCTION
When displaying the FANUC PICTURE screen from the home screen, it is possible to designate and display a
specific screen, but in addition to its specification, the following specifications are now possible.
Displaying the custom screen of written screen number in specified PMC area
Displaying the latest custom screen
For details, refer to Chapter 7, "IMPROVE OF SCREEN CALL ."
1.7
COMBINED APPLICATION IN STANDARD DISPLAY UNIT
There is a change in part of the development environment construction procedure concerning creation of
combinated application.
For details, refer to Chapter 8, "COMBINED APPLICATION IN STANDARD DISPLAY UNIT".
1.8
Expansion of the maximum number of simultaneous
executions of the FANUC PICTURE for iHMI
Assuming that the maximum number of simultaneous executions of FANUC PICTURE is three, the identifier
ID used for registering the FANUC PICTURE screen to the iHMI home screen, and the name of the FANUC
PICTURE screen and the name of the folder to be loaded are designed with fixed names.
By taking the following measures in the development of this function, the upper limit as FANUC PICTURE is
eliminated, and four or more screens can be registered and executed in iHMI.
① Changed to be able to set any FANUC PICTURE screen name.
② Changed so that the identifier ID of the FANUC PICTURE screen and the name of the folder to be
loaded can be set arbitrarily.
For details, refer to “Chapter 9 Expansion of the maximum number of simultaneous executions of the FANUC
PICTURE for iHMI”.
1.9
Floating Display Function
The custom screens created by FANUC PICTURE for iHMI can be displayed on the screen of any iHMI application.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
For details, refer to “Chapter 10 Floating Display Function”.
13/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
1.10
Script Displaying Button
For the items that can be specified by script in the property list, the Script Displaying Button that can directly display
the script editor is displayed.
For details, refer to “Chapter 11 Script Displaying Button”.
1.11
Expansion of FP controls supporting to the Multi-language
Character Type functions
It is possible to specify the character type (font/character size) into characters for each language displaying in
the control of which has not support the Multi-language Character Type function.
For details, refer to "Chapter 12 FP controls supporting to the Multi-language Character Type function".
1.12
IMAGE FILE EDITOR improvements
“Save As” can be used in the ImageFileEditor.
The details, refer to ”Chapter 13 IMAGE FILE EDITOR improvement”.
1.13
Offsetting Function of CNC memory area of FANUC PICTURE
for iHMI
PMC signals, Custom macro variables and P-CODE macro variables (hereinafter called “CNC memory”) that
are used in FANUC PICTURE applications need to avoid conflicts with the CNC memory that are used by other
applications or Ladder programs.
With this function, CNC memory area of each application is offset at loading it to the machine. This makes it
possible to execute the application without modifying it by redefining the area even in the machine in which
CNC memory usage is different.
Refer to “Chapter 14 Offsetting Function of CNC memory area of FANUC PICTURE for iHMI” for more
details.
1.14
Improvements of the operability when adding FP screens
It is possible to copy and paste FP screens on the project window of the FP editor.
Also, the Screen Number and Screen Number Symbol can be set from not only the detail setting screen, but also
the property setting screen, and etc.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The details, refer to “Chapter 15 Improvements of the operability when adding screens”.
14/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
1.15
FANUC Series 30i-B CPU-G
FANUC PICTURE application and combined application for FANUC Series 30i/31i-MODEL B (CPU-G),
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i-MODEL B (CPU-F), FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i-MODEL B Plus (CPU-F), and
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F Plus STEP2 can be created.
For detail, refer to “Capter 16 FANUC Series 30i-B CPU-G”.
1.16
Improvements of selection status retention of Control
Option that synchronizes with the PMC signal (hereinafter called "PMC") is added to the initial state setting of
Check box control, Radio button control, and Combo box control (hereinafter called “each control”).
When setting “PMC”, the operation is as follows
- The selection status always corresponds to the PMC signal including FANUC PICTURE start-up and after
switching screens with "Free Memory" enabled.
- Only when the selection status of each control is changed, the PMC signal output from each control is done.
Available edition:
FANUC PICTURE(A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11)
09.9 or later
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
For details, refer to the following sections and Appendix A “Initial state setting operation in conjunction with
PMC signals”.
- Check box control :
Section 3.1.1.5 "Properties" – [Action] tab
Section 3.1.1.6 "List display"
Section 3.1.1.7 "Batch editing"
- Radio button control : Section 3.1.2.5 "Properties" – [Action] tab
Section 3.1.2.6 "List display"
Section 3.1.2.7 "Batch editing"
- Combo box control : Section 3.1.5.5 "Properties" – [Action] tab
Section 3.1.5.6 "List display"
Section 3.1.5.7 "Batch editing"
15/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
1.17
Use memory card of display unit with PC function
In FANUC PICTURE for standard display, it is possible to input/output a file to memory card of display unit
with PC function with the following functions.
History data output
Text message file output
Text message file input
License display output
Available edition:
FANUC PICTURE (A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11)
09.9 or later
For detail, refer to Section 17 “Use memory card of display unit with PC function”.
1.18
Project variable management function of FANUC PICTURE
for iHMI
In FANUC PICTURE for iHMI, project variable that can be shared throughout the project is added.
This makes it possible to link data among FP controls and Ruby scripts without using CNC memory.
Available edition:
FANUC PICTURE (A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11)
10.1 or later
Available display unit:
PANEL iH / PANEL iH Pro / FANUC iPC
For detail, refer to “18 Project variable management function of FANUC PICTURE for iHMI”.
1.19
FP Screen Transferring Function for CNC GUIDE
The contents of FANUC PICTURE screen edited by FP editor can be transferred to FANUC PICTURE app
which is executing on CNC GUIDE at making memory card file.
For detail, refer to Section 19 "FP Screen Transferring Function for CNC GUIDE".
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
In this manual, "CNC GUIDE" refers to CNC GUIDE and CNC GUIDE2, unless listed together.
16/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
1.20
Collective screen bitmap output function
Collective screen bitmap output function is available in FP Editor for the iHMI mode.
Available edition:
FANUC PICTURE (A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11)
10.3 or later
For detail, refer to “Chapter 20 Collective screen bitmap output function”
1.21
About image files
About image files that can be used in FANUC PICTURE, the following operations are available.
In FANUC PICTURE for standard display, PNG format image file is displayed on the control that can
display the image.
In FANUC PICTURE for standard display, saving PNG / GIF format image files to project file in memory
file.
In FANUC PICTURE for iHMI, saving PNG format image files to project file in memory file.
Available edition:
FANUC PICTURE (A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11)
10.3 or later
For details, refer to “Chapter 21 About image files”.
1.22
Image quality setting of display image with Automatic screen
enlarged function
When using the automatic screen enlarged function in FANUC PICTURE, setting of whether displaying images
with prioritizing "display speed" (equivalent to edition 10.5 or ealier) or "image quality” is available.
Available edition:
FANUC PICTURE (A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11)
10.6 or later
For details, refer to “Chapter 22 Image quality setting of display image with Automatic screen enlarged
function”.
1.23
Improvements of font change in character type
The following character type related function is improved in FP Editor for iHMI mode.
This makes the operation and setting of character types easier to understand.
Moreover, Simplified Chinese character are added as default character types.
For details, refer to “Chapter 23 Improvements of font change in character type.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Available edition:
FANUC PICTURE (A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11) 10.9 or later
- 23.1 Display font setting with character type
- 23.2 Save character types settings
17/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
FANUC PICTURE (A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11) 11.0 or later
- 23.3 Simplified Chinese character types added
- 23.4 Operation on adding character type
- 23.5 Function for checking character types in overall editor
1.24
REMARKS
1.24.1
About compatibility with FANUC PICTURE earlier than 8.0
In this document, they are referred to as follows for distinction.
FANUC PICTURE earlier than 8.0: "Old FANUC PICTURE"
FANUC PICTURE 8.0 or later: "New FANUC PICTURE"
FP driver 8.0 or later
FP editor earlier than 8.0
Project file
(earlier than 8.0)
MEM file
(earlier than 8.0)
FP 8.0 or later
FP driver 8.0 or later
Conversion
processing
Project file
(earlier than 8.0)
MEM file
(8.0 or later)
Fig. 1.23 (b) Restriction
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
NOTE
1. Project after conversion can not be restored. Please obtain backup in advance.
2. When converting a project of unsupported model ( FS0i/0i Mate-D etc. ), please
change the setting of the project to a supported model beforehand and execute the
conversion with FANUC PICTURE 8.0 or later.
18/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
1.24.2
About check of version
There are two methods of confirming the version in the driver software of FANUC PICTURE for iHMI.
- The property of driver software (FPDriverApp.exe) is displayed by using the Explorer of Windows.
- The version is read by FP function GetDrvVersion.
Product version
08.0
08.1
08.2
08.3
08.4
08.5
08.6
08.7
08.8
09.0
09.1
09.2
09.3
09.4
09.5
09.6
09.7
09.8
09.9
10.0
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
11.0
1.24.3
Explorer of Windows
3.0.0.0
3.1.0.0
3.2.0.0
3.3.0.0
3.4.0.0
3.5.0.0
3.6.0.0
3.7.0.0
3.8.0.0
4.0.0.0
4.1.0.0
4.2.0.0
4.3.0.0
4.4.0.0
4.5.0.0
4.6.0.0
4.7.0.0
4.8.0.0
4.9.0.0
5.0.0.0
5.1.0.0
5.2.0.0
5.3.0.0
5.4.0.0
5.5.0.0
5.6.0.0
5.7.0.0
5.8.0.0
5.9.0.0
6.0.0.0
FP function GetDrvVersion
FP01-20.0
FP01-21.0
FP01-22.0
FP01-23.0
FP01-24.0
FP01-25.0
FP01-26.0
FP01-27.0
FP01-28.0
FP01-30.0
FP01-31.0
FP01-32.0
FP01-33.0
FP01-34.0
FP01-35.0
FP01-36.0
FP01-37.0
FP01-38.0
FP01-39.0
FP01-40.0
FP01-41.0
FP01-42.0
FP01-43.0
FP01-44.0
FP01-45.0
FP01-46.0
FP01-47.0
FP01-48.0
FP01-49.0
FP01-50.0
About memory consumption
The memory consumption is increased at Edition 08.0 or later due to major update compared to the previous
FANUC PICTURE ( ~Edition 07.x).
If you don’t need any feature that is added at Edition 08.0 or later, using Edition less than 08.0 (the latest
Edition of 7.x series) is recommened.
Refer to FANUC PICTURE OPERATOR’S MANUAL (B-66284/09) A.2 “When D-RAM for FANUC
PICTURE is insufficient” in regard to revising memory consumption on the standard display unit.
1.24.4
About compatibility of Edition 8.0 or later.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Use FP driver of the same edition as the one of FP editor that created a screen data.
19/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
If updating only FP Driver, in FANUC PICTURE edition 8.0 or later, an error screen is displayed with the
following conbination and FANUC PICTURE does not work.
iHMI/Standard display
・Screen data of edition 9.4 or earlier ⇔ FP driver of edition 9.5 or later
The screen data created with a previous edition can be updated by opening it with FP Editor of a newer edition.
In addition, if updating only the FP driver to version 9.7 or later with screen data that using the FpSetProperty
function with the FP editor edition 9.6 or earlier, the FpSetProperty function may return an error (Invalid object
ID).
1.24.5
Compatibility with Multi-language Character Type function
enabled project created by edition 9.4 or earlier.
When opening a Multi-language Character Type function enabled project that was created by edition 9.4 or
earlier with edition 9.5 to 9.6, in the following controls, its property setting "Character type" is set as “ANK” for
all Multi-language keys r egardless of the original setting.
When opening a Multi-language Character Type function enabled project that was created by edition 9.4 or
earlier with edition 9.7 or later, in the following controls, the set character types are taken over..
- Numeral/Character String Indication Control
- Numeral Indication Control with Key Input
- PMC Area Character String Indication Control
See “Chapter 12 FP controls supporting to the Multi-language Character Type function" for more details about
Multi-language Character Type function.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
* It is recommended to backup the applicable project before opening it by edition 9.5 or later.
20/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
1.24.6
Setting of CNC system
In [Setting of CNC system] tab of [Setting of Project] dialog, select [CNC system] according to the CNC model to which the custom
screen is applied.
iHMI mode
CNC system
30i/31i/32i-A/B, 35i-B, 0i-F, 30i/31i/32i-B Plus, 0i-F Plus,
Power Motion i-A Plus
Power Motion i-A
CNC model
Series 30i/31i/32i/35i-B
Series 30i/31i/32-iB Plus
Series 0i-F Plus
Power Motion i-A Plus
Power Motion i-A
Standard display mode
CNC system
30i/31i/32i-A/B, 35i-B, 0i-F, 30i/31i/32i-B Plus, 0i-F Plus,
Power Motion i-A Plus
Power Motion i-A
30i/31i-B Plus(CPU-G), 30i/31i/32i-B(CPU-F), 30i/31i/32i-B
Plus(CPU-F), 0i-F Plus STEP2
1.24.7
CNC model
Series 30i/31i/32i-A
Series 30i/31i/32i/35i-B
Series 0i-F
Series 30i/31i/32i-A Plus
Series 0i-F Plus
Power Motion i-A Plus
Power Motion i-A
Series 30i/31i-B Plus CPU-G
Series 30i/31i/32i-B CPU-F
Series 30i/31i/32i-B Plus CPU-F
Series 0i-F Plus STEP2
Cautions when using compatible display setting
If a FANUC PICTURE project was converted from edition 07.33 or earlier, or a new FANUC PICTURE project
was created with edition 08.0 to less than 10.8, and has never been applied the following workaround, switching
to iHMI screen according to the compatible screen settings does not work.
Workaround
This behavior can be avoided by opening "Detail Setting" dialog of "Making Memory Card File" dialog,
displaying "Compatible display setting" tab, and clicking <OK> button.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
NOTE
Refer to FANUC PICTURE Specification (Edition 06.2 to less than 08.0) Section 3.4
“Switch of CNC operation screen and custom screen" about "Compatible display
setting".
21/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
2
INSTALLER
2.1
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
The procedure for inserting the installation CD is as follows.
1.
When inserting the installation CD, the following dialog box will be displayed automatically.
NOTE
If it is not displayed automatically, open the Explorer window, select the DVD
drive, and run AutoRun.exe in the top folder.
(The Administrator authority is necessary.)
Select the edition you want to install and press the <OK> button.
Fig.2.1 (a)
The installation wizard is displayed. Follow the message and proceed with installation.
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
3.
Edition selection Dialog.
Drawing
number
2.
22/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3
FP CONTROL
3.1
ADDITION OF FP CONTROL
Icons
FP control icons displayed on the toolbar are displayed in the following order.
For details about FP control, refer to the description of each control.
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
New
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
New
New
New
New
New
New
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Control name
Screen configuration
Screen switch
Button
Framed button
Lamp
Label
Number/string display
PMC string
Number entry display
Key in
Numeric keypad entry
MDI key
Keyboard
Message
Text
Combined message
History message
Clock
Meter
Graph
Line graph
Image
Screen switch with image
Button with image
Lamp with image
Radio button
Check box
List box
Combo box
Extended bar graph
Pie graph
Drawing
number
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
Display of Toolbar about FP Control
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Table 3.1 (a)
No.
23/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Common setting items
The setting items that apply to all properties have the following options.
Table 3.1 (b) Common Setting Items
Option
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Edition
Date
Created
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
255
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
254
168
167
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
169
170
171
143
142
154
136
137
138
139
8
13
148
149
150
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Note
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
FL/F1A
F1/F2B
F2/F3C
F3/F4D
F4/F5E
F5/F6F
F6/F7G
F7/F8H
F8/F9I
F9/F10J
F10/F11K
FR/F12L
VF1/VFR1
VF2/VFR2
VF3/VFR3
VF4/VFR4
VF5/VFR5
VF6/VFR6
VF7/VFR7
VF8/VFR8
VF9
VF10
VF11
VF12
Page-Up
Page-Down
HELP
Right-Arrow
Left-Arrow
Down-Arrow
Up-Arrow
CAN
INPUT
INSERT
DELETE
ALTER
F14M
F15O
F16P
F17Q
F18R
F19S
F20T
F21U
F22V
F23W
F24X
Name
Shortcut key
Value
Drawing
number
Setting item
24/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Option
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
iHMI only
Drawing
number
PMC area
Note
219
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
176
177
232
233
234
236
237
238
235
N/A
2
3
4
5
9
$
R
D
C
T
K
X
Y
G
F
A
M
N
E
Z
Name
F25Y
VFL1
VFL2
VFL3
VFL4
VFL5
VFL6
VFL7
VFL8
VL1
VL2
VL3
VL4
VL5
VL6
VL7
VL8
VL9
VL10
VL11
VL12
TAB
ESC
POSITION
PROGRAM
OFFSET
MESSAGE
GRAPHIC
CUSTOM/CUSTOM
SYSTEM
1st PMC
2nd PMC
3rd PMC
4th PMC
5th PMC
DCS PMC
project variable
0:R
1:D
2:C
3:T
4:K
5:X
6:Y
7:G
8:F
9:A
10 : M
11 : N
12 : E
13 : Z
PMC path
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Value
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Setting item
25/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Option
PMC bit
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ANK (IPAGothic, 12pt, Regular)
*2 (IPAGothic, 14pt, Regular)
*4 (IPAGothic, 20pt, Bold)
*6 (IPAGothic, 28pt, Bold)
SMALL (IPAGothic, 9pt, Regular)
UserFont1 (IPAexGothic, 12pt, Regular)
UserFont2 (Times New Roman, 24pt, Bold Italic)
UserFont3 (Arial, 22pt, Regular)
Character type
(*)
Note
简体字 (Microsoft YaHei, 12pt, Regular)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
100
iHMI mode only
iHMI mode only
iHMI mode only
iHMI mode only
简体字*2 (Microsoft YaHei, 14pt, Regular)
101
iHMI mode only
简体字*4 (Microsoft YaHei, 20pt, Bold)
102
iHMI mode only
简体字*6 (Microsoft YaHei, 28pt, Bold)
103
iHMI mode only
简体字 SMALL (Microsoft YaHei, 9pt, Regular)
104
iHMI mode only
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
* The font type / size / style are displayed only with iHMI mode.
26/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Changes to the project settings screen
The [Operation Mode Switch Key] setting has been added in line with the addition of the list box and combo
box controls.
For details about the [Operation Mode Switch Key] setting, refer to "3.1.3.4 Operation."
Fig. 3.1 (b) Project Settings Screen
NOTE
Because the key set to [Operation Mode Switching Key] takes precedence over
the [Shortcut Key] of each control, do not set the same key. When the same key
is set, the [Shortcut Key] of each control doesn't operate.
3.1.1
Check Box Control
3.1.1.1
Function
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The check box is a control for selecting an item by putting a check mark in the box.
A caption is displayed next to the check box. To change the state of the check box (select or clear the check
box), touch the check box control or enter the corresponding key.
27/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.1.1.2
Diagram
You can select a large, medium or small check box.
You can select left aligned or right aligned as the display position.
The height of the control is automatically centered.
The default size is "small." If the created control is smaller than the small size, the size is automatically set to small.
Fig. 3.1.1.2 (a) Image of Check Box
Specify centered, left aligned, or right aligned in the text area as the caption layout.
Unless the caption is centered, you can specify X- and Y-coordinates.
Text area
Check mark
area
(caption area)
Fig. 3.1.1.2 (b) Image of Check Box Area
3.1.1.3
Icon design
The following icon is displayed on the toolbar.
Fig. 3.1.1.3 (a) Icon Design
3.1.1.4
Operation
To change the state of the check box, perform one of the following operations:
Touch the check box control.
Press the shortcut key allocated to the check box.
Press the <INPUT> key with the focus on the check box.
The PMC area (1 bit) can be allocated to the check box.
If the PMC area is allocated, data is written into the PMC area allocated to the check box when the user changes
the state of the check box.
The state of the check box cannot be changed and the check is displayed as unchecked when the control is
disabled, the disable signal is ON, or the interlock is engaged.
3.1.1.5
Properties
This section describes the properties of check box control.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Tab configuration
28/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 3.1.1.5 (a) List of Tabs
Description
Item
General
Character
Action
Focus
Image
NoAction Image
Interlock Image
Used to specify the position and size of the check box.
Used to specify the position, color, and text of the caption in the text area.
Used to specify the initial status, allocation to the PMC area, interlock, and shortcut key.
Used to specify the focus number and how to move the focus.
Used to specify the image when the control is disabled and the image at usual times.
Used to specify the allocation to the PMC area for the disable signal, and the image
when the disable signal is ON.
Used to specify the image for when the interlock is engaged.
[General] tab
Fig. 3.1.1.5 (a) Properties Page - [General] Tab
Table 3.1.1.5 (b) List of Properties on the [General] Tab
X
User entry
Numerical value
Initial value
-
Y
User entry
Numerical value
-
Width
Height
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
User entry
User entry
Numerical value
Numerical value
-
Note
XX is automatically entered. (User entry is not allowed.)
Specify the X-coordinate with reference to the left top
of the check box.
(Display starting position)
Specify the Y-coordinate with reference to the left top
of the check box.
(Display starting position)
Width of the check box.
Height of the check box.
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Specification
FPCheckBoxXX
Name
Entry type
Fixed value
Drawing
number
Setting item
Object ID
29/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Character] tab
Fig. 3.1.1.5 (b) Properties Page - [Character] Tab
Table 3.1.1.5 (c) List of Properties on the [Character] Tab
Initial value
OFF
Multi-language
key
Alignment
Selection
Arbitrary
Selection
Caption
User entry
Center
Left Aligned
Right Aligned
Arbitrary
First
candidate
Left Aligned
X
User entry
Numerical value
0
Y
User entry
Numerical value
0
Character Type
Selection
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
ANK
Character Color
Disable Color
Interlock Color
Focus Color
Palette
Palette
Palette
Palette
Color selection
Color selection
Color selection
Color selection
Black
Black
Black
Black
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Blank
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Enter the text to be displayed in the text area.
When using the multi-language key, specify a caption for
each key that can be specified with [Multi-language key].
Enter a value less than or equal to the height of the
caption area.
This item is disabled when Center is selected.
Enter a value less than or equal to the width of the
caption area.
This item is disabled when Center is selected.
Select the character type.
When using the multi-language key in the iHMI mode,
specify the character type for each key that can be
specified with [Multi-language key].
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Note
This item is enabled when you select the [Use the
multi-language display function] check box on the
[Multi-Language Settings] tab for project settings.
When you select this check box, [Multi-language key]
is enabled.
Select a language key from those registered under
project settings.
Select the caption layout.
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Specification
ON/OFF
Name
Entry type
Check box
Drawing
number
Setting item
No use
multi-language
30/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Action] tab
Fig. 3.1.1.5 (c) Properties Page - [Action] Tab
Table 3.1.1.5 (d) List of Properties on the [Action] Tab
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
NoAction
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Init state
Selection
ON/OFF/PMC(*)
OFF
* "PMC" is valid
at Edition 9.9 or
later
Shortcut Key
Shortcut key
selection
Check box
Selection
ON/OFF
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
OFF
First
candidate
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
External
output
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Note
When you select this check box, [NoAction Image] is
enabled.
Select the state of the check box when the screen opens.
When you switch the screen with the memory for the
screen configuration set to clear, the last display state is
discarded and the screen appears according to this
setting.
<Edition 9.9 or later>
When setting "PMC", the PMC signal status is allways the
ON/OFF status of the control.
Select this check box to use shortcut keys.
This setting item is enabled when you select the [Shortcut
Key] check box.
Table 3.1.1.5 (e) List of I/O Properties
Edition
Date
Created
1:ON 0:OFF
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
1:ON 0:OFF
0:ON 1:OFF
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Selection
<Edition 9.9 or later>
When setting "PMC" in "Init state", PMC signal setting is
also required at the same time, so "External output" is
grayed out in the ON state and the setting cannot be
changed.
Allocates the state of the bit allocated to the PMC area to
the selected or cleared status of the check box.
Drawing
number
I/O setting
Note
Select this check box to allocate the PMC area to the
state of the check box.
When you select this check box, the items below it are
enabled.
31/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Note
PMC Path
Selection
First
candidate
PMC Area
Selection
Address
User entry
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Numerical value
Bit
Selection
0~7
0
Symbol
Symbol
selection
Check box
Entry or
selection
ON/OFF
Arbitrary
OFF
Blank
This setting item is enabled with the following settings:
[Use PMC]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the following settings:
[Use PMC]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
The allowed range is between 0 and 99999.
This setting item is enabled with the following settings:
[Use PMC]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the following settings:
[Use PMC]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
Select this check box to use symbols.
Select a symbol from those registered in the PMC symbol
list.
This setting item is enabled with the following settings:
[Use PMC]: ON
[Symbol]: ON
First
candidate
0
Table 3.1.1.5 (f) List of Interlock Properties
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Interlock
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
PMC Path
Selection
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
First
candidate
InterlockPMCArea
Selection
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
First
candidate
InterlockPMCAddress
User entry
Numerical value
0
InterlockPMCBit
Selection
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
First
candidate
Symbol
Symbol selection
Check box
Entry or
selection
ON/OFF
Arbitrary
OFF
Blank
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Note
Select this check box to use the interlock.
When you select this check box, the items below
it are enabled.
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
The allowed range is between 0 and 99999.
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
Select this check box to use symbols.
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: ON
Drawing
number
Setting item
32/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
NOTE
The PMC signal allocated in [External output] retains the status before the
interlock. Therefore, the status before the interlock is displayed at recovery from
the interlock.
[Focus] tab
Fig. 3.1.1.5 (d) Properties Page - [Focus] Tab
List of Properties on the [Focus] Tab
Initial value
Focus is
available
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Focus
Index
Don't move the
focus to the next
control after
inputting data.
Appoint
movement
index
User entry
Numerical value
1
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
User entry
User entry
User entry
User entry
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
0
0
0
0
UP Key
LEFT Key
RIGHT Key
DOWN Key
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Select this check box to directly specify the index
that you want to move the focus to.
When you select this check box, the items below it
are enabled.
Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Note
Select this check box to use the focus.
When you select this check box, the items below it
are enabled.
Specify a number that is not already used on the
screen (form).
Select this check box to avoid consecutive entry.
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Specification
Name
Entry type
Drawing
number
Table 3.1.1.5 (g)
Setting item
33/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Image] tab
Fig. 3.1.1.5 (e) Properties Page - [Image] Tab
Setting item
Entry type
Table 3.1.1.5 (h) List of Properties on the [Image] Tab
Specification
Initial value
Note
Button Size
Selection
Small
Medium
Large
Small
Button Position
Selection
Left Aligned
Mask Image File
Selection
Left Aligned
Right Aligned
Arbitrary
Style
Selection
Arbitrary
Fig file name
for the check
box when
disabled
First style in
the Fig file
The display size on the standard monitor is as follows.
Small: 25 pixels by 25 pixels (9")
16 pixels by 16 pixels (14")
Medium: 32 pixels by 32 pixels (9")
24 pixels by 24 pixels (14")
Large: 39 pixels by 39 pixels (9")
32 pixels by 32 pixels (14")
The display size on the iHMI mode is as follows.
Small: Equivalent to Same.
Medium: Equivalent to Double.
Large: Equivalent to Quad.
Specify the Fig file that describes the style of the
check box when disabled.
This setting item is enabled with the following settings:
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: OFF
Select a style from those in the specified Fig file.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
This setting item is enabled with the following settings:
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: OFF
34/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Note
Image
File Name
Selection
Arbitrary
Fig file name
for the check
box
Style
Selection
Arbitrary
First style in
the Fig file
Check Color
Palette
Color selection
Green
(0.128.0)
Check Back
Color
Border Color1
Palette
Color selection
Palette
Color selection
Gray
(192.192.192)
Black
Border Color2
Palette
Color selection
White
Back Color
Palette
Color selection
Focus Color
Palette
Color selection
Check ON
Preview
Check box
ON/OFF
Gray
(192.192.192)
Yellow
(128.128.0)
ON
Focus Preview
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Specify the Fig file that describes the style of the
check box.
This setting item is enabled with the following settings:
Pattern 1
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
Pattern 2
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
Select a style from those in the specified Fig file.
This setting item is enabled with the following settings:
Pattern 1
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
Pattern 2
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
Specify the color of the check mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
If this setting is omitted, the background color of the
check mark is used.
Specify the background color of the check mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the (upper) border of the check mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the (lower) border of the check mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the background color of the caption area.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the status color for when the focus is selected.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
You cannot select this check box in the following cases:
Pattern 1
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
Pattern 2
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
Pattern 3
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
You cannot select this check box in the following cases:
Pattern 1
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
Pattern 2
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
Pattern 3
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
*There is a preview button on the iHMI mode.
35/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[NoAction Image] tab
Fig. 3.1.1.5 (f)
Properties Page - [NoAction Image] Tab
Table 3.1.1.5 (i) List of Properties on the [NoAction Image] Tab
Entry type
NoAction Signal
Check box
Specification
ON/OFF
Initial value
OFF
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
Image File Name
Selection
Arbitrary
Style
Selection
Arbitrary
Check Color
Palette
Color selection
Check Back Color
Palette
Color selection
Border Color1
Palette
Color selection
Gray
(192.192.192)
Black
Border Color2
Palette
Color selection
White
Back Color
Palette
Color selection
PMC Path
Selection
PMC Area
Selection
Address
User entry
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Numerical value
Gray
(192.192.192)
First
candidate
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Edition
Date
Created
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
When you select this check box, the items below it
are enabled.
Specify the Fig file that describes the style of the
check box.
Fig file name
for the check
box
First style in
the Fig file
Black
Select a style from those in the specified Fig file.
Specify the color of the check mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the background color of the check mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the (upper) border of the check mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the (lower) border of the check mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the background color of the caption area.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
First
candidate
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Drawing
number
Name
0
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Note
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Setting item
36/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Bit
Selection
First
candidate
Symbol
Symbol selection
Check box
Entry or
selection
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
ON/OFF
Arbitrary
Check Timing
Selection
0: Power On
Check ON
Preview
Preview
Check
box
0: Power On
1: Always
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
OFF
Check box
Initial value
Note
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
Select this check box to use symbols.
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Symbol]: ON
Specify when the disable signal is checked.
Blank
ON
Select this check box to display the check mark on
the preview screen.
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
*There is a preview button on the iHMI mode.
[Interlock Image] tab
Fig. 3.1.1.5 (g) Properties Page - [Interlock Image] Tab
Setting item
Entry type
Display
Check box
Table 3.1.1.5 (j) List of Properties on the [Interlock Image] Tab
Specification
Initial value
Note
ON/OFF
OFF
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
Pattern 1
[Action] tab: OFF
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Pattern 2
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab:
37/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Note
OFF
When you select this check box, the items below it
are enabled.
Specify the Fig file that describes the style of the
check box.
Select a style from those in the specified Fig file.
Image File
Name
Style
Arbitrary
Check Color
Palette
Fig file name for the
check box
First style in the Fig
file
Color specification
Check Back
Color
Border Color1
Palette
Color specification
Palette
Color specification
Gray
(192.192.192)
Black
Border Color2
Palette
Color specification
White
Back Color
Palette
Color specification
Check ON
Preview
Preview
Check box
ON/OFF
Gray
(192.192.192)
ON
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Arbitrary
Black
Specify the color of the check mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the background color of the check mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the (upper) border of the check mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the (lower) border of the check mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the background color of the caption area.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Select this check box to display the check mark on
the preview screen.
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
Pattern 1
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
Pattern 2
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [NoAction Image] tab: OFF
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
*There is a preview button on the iHMI mode.
3.1.1.6
List display
For details about the item display conditions, refer to "Table 3.1.1.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions."
Table 3.1.1.6 (a) List of List Display Items
Setting item
Specification
General
-
-
Comment
-
-
X
Y
Width
Height
General
General
General
General
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Arbitrary (The initial value
is 0.)
Arbitrary (The initial value
is blank.)
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Item display conditions
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Object ID
Tab index
Name
Settings tab
Drawing
number
Item name
38/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Settings tab
Setting item
No use
multi-language
Multi-language key
Arrangement
Character
Offset posX
Character
Center
Left Aligned
Right Aligned
X
Offset posY
Character
Y
Character Type
Character
Character Color
Disable Color
Lock Color
Focus caption
Color
Caption
Character
Character
Character
Character
NoAction
Init state
(NOTE-2)
Action
Action
Character
Character
Specification
Item display conditions
0:OFF 1:ON
Multi-language key No. - 1
Left Aligned
No.1
Arbitrary (The initial value
is 0.)
Arbitrary (The initial value
is 0.)
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
No.2
Character
No.2
When the multi-language
keys are used, the same
number of captions as
that of keys are displayed.
0:OFF 1:ON
OFF
ON
OFF
PMC(*)
* "PMC" is valid at Edition
9.9 or later
Shortcut Key
Shortcut key
selection
Shortcut Key
Action
External output
(NOTE-1)
I/O setting
Action
External output
PMC symbol flag
External output
PMC symbol
External output
Signal
Action
1:ON 0:OFF
0:ON 1:OFF
Symbol
Action
Symbol selection
Action
-
Interlock
Interlock signal
symbol flag
Interlock signal
symbol
Action
Action
Symbol
No.6
Action
Symbol selection
No.7
Edition
Date
Created
No.3
0:OFF 1:ON
No.3
No.4
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
No.5
0:OFF 1:ON
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Name
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Bit
1:ON 0:OFF
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Action
0:OFF
Other settings: Refer to
"Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
0:OFF 1:ON
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Item name
39/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Item name
Settings tab
Setting item
Action
Focus is available
Number of focus
index
Don't move focus
to the next control
after data input
operation.
Appoint
movement index
Focusing up
Focus
Focus
Focus
Numerical value
Focusing down
Focus
Numerical value
Focusing left
Focus
Numerical value
Focusing right
Focus
Numerical value
Button Size
Position
No action image
file name
No action image
style
Image File Name
Style
Check Color
Check Back Color
Border Color1
Border Color2
Background color
Focus Color
Check ON
Preview
Focus Preview
Image
Image
Image
Mask Image File
Image
Style
Image
0:OFF 1:ON
No action signal
No action image
file name
No action signal
style
No action Check
Color
No action Check
Back Color
No action border
color1
No action border
color2
NoAction Image
NoAction Image
0:OFF 1:ON
Mask Image File
No. 20, No. 21, No. 22
or No. 23
No. 20, No. 21, No. 22
or No. 23
No.16
No.15
NoAction Image
Style
No.15
NoAction Image
Color of check mark
when disabled
Background color of check
mark when disabled
Border color 1 when the
control is disabled
Border color 2 when the
control is disabled
No.15
Created
Focus
Focus
0:OFF 1:ON
No.24
Arbitrary (The initial value
is 0.)
Arbitrary (The initial value
is 0.)
Arbitrary (The initial value
is 0.)
Arbitrary (The initial value
is 0.)
0: Small 1: Medium 2: Large
0: Left 1: Right
No.25
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
NoAction Image
NoAction Image
2018.11.13
No.25
No.25
No.13
Style number
No. 14 or No. 15
No. 14 or No. 15
No.15
No.15
No.15
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
No.25
Style number
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
No.24
No.13
0:OFF 1:ON
NoAction Image
No.24
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Date
No.8
0:OFF 1:ON
Arbitrary (The initial value
is 0.)
0:OFF 1:ON
Numerical value
Name
Edition
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Drawing
number
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
PMC Path
InterlockPMCArea
InterlockPMCAddress
InterlockPMCBit
Item display conditions
Interlock signal
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
-
Specification
40/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Item name
Settings tab
No action signal
symbol flag
No action signal
symbol
No action signal
PMC
NoAction Image
Symbol
NoAction Image
Symbol selection
NoAction Image
-
No action signal
Check ON Preview
No action signal
preview
Interlock image
display
Interlock image
file name
Interlock image
style
Interlock Check
Color
Interlock Check
Back Color
Interlock border
color 1
Interlock border
color 2
Interlock Back
Color
Interlock Check
ON Preview
Interlock preview
NoAction Image
No.17
No.15
NoAction Image
0:0FF 1:ON
No.15
Interlock Image
Display
0:OFF 1:ON
No. 9 or No. 10
Interlock Image
Image File Name
Interlock Image
Style
Interlock Image
Check Color
No. 11 or No. 12
Interlock Image
Check Back Color
No. 11 or No. 12
Interlock Image
Border Color1
No. 11 or No. 12
Interlock Image
Border Color2
No. 11 or No. 12
Interlock Image
Back Color
No. 11 or No. 12
Interlock Image
Preview of the check
mark
Preview
Interlock Image
No. 11 or No. 12
Style number
0:OFF 1:ON
No. 11 or No. 12
0:OFF 1:ON
No. 11 or No. 19
Drawing
number
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Person in
charge
Name
[Use the multi-language display function]: ON (project settings)
[Left] or [Right] is selected.
[Use PMC] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Use PMC] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Symbol] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Use PMC] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Symbol] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Symbol] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Symbol] on the [Action] tab: OFF
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
2018.11.13
No. 11 or No. 12
Table 3.1.1.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions
Display condition
8
Created
No.15
0:0FF 1:ON
6
7
Date
0:0FF 1:ON
No.18
5
Edition
Item display conditions
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
1
2
3
4
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Specification
PMC path when the
control is disabled
PMC area when the
control is disabled
PMC address when
the control is disabled
PMC bit when the
control is disabled
Preview of the check
mark
Preview
No.
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Setting item
41/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
No.
Display condition
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
10
Name
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: OFF
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
Disable signal symbol on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
Disable signal symbol on the [NoAction Image] tab: OFF
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [NoAction Image] tab: OFF
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: OFF
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [Interlock Image] tab: OFF
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [NoAction Image] tab: OFF
[Focus is available] on the [Focus] tab: ON
[Focus is available] on the [Focus] tab: ON
[Focus move rules] on the [Focus] tab: ON
Drawing
number
9
42/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
NOTE
<Edition 9.9 or later>
1. If "PMC" in [Init state] is selected, [External output] is turned on.
2. If [External output] is turned off when "PMC" is selected in [Init state], [Init state] is
turned off.
3.1.1.7
Batch editing
The following table shows the setting items on each tab that are the same as those in the list display. The
property names other than the items shown below are the same as those in the list display.
Table 3.1.1.7 (a) List of Differences for the Same Setting Items
Item name (list display)
Shortcut Key
Property name (batch editing)
Shortcut Key
Shortcut key code
<Edition 9.9 or later>
Refer to the table below “Table 3.1.1.7(b) Setting value of [Init state] in Batch editing” for the setting value
when setting “PMC” to [Init state] in Batch editing.
When ”PMC” is selected as input of [Init state], an error occurs when generating a MEM file unless [External
output] is ON (see Section 3.1.1.8, “Message”).
Table 3.1.1.7 (b) Setting value of [Init state] in Batch editing
Init state
Setting value
PMC
2
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
NOTE
The output result of the property list output by the screen bitmap batch output function
is also the same as the setting value of “Table 3.1.1.7(b) Setting value of [Init state] in
Batch editing” in the above table.
43/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.1.1.8
Message
The specific message displayed when setting this control is shown below.
<Edition 9.9 or later>
Table 3.1.1.8 (a) List of Messages
Timing
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
If [Init state] is “PMC”, turn [External output] on.
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Message
Generating a MEM file
Name
[External output] is set to
OFF when [Init state]
is ”PMC”.
Drawing
number
Cause
44/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.1.2
Radio Button Control
3.1.2.1
Function
The radio button control is used to select only one choice from multiple options.
You can group controls linked on the same screen by setting the [GroupNo] property.
3.1.2.2
Diagram
You can select a large, medium or small radio button. You can select left aligned or right aligned as the display
position. The height of the control is automatically centered.
The default size is "small." If the created control is smaller than the small size, the size is automatically set to small.
Fig. 3.1.2.2 (a) Images of Radio Buttons
3.1.2.3
Icon design
The following icon is displayed on the toolbar.
Fig. 3.1.2.3 (a) Icon Design
3.1.2.4
Operation
Whether the radio button is selected or not is managed in the dynamic memory in the FP driver.
4 bytes are allocated from the output PMC address on the [Action] tab and the selection status of up to 32
buttons is output.
4 bytes are allocated according to the No. in the group set to the laid out radio button.
If you change the PMC status from an external application or tool, the selection status changes.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
<Edition 9.9 or later>
When multiple radio buttons in the same group are turned on in the PMC signal state, the value for 4 bytes from
the output PMC address is cleared and all radio buttons are turned off.
45/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Output PMC address [R100]
Output PMC address [R100]
A
A
R100
0x02 is output to R100.
Other buttons are deselected.
0
Select B.
B
B
C
C
1
0
B is selected.
Control information
Other buttons are deselected.
Fig. 3.1.2.4 (a) PMC Output
The property design and output destination PMC must be the same within the group.
When you change control settings, the same settings are applied to other controls in the group.
The properties of the control whose group No. is changed apply to the controls with the new group No.
The applied properties are shown in the following table.
Table 3.1.2.4 (a) Properties Applied When the Group No. Is Changed
NoAction
Image
Interlock
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Image
PMC Path
OutPMCArea
OutPMCAddress
Symbol
Symbol selection
Button Size
Button Position
Mask Image File
Style
Image File Name
Style
Back Color
Border Color
Outer Frame Color
ON Color
OFF Color
Image File Name
Style
Back Color
Border Color
Outer Frame Color
State Color
Image File Name
Style
Back Color
Border Color
Outer Frame Color
State Color
Name
Action
Setting item
Drawing
number
Tab
46/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.1.2.5
Properties
This section describes the properties of radio button control.
Tab configuration
Table 3.1.2.5 (a) List of Tabs
Description
Item
General
Character
Action
Focus
Image
NoAction Image
Interlock Image
Used to specify the position and size of the radio box.
Used to specify the position, color, and text of the caption in the text area.
Used to specify the initial status, allocation to the PMC area, interlock, and shortcut key.
Used to specify the focus number and how to move the focus.
Used to specify the image when the control is disabled and the image at usual times.
Used to specify the allocation of the PMC area and the image for the disable signal.
Used to specify the image for when the interlock is engaged.
[General] tab
Fig. 3.1.2.5 (a) Properties Page - [General] Tab
Table 3.1.2.5 (b) List of Setting Items on the [General] Tab
Entry type
Specification
Initial
value
Synchronization
Object ID
Fixed value
FPRadioBtnX
-
No
X is automatically entered.
X
Y
Width
User entry
User entry
User entry
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
-
No
No
No
Height
User entry
Numerical value
-
No
Specify a value smaller than the screen size.
Specify a value smaller than the screen size.
Specify a value smaller than the screen size
starting from [X].
Specify a value smaller than the screen size
starting from [Y].
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Note
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Setting
item
47/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Character] tab
Fig. 3.1.2.5 (b) Properties Page - [Character] Tab
Table 3.1.2.5 (c) List of Properties on the [Character] Tab
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
No use
multi-language
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
No
When you select this check box,
[Multi-language key] is enabled.
Multi-language
key
Alignment
Selection
Arbitrary
No
Select a language key from those
registered under project settings.
Selection
Caption
User entry
Left Aligned
Center
Right Aligned
Arbitrary
First
candidate
Left
Aligned
Blank
No
X
User entry
0
No
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Selection
0
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b)
Common
Setting Items."
ANK
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
No
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Center]: OFF
Specify a value smaller than [Height]
on the [General] tab.
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Center]: OFF
Select a character type from the
settings.
When using the multi-language key in
the iHMImode, specify the character
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
No
Enter the text to be displayed in the
text area.
When using the multi-language key,
specify a caption for each key that can
be specified with [Multi-language key].
Specify a value smaller than [Width] on
the [General] tab.
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Character Type
Numerical
value
Note
No
Name
User entry
Numerical
value
Synchronization
Drawing
number
Y
Initial
value
48/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Character Color
Palette
Color selection
Black
No
Disable Color
Palette
Color selection
Black
No
Interlock Color
Palette
Color selection
Black
No
type for each key that can be specified
with [Multi-language key].
Select a color from the color selection
dialog.
Select a color from the color selection
dialog.
Select a color from the color selection
dialog.
[Action] tab
Fig. 3.1.2.5 (c) Properties Page - [Action] Tab
Table 3.1.2.5 (d) List of Properties on the [Action] Tab
Specification
NoAction
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
No
GroupNo
GroupIndex
User entry
User entry
1~9
0~31
1
0
No
No
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Synchronizati
on
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
When you select this check box,
[NoAction Image] is enabled.
Specify the bit to be allocated.
If the same No. is set within the same
group, an error occurs during
generation of the MEM file.
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Note
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Initial
value
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Entry type
Name
Setting item
49/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Init Status
Check box
(*1)
Selection(*2)
ON/OFF
/PMC(*)
*1 Editon 9.8
or earlier
*2 Editon 9.9
or later
Initial
value
Synchronizati
on
Note
No
Set the selection status when the
screen starts.
If more than one is ON in the same
group, an error occurs when generating
a MEM file.
OFF
* ”PMC” is valid
at Edition 9.9 or
later
When you switch the screen with the
memory for the screen configuration set
to clear, the last display state is
discarded and the screen appears
according to this setting.
<Edition 9.9 or later>
When “PMC” is selected for [Init Status],
an error occurs when generating a MEM
file unless all radio buttons in the same
group are “PMC”.
(see Section 3.1.1.8, “Message”)
Shortcut Key
Shortcut key
selection
Output PMC
PMC Path
Check box
Selection
ON/OFF
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
OFF
First
candidate
No
No
Selection
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Numerical value
First
candidate
Yes
First
candidate
Yes
0
Yes
OutPMCAre
a
Selection
OutPMCAdd
ress
User entry
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Shortcut Key]: ON
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
The allowed range is between 0 and
99999.
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
Symbol
Symbol
selection
Check box
Entry or
selection
ON/OFF
Arbitrary
OFF
Blank
Yes
Yes
Select a symbol from those registered in
the PMC symbol list.
If the number of bits of the type
specified with the selected symbol is
insufficient for the number of radio
buttons set in the same group, an error
occurs during generation of the MEM
file.
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Symbol]: ON
Edition
Date
Created
OFF
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
No
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
ON/OFF
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Check box
Drawing
number
Interlock
Interlock
50/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial
value
Synchronizati
on
PMC Path
Selection
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
First
candidate
No
InterlockPM
CArea
Selection
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
First
candidate
No
InterlockPM
CAddress
User entry
Numerical value
0
No
InterlockPM
CBit
Selection
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
First
candidate
No
Symbol
Symbol
selection
Check box
Entry or
selection
ON/OFF
Arbitrary
OFF
Blank
No
No
Note
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
The allowed range is between 0 and
99999.
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: ON
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
NOTE
The PMC signal allocated in [Output] retains the status from before the interlock
engaged. Therefore, the same status as before the interlock engaged is
displayed upon recovery from the interlock.
51/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Focus] tab
Fig. 3.1.2.5 (d) Properties Page - [Focus] Tab
Setting item
Entry type
Table 3.1.2.5 (e) List of Properties on the [Focus] Tab
Specification
Initial
Note
value
Focus is
available
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Focus
Index
Don't move
the focus to
the next
control after
inputting data.
Appoint
movement
index
User entry
Numerical value
1
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
User entry
User entry
Numerical value
Numerical value
0
0
Select this check box to directly specify the index that you
want to move the focus to.
When you select this check box, the items below it are
enabled.
Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
User entry
Numerical value
0
Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
User entry
Numerical value
0
Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Drawing
number
Upward move
Leftward
move
Rightward
move
Downward
move
Select this check box to use the focus.
When you select this check box, the items below it are
enabled.
Specify a number that is not already used on the screen
(form).
Select this check box to avoid consecutive entry.
52/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Image] tab
Fig. 3.1.2.5 (e) Properties Page - [Image] Tab Screen
Table 3.1.2.5 (f) List of Setting Items on the [Image] Tab
Specification Initial value Synchronization
Setting item
Entry type
Button Size
Selection
Small
Medium
Large
Small
Yes
Button
Position
Mask Image
File
Selection
Right Aligned
Left Aligned
Arbitrary
Left Aligned
Yes
Fig file name
for the radio
button when
disabled
Yes
First style in
the Fig file
Yes
Style
Selection
Selection
Arbitrary
Note
The display size on the standard
monitor is as follows.
Small:
25 pixels by 25 pixels (9")
16 pixels by 16 pixels (14")
Medium: 32 pixels by 32 pixels (9")
24 pixels by 24 pixels (14")
Large:
39 pixels by 39 pixels (9")
32 pixels by 32 pixels (14")
The display size on the iHMImode is as
follows.
Small:
Equivalent to Same.
Medium: Equivalent to Double.
Large:
Equivalent to Quad.
Specify the Fig file that describes the
style of the radio button when disabled.
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction
Image] tab: OFF
Select a style from those in the
specified Fig file.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction
Image] tab: OFF
53/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Synchronization
Note
Image File
Name
Selection
Arbitrary
Fig file name
for the radio
button
Yes
Specify the Fig file that describes the
style of the radio button.
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
Pattern 1
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
Style
Selection
Arbitrary
First style in
the Fig file
Yes
Pattern 2
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction
Image] tab: ON
Select a style from those in the
specified Fig file.
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
Pattern 1
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
Back Color
Palette
Color
selection
Border
Color
Palette
Color
selection
Outer
Frame
Color
ON Color
Palette
Color
selection
Palette
OFF Color
Palette
ON Preview
Check box
Color
selection
Color
selection
ON/OFF
Gray
(192.192.19
2)
Black
Yes
Gray
(192.192.19
2)
Green
(0.128.0)
Black
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Pattern 2
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction
Image] tab: ON
Select a color from the color selection
dialog.
Select a color from the color selection
dialog.
Circle border (This applies to both the
inner and outer circles.)
Select a color from the color selection
dialog.
Select a color from the color selection
dialog.
Select a color from the color selection
dialog.
OFF
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
*There is a preview button on the iHMI mode.
54/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[NoAction Image] tab
Fig. 3.1.2.5 (f)
Properties Page - [NoAction Image] Tab
Table 3.1.2.5 (g) List of Properties on the [NoAction Image] Tab
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Synchronization
NoAction
Signal
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
No
Fig file name
for the radio
button
First style in
the Fig file
Gray
(192.192.192)
Black
Yes
Style
Selection
Arbitrary
Back Color
Palette
Border Color
Palette
Color
selection
Color
selection
Outer Frame
Color
Palette
Color
selection
Gray
(192.192.192)
Yes
State Color
Palette
Color
selection
Gray
(192.192.192)
Yes
PMC Path
Selection
First
candidate
No
PMC Area
Selection
Refer to
"Table 3.1 (b)
Common
Setting Items."
Refer to
"Table 3.1 (b)
Common
Setting Items."
First
candidate
No
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Yes
Yes
Yes
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Select a style from those in the
specified Fig file.
Select a color from the color
selection dialog.
Select a color from the color
selection dialog.
Circle border (This applies to both
the inner and outer circles.)
Select a color from the color
selection dialog.
Outer Frame Color
Select a color from the color
selection dialog.
Color of inner circle
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Arbitrary
Name
Selection
When you select this check box, the
items below it are enabled.
Specify the Fig file that describes the
style of the radio button.
Drawing
number
Image File
Name
Note
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
55/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Synchronization
Address
User entry
Arbitrary
0
No
Bit
Selection
Symbol
Symbol
selection
Check box
Entry or
selection
Check Timing
Selection
Preview
Check box
Refer to
"Table 3.1 (b)
Common
Setting Items."
ON/OFF
Arbitrary
First
candidate
No
OFF
Blank
No
No
0: Power On
1: Always
ON/OFF
0: Power On
No
OFF
No
Note
The allowed range is between 0 and
99999.
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Symbol]: ON
Specify when the disable signal is
checked.
*There is a preview button on the iHMI mode.
[Interlock Image] tab
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 3.1.2.5 (g) Properties Page - [Interlock Image] Tab
56/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Table 3.1.2.5 (h) List of Properties on the [Interlock Image] Tab
Entry type Specification
Initial value
Synchronization
Display
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
No
Note
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
Pattern 1
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
Pattern 2
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
Image File
Name
Selection
Arbitrary
Fig file name
for the radio
button
First style in
the Fig file
Gray
(192.192.192)
Black
Yes
Style
Selection
Arbitrary
Back Color
Palette
Border Color
Palette
Color
specification
Color
specification
Outer Frame
Color
Palette
Color
specification
Gray
(192.192.192)
Yes
State Color
Palette
Color
specification
Gray
(192.192.192)
Yes
Preview
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
When you select this check box, the
items below it are enabled.
Specify the Fig file that describes the
style of the radio button.
Select a style from those in the
specified Fig file.
Select a color from the color selection
dialog.
Select a color from the color selection
dialog.
Circle border (This applies to both the
inner and outer circles.)
Select a color from the color selection
dialog.
Outer Frame Color
Select a color from the color selection
dialog.
Color of inner circle
*There is a preview button on the iHMI mode.
3.1.2.6
List display
The list display items are shown in "Table 3.1.2.6 (a) List Display Items."
Note that the description is omitted in the following cases:
- The item name is the same as the setting item.
- The setting value is the same as that on the [Property] tab.
For details about the item display conditions, refer to "Table 3.1.2.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions."
-
Comment
-
-
X
Y
General
General
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Arbitrary (The initial
value is 0.)
Arbitrary (The initial
value is blank.)
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Item display conditions
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
General
-
Name
Settings tab
Object ID
Tab index
Drawing
number
Item name
Table 3.1.2.6 (a) List Display Items
Setting item
Specification
57/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Item name
Settings tab
Setting item
Width
Height
No use
multi-language
Multi-language
key
Arrangement
General
General
Character
Text offset
posX
Text offset
posY
Character
Type
Caption color
Disable Color
Lock Color
Focus caption
color
Caption
Character
Center
Left Aligned
Right Aligned
X
Character
Y
No action
Group no.
Group index
Init Status
Action
Action
Action
Action
Character
Character
Multi-language key No.
-1
Left Aligned
No.2
Character
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Character
Character
Character
Character
Character
When the multi-language keys are
used, the same number of captions
as that of keys are displayed.
0:OFF 1:ON
OFF-
Symbol
Action
Symbol selection
Action
- PMC Path
- OutPMCArea
- OutPMCAddress
Interlock
Interlock
signal symbol
flag
Interlock
signal symbol
Action
Action
Symbol
Action
Symbol selection
Date
Created
No.3
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting
Items."
0:OFF 1:ON
0:OFF 1:ON
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
No.5
No.6
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
No.4
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Action
0:OFF
Other settings: Refer to
"Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
0:OFF 1:ON
Name
* ”PMC” is valid at
Edition 9.9 or later
- Shortcut Key
- Shortcut key selection
Drawing
number
ON
OFF
PMC(*)
Out PMC
symbol flag
Out PMC
symbol
Out PMC
Edition
No.1
No.2
Action
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Item display conditions
0:OFF 1:ON
Shortcut Key
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Specification
58/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Settings tab
Setting item
Specification
- PMC Path
- InterlockPMCArea
- InterlockPMCAddress
- InterlockPMCBit
Display
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting
Items."
No.7
0:OFF 1:ON
No. 8 or No. 9
Interlock
signal
Action
Interlock
image display
Interlock
image file name
Interlock
image style
Interlock Back
Color
Interlock
Border Color
Interlock Outer
Frame Color
Interlock state
color
Interlock
preview
Focus is
available
Number of
focus
Index
Don't move
focus to the
next control
after data
input
operation.
Appoint
movement
index
Focusing up
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Focus
Focus
Numerical value
Focusing left
Focus
Numerical value
Focusing right
Focus
Numerical value
Focusing
down
Button Size
Focus
Numerical value
Position
Image
No action
image file
name
No action
image style
Image
Mask Image File
Image
Style
Edition
Date
Created
Style number
No. 10 or No. 11
Back Color
No. 10 or No. 11
Border Color
No. 10 or No. 11
Outer Frame Color
No. 10 or No. 11
State Color
No. 10 or No. 11
Preview
0:OFF 1:ON
No. 10 or No. 11
0:OFF 1:ON
Focus
Numerical value
Arbitrary (The initial
value is 0.)
No.19
Focus
0:OFF 1:ON
No.19
Focus
0:OFF 1:ON
No.19
Arbitrary (The initial
value is 0.)
Arbitrary (The initial
value is 0.)
Arbitrary (The initial
value is 0.)
Arbitrary (The initial
value is 0.)
0: Small
1: Medium
2: Large
0: Left
1: Right
No.20
Image
Style number
2018.11.13
No.20
No.12
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
No.20
No.12
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
No.20
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Style
No. 10 or No. 11
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Image File Name
Item display conditions
Drawing
number
Item name
59/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Settings tab
Image File
Name
Style
Background
color
Border Color
Outer Frame
Color
ON Color
OFF Color
ON Preview
No action
signal
No action
signal image
file name
No action
signal style
No action
Back Color
No action
Border color
No action
Outer Frame
Color
No action
State Color
No action
signal symbol
flag
No action
signal symbol
No action
signal PMC
Image
No action
signal preview
NoAction
Image
Image
Image
Created
No. 13 or No. 14
Image
Image
Image
NoAction
Image
NoAction
Image
0:OFF 1:ON
0:OFF 1:ON
No.15
Mask Image File
NoAction
Image
NoAction
Image
NoAction
Image
NoAction
Image
Style
No.16
Style number
No.16
Back Color
No.16
Border Color
No.16
Outer Frame Color
No.16
NoAction
Image
NoAction
Image
State Color
No.16
NoAction
Image
NoAction
Image
Symbol selection
Symbol
0:OFF 1:ON
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Bit
Preview
No.16
No.17
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting
Items."
No.18
0:OFF 1:ON
No.16
Table 3.1.2.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions
Display condition
1
2
3
[Use the multi-language display function] (project settings): ON
[Left] or [Right] is selected on the [Action] tab.
Output PMC symbol flag on the [Action] tab: ON
4
Output PMC symbol flag on the [Action] tab: OFF
5
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
6
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
Interlock signal symbol flag on the [Action] tab: ON
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
Interlock signal symbol flag on the [Action] tab: OFF
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Date
Style number
Name
Edition
Item display conditions
Image
Image
7
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Specification
No. 13 or No. 14
No.
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Setting item
Drawing
number
Item name
60/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
No.
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
3.1.2.7
Display condition
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: OFF
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
Disable signal symbol on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
Disable signal symbol on the [NoAction Image] tab: OFF
[Focus is available] on the [Focus] tab: ON
[Focus is available] on the [Focus] tab: ON
[Appoint movement index] on the [Focus] tab: ON
Batch editing
The following table shows the setting items on each tab that are the same as those in the list display.
The property names other than the items shown below are the same as those in the list display.
Table 3.1.2.7 (a) List of Differences for the Same Setting Items
Item name (list display)
Property name (batch editing)
Shortcut Key
Shortcut Key
Shortcut key code
*Group Nos. and the settings in "Table 3.1.2.7 (a) Properties Applied When the Group No. Is Changed" cannot
be edited in batch.
<Edition 9.9 or later>
For the setting values when PMC is set to [Init Status] in batch editing, refer to “Table 3.1.2.7 (b) Value of [Init
Status] in batch editing screen”.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Table 3.1.2.7 (b) Value of [Init Status] in batch editing screen
Init Status
Value to set
61/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
PMC
2
NOTE
The output result of the property list output by the screen bitmap batch output
function is also the same as "Table 3.1.2.7 (b) Value of [Init Status] in batch
editing screen ".
3.1.2.8
Message
The specific message displayed when setting this control is shown below..
Table 3.1.2.8 (a) List of Messages
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Message
When the group No. is changed, the following items are
also changed. Are you sure you want to continue?
Output PMC
Image
NoAction Image
Interlock Image
If using PMC as "Init Status", set all "Init Status" in the
same group to PMC.
Name
When PMC is set to "Init
Status", there is a radio
button control in the same
group that is set to other
than PMC.
Timing
When the property
tab is switched
When [Apply] is
selected
When [OK] is
selected
When generating a MEM
file
-
Drawing
number
Cause
A group No. is changed to an
existing group No.
62/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.1.3
List Box Control
3.1.3.1
Function
The list box control lists registered items from which the user can select multiple options.
3.1.3.2
Diagram
The minimum size of a list box is as follows.
Width: Width of one double-byte character + Height of row (setting value)
Height: Height of row (setting value) x 2
Strings are displayed up to the number of characters that can be displayed.
The part after the number of characters that can be displayed is not displayed.
The vertical scroll bar is displayed if the number of items that can be registered is larger than the
number of displayed rows or if you select to display the scroll bar in Property.
The horizontal scroll bar is not displayed.
The up and down buttons on the scroll bar are square with the same height as the row.
Normal size
Minimum size
AAAAAAAAAA
BBBBBBBBBB
A
B
CCC
DDDD
EEEEEE
Fig. 3.1.3.2 (a) Images of List Boxes
3.1.3.3
Icon design
The following icon is displayed on the toolbar.
Fig. 3.1.3.3 (a) Icon Design
3.1.3.4
Operation
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Status management
Specify the first PMC address to synchronize the item selection status in the list box with the PMC. Items
are allocated to the bits of the address in order.
63/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Operation
Once the list box operation mode is enabled, you can operate the list box.
End the list box operation mode before operating other controls.
The following description when "TAB key" is set to [Operation Mode Switch Key].
(1) To start the list box operation mode
(a) Move the focus with the MDI key to select the list box and press the <TAB> key to change the
list box to the operation mode.
(b) If you can click the list box with the mouse or touch it on the screen, click or touch the list box to
directly start the list box operation mode.
(2) To end the list box operation mode
(a) Press the <TAB> key while the list box operation mode is active to end it.
You can move the focus to another control by operating the MDI key.
(b) Click outside the list box with the mouse or, if possible, touch outside the list box on the screen
to end the list box operation mode. After the list box operation mode ends, there is no focus.
(3) Transition of the operation mode
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Procedure 1 (operation by moving the focus with the MDI key)
(i)
Move the focus to the list box by using the MDI key.
(ii) Press the <TAB> key to switch the list box operation mode.
Press the <TAB> key to switch the list box between the operation mode and the non-operation
mode.
(iii) You can now operate the list box.
(iv) End the list box operation mode by using the <TAB> key.
(v) Switch the focus to another control by using the MDI key.
Drawing
number
(a)
64/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
MDI key
MDI key
Focus on another
control
MDI key
MDI key
List box
Focus
TAB key
List box
Non-operation mode
List box
Operation mode
TAB key
MDI key
MDI key
Focus on another
control
MDI key
MDI key
Fig. 3.1.3.4 (a) Operation Mode Transition Diagram (1)
(b)
Procedure 2 (clicking the list box with the mouse or touching it on the touch panel)
(i) Click or touch the list box to start the list box operation mode.
(ii) Click or touch outside the list box to end the list box operation mode.
(4) Key operations
The key operations in each status of the list box are shown below.
State
The focus is in a list box.
Non-operation mode
Operation mode
(Entire) list box
The list box operation mode
is enabled.
The list box operation
mode is enabled.
Up button
The list box operation mode
is enabled.
The list box operation
mode is enabled.
Down button
The list box operation mode
is enabled.
The list box operation
mode is enabled.
The list box operation mode
is enabled.
(Specify the row that the
focus is on and switch the
selection status of it at the
same time.)
The list box operation mode
The list box operation
mode is enabled.
(Specify the row that the
focus is on and switch
the selection status of it
at the same time.)
The list box operation
Scroll bar
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
The focus is moved to
the row above the
current one.
The focus is moved to
the row below the
current one.
Specify the row that
the focus is on and
switch between
selection and
deselection.
-
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
-
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Item row
Name
The focus is on another
control.
Drawing
number
Mouse or touch screen operation
Table 3.1.3.4 (a) Mode Transition List
65/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
State
The focus is in a list box.
Non-operation mode
Operation mode
The focus is on another
control.
Key operations
is enabled.
mode is enabled.
The focus is removed
from the list box.
Outside the list
box
-
<Up> key
The focus is moved.
The focus is moved.
<Dn> key
The focus is moved.
The focus is moved.
<Right> key
<Left> key
The focus is moved.
The focus is moved.
The focus is moved.
The focus is moved.
<PgUp> key
-
-
<PgDn> key
-
-
<INPUT> key
-
-
<TAB> key
-
The list box operation
mode is enabled.
The focus is removed
from the list box.
The focus is moved to
the row above the
current one.
The focus is moved to
the row below the
current one.
The previous page is
displayed.
The next page is
displayed.
The row that the focus
is on is selected or
deselected.
The list box
non-operation mode is
enabled.
(5) Relationship between the item list and the list box
In the list box display in the item list, as many items as possible are displayed in the list box from the
first display item.
EEEE
Item list
EEEE
FFFF
AAAA
GGGG
BBBB
HHHH
CCCC
DDDD
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
HHHH
IIII
JJJJ
KKKK
LLLL
MMMM
First display
item
List box
Selected row
Deselected row
Up button
EEEE
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
HHHH
Focus row
Down button
Fig. 3.1.3.4 (b) Item List and Display
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
NOTE
When the item on the focus row is selected, the text is displayed in the selected
color.
66/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
(6) Position of the gauge on the scroll bar
The position of the gauge is determined based on the position of the item specified as the first display
item among all the items registered in the item list.
In the item list that contains 12 items from "AAAA" to "LLLL" as shown below, the gauge on the
scroll bar is positioned as follows.
-
If the item specified as the first display item is at the beginning of the item list
AAAA
BBBB
CCCC
DDDD
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
HHHH
IIII
JJJJ
KKKK
LLLL
-
AAAA
EEEE
BBBB
CCCC
DDDD
If the item specified as the first display item is at the middle of the item list
AAAA
BBBB
CCCC
DDDD
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
HHHH
IIII
JJJJ
KKKK
LLLL
-
The gauge is
positioned at
the top.
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
HHHH
The gauge is
positioned at
the middle.
If the item specified as the first display item is at the bottom of the item list
AAAA
BBBB
CCCC
DDDD
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
HHHH
IIII
JJJJ
KKKK
LLLL
IIII
EEEE
JJJJ
KKKK
LLLL
The gauge is
positioned at
the bottom.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 3.1.3.4 (c) Display Position of Scroll Bar
67/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
(7) Operation of the Up button or <Up> key
Press the Up button on the scroll bar of the list box or the <Up> key to move the focus one row up.
When the first display item is on the focus row, the item above the current focus row is displayed and
the focus is moved there. The selected row is not changed.
Press the Up button
or <Up> key.
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
HHHH
EEEE
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
HHHH
Press the Up button
or <Up> key.
EEEE
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
HHHH
DDDD
EEEE
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
Fig. 3.1.3.4 (d) Operation of the Up Button or <Up> Key
(8) Operation of the Down button or <Dn> key
Press the Down button on the scroll bar of the list box or the <Dn> key to move the focus one row
down. When the focus is on the last item in the list box, the item below the current focus row is
displayed and the focus is moved there. The selected row is not changed.
EEEE
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
HHHH
Press the Down
button or <Dn> key.
EEEE
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
Press the Down
button or <Dn> key.
EEEE
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
HHHH
HHHH
FFFF
GGGG
HHHH
IIII
Fig. 3.1.3.4 (e) Operation of the Down Button or <Dn> Key
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
(9) Operation of the <PgUp> key
Press the <PgUp> key to display the items on the previous page (as many items as the number of
display items). The focus moves to the first display item.
68/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
EEEE
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
HHHH
Press the <PgUp> key.
AAAA
EEEE
BBBB
CCCC
DDDD
AAAA
BBBB
CCCC
DDDD
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
HHHH
IIII
JJJJ
KKKK
LLLL
MMMM
AAAA
BBBB
CCCC
DDDD
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
HHHH
IIII
JJJJ
KKKK
LLLL
MMMM
Fig. 3.1.3.4 (f)
Operation of the <PgUp> Key
(10) Operation of the <PgDn> key
Press the <PgDn> key to display the items on the next page (as many items as the number of display
items). The focus moves to the first display item.
EEEE
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
HHHH
Press the <PgDn> key.
IIII
EEEE
JJJJ
KKKK
LLLL
AAAA
BBBB
CCCC
DDDD
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
HHHH
IIII
JJJJ
KKKK
LLLL
MMMM
AAAA
BBBB
CCCC
DDDD
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
HHHH
IIII
JJJJ
KKKK
LLLL
MMMM
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 3.1.3.4 (g) Operation of the <PgDn> Key
69/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
(11) Switch of the selection status of an item
This section describes how to switch the selection status of each item in the item list.
Whether multiple items can be selected or not can be selected from Property.
(a) Switching the selection status with the <INPUT> key
(i) Use the <PgUp> or <PgDn> key to move the focus row and select the item whose selection
status you want to change with the <Up> or <Dn> key.
(ii) Press the <INPUT> key in this state to switch the selection status of the focus row.
When the focus row is selected, the text is displayed in the selection color. When the focus row
is deselected, the text is displayed in the deselection color.
(When it is not possible to select multiple items, the currently selected item is deselected.
When it is possible to select multiple items, the currently selected items remain selected.)
(iii) When you press the <INPUT> key again, the selection status is switched again.
You can see whether an item is selected or not by looking at whether the text on the focus row is
in the selection color or deselection color.
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
HHHH
Press the
<INPUT> key.
EEEE
FFFF
GGGG
HHHH
(Selection color)
(Deselection color)
Fig. 3.1.3.4 (h) Change in the Text Color Depending on the Status
(b) Switching the selection status by clicking the mouse or touching the screen
(i) When you select the item row of which selection status you want to change by left-clicking it
with the mouse or touching it on the screen, the focus moves to the row of the clicked or touched
item and the selection status of that item is switched.
(ii) If you click or touch the same item row again, only the selection status of the item row is
switched but the focus row remains unchanged.
(12) Memory clear
When the memory clear setting on the screen configuration control parent screen tab is set to ON, all
the settings in the list box are cleared and return to the initial status when you switch the screen.
(13) Addition and deletion in the item list in the list box
You can add and delete items via the Ruby script.
However, note that the maximum number of items that can be added is the number of items that can
be registered.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
(14) Addition of items
You can add items within the number of items that can be registered.
The new item is added to the end of the item list.
70/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
AAAA
BBBB
CCCC
DDDD
Registered
Empty
AAAA
BBBB
CCCC
DDDD
GGGG
Added to the end of
the item list.
Fig. 3.1.3.4 (i) Image Diagram of Item Addition
(15) Deletion of item
You can delete any item from the item list.
When you delete an item, all the items in the item list are deselected.
AAAA
BBBB
CCCC
DDDD
EEEE
AAAA
BBBB
CCCC
DDDD
Delete
"CCCC."
AAAA
BBBB
DDDD
EEEE
AAAA
BBBB
DDDD
EEEE
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 3.1.3.4 (j) Image Diagram of Item Deletion
71/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.1.3.5
Properties
This section describes the properties of list box control.
Tab configuration
Table 3.1.3.5 (a) List of Tabs
Description
Item
General
Character
Action
Focus
Image
NoAction Image
Interlock Image
Used to specify the position and size of the list box.
Used to specify the character type and color of the caption.
Used to specify the initial status, allocation to the PMC area, and
interlock and to manage and register items.
Used to specify the focus number and how to move the focus.
Used to specify color information at usual times.
Used to specify color information when the disable signal is issued.
Used to specify color information when the interlock is engaged.
[General] tab
Fig. 3.1.3.5 (a) Properties Page - [General] Tab
Table 3.1.3.5 (b) List of Properties on the [General] Tab
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Setting item
Object ID
Fixed value
FPListBoxX
-
X
Y
Width
Height
User entry
User entry
User entry
Entry not allowed.
(Automatically adjusted.*)
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
-
Note
X is automatically entered. (User
entry is not allowed.)
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
*This value is automatically set based on the row height and the number of display items.
72/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Character] tab
Fig. 3.1.3.5 (b) Properties Page - [Character] Tab (Left: Standard Monitor mode, Right: iHMImode)
Table 3.1.3.5 (c) List of Properties on the [Character] Tab
Specification
Initial value
Note
Setting item
Entry type
Multi-language
key
Character Type
Selection
Arbitrary
Selection
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting
Items."
Unselected
Color
Selected Color
Palette
Color selection
Black
Select a language key from those registered
under project settings.
Select the character type.
When using the multi-language key in the iHMI
mode, specify the character type for each key
that can be specified with [Multi-language key].
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Palette
Color selection
Black
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Interlock Color
Palette
Color selection
Black
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
First
candidate
ANK
[Action] tab
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 3.1.3.5 (c) Properties Page - [Action] Tab
73/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 3.1.3.5 (d) List of Properties on the [Action] Tab
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Setting item
NoAction
Check box
Note
ON/OFF
OFF
When you select this check box, [NoAction
Image] is enabled.
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common Setting
Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common Setting
Items."
Numerical value
First
candidate
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
The allowed range is between 0 and
99999.
Status management PMC
PMC Path
Selection
Start Area
Selection
Start Address
User entry
First
candidate
0
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
Symbol
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Symbol selection
Entry or
selection
Arbitrary
Blank
Interlock
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
PMC Path
Selection
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common Setting
Items."
First
candidate
InterlockPMCArea
Selection
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common Setting
Items."
First
candidate
InterlockPMCAddress
User entry
Numerical value
0
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Symbol]: ON
Interlock
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
The allowed range is between 0 and
99999.
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
InterlockPMCBit
Selection
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common Setting
Items."
First
candidate
Symbol
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Symbol selection
Entry or
selection
Arbitrary
Blank
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: ON
File Name
User entry
Arbitrary
Blank
Specify the Itemxml file.
Display Item Count
User entry
Numerical value
2
The allowed range is between 2 and 99.
Registrable Items
User entry
Numerical value
1
The allowed range is between 1 and 2048.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Item
74/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Row Height
User entry
Numerical value
16
Multi Select
Check box
ON/OFF
ON
Scroll Display
Check box
ON/OFF
ON
Note
The allowed range is from the height of
ANK (16 in the standard machine mode, 12
in the iHMI mode) to 64.
ON: Multiple selection
OFF: Single selection
ON: Always displayed.
OFF: Displayed when the value in
[Registrable Items] is larger than that in
[Display Item Count].
NOTE
The PMC signal allocated in [Status management PMC] retains the status from
before the interlock was engaged. Therefore, the status from before the interlock
engaged is displayed upon recovery from the interlock.
File edit screen
Fig. 3.1.3.5 (d) Itemxml File Edit Screen
Table 3.1.3.5 (e) List of Items on the Itemxml File Edit Screen
Item
Description
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Adds a row.
Inserts a row.
Deletes a row.
Import a CSV file.
Export data in CSV format.
Adds a sheet for multi-language settings.
Renames a sheet.
Deletes a sheet.
Select this check box when you do not need multi-language display
switching. For example, when using characters that do not depend
on the display language.
Drawing
number
Add row
Insert Row
Delete row
Import
Export
Add sheet
Rename sheet
Delete sheet
No use multi-language
75/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Check char
Checks all the message sentences to make sure that strings in the
message do not contain characters that cannot be displayed with the
character type set with the character property of the control.
Displays the message to be displayed in the list box.
Displays File Explorer and saves edits in the itemxml file format. If
there are empty rows between items, an error message appears. (A
row only containing spaces is considered an empty row.)
Discards edits.
Item
OK button
Cancel
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
- Import
A tab-separated CSV file can be imported.
The CSV file that contains the multi-language key that matches that on the sheet is imported.
Because files are imported row by row, the file with the most rows in the language used is imported.
If there are more data items to be imported than empty rows, the file is not imported.
76/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Example)
Screen
CSV file
English
Chinese
English
Chinese
A
1
E
3
B
2
F
4
C
G
D
H
English
Chinese
A
1
B
2
C
D
E
3
F
4
G
H
[Focus] tab
Fig. 3.1.3.5 (e) Properties Page - [Focus] Tab
Setting item
Entry type
Table 3.1.3.5 (f) List of Properties on the [Focus] Tab
Specification
Initial value
Note
Focus is
available
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Index
User entry
Numerical
value
1
Date
Created
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Edition
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Name
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Select this check box to use the focus.
When you select this check box, the items below it are
enabled.
Specify a number that is not already used on the screen
(form).
77/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Note
Appoint
movement
index
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
UP key
User entry
0
LEFT key
User entry
0
Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
RIGHT key
User entry
0
Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
DOWN key
User entry
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Select this check box to directly specify the index that
you want to move the focus to.
When you select this check box, the items below it are
enabled.
Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
0
Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
[Image] tab
Fig. 3.1.3.5 (f)
Properties Page - [Image] Tab
Table 3.1.3.5 (g) List of Properties on the [Image] Tab
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Note
Palette
Color selection
Blue
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Palette
Color selection
Gray
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Palette
Color selection
Yellow
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Palette
Palette
Color selection
Color specification
Black
White
Scroll
OFF Color
Palette
Color specification
Gray
Scroll
Button Color
Palette
Color specification
Black
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the background color for the up and
down arrow marks.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the background color for the up and
down arrow marks.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the color of the up and down arrow
marks.
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Edition
Date
2018.11.13
Drawing
number
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Created
Person in
charge
Name
Selected Back
Color
Unselected
Back Color
Focused Back
Color
Border Color
Scroll
ON Color
78/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Scroll
Back Color
Scroll
Border Color
Scrollbar Color
Palette
Color specification
Gray
Palette
Color specification
Black
Palette
Color specification
Black
Display
Selection Status
Focus Preview
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Note
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the background color of the scroll bar.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the border color of the scroll bar.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the color of the scroll bar.
When you select this check box, exclusive
control is performed.
When you select this check box, exclusive
control is performed.
[NoAction Image] tab
Fig. 3.1.3.5 (g) Properties Page - [NoAction Image] Tab
Table 3.1.3.5 (h) List of Properties on the [NoAction Image] Tab
Entry type
NoAction Signal
Check box
Specification
ON/OFF
Initial value
Note
OFF
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[NoAction]: ON
When you select this check box, the items
below it are enabled.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Palette
Palette
Color selection
Color selection
Gray
Black
Scroll State
Color
Palette
Color specification
Dark gray
(128.128.128)
Scroll
Button Color
Scroll Back
Color
Scroll Border
Color
Palette
Color specification
Black
Palette
Color specification
Gray
Palette
Color specification
Black
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the background color for the up and
down arrow marks.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the color of the up and down arrow marks.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the background color of the scroll bar.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the border color of the scroll bar.
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Back Color
Border Color
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Setting item
79/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Note
Dark gray
(128.128.128)
First
candidate
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the color of the scroll bar.
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
The allowed range is between 0 and 99999.
Scrollbar Color
Palette
Color specification
PMC Path
Selection
PMC Area
Selection
Address
User entry
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
Arbitrary
Bit
Selection
Symbol
Check box
Symbol
selection
Entry or
selection
Check Timing
Selection
Preview
Check box
First
candidate
0
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
ON/OFF
First
candidate
Arbitrary
Blank
0: Power On
1: Always
ON/OFF
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
OFF
Select a symbol from those registered in the
PMC symbol list.
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Symbol]: ON
Specify when the disable signal is checked.
0: Power On
OFF
When you select this check box, exclusive
control is performed.
[Interlock Image] tab
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 3.1.3.5 (h) Properties Page - [Interlock Image] Tab
80/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 3.1.3.5 (i) List of Properties on the [Interlock Image] Tab
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Note
Setting item
Display
Back Color
Border Color
Check box
Palette
Palette
ON/OFF
Color specification
Color specification
OFF
Gray
Black
Scroll State
Color
Palette
Color specification
Dark gray
(128.128.128)
Scroll
Button Color
Palette
Color specification
Black
Scroll Back
Color
Scroll Border
Color
Scrollbar Color
Palette
Color specification
Gray
Palette
Color specification
Black
Palette
Color specification
Without caption
Check box
ON/OFF
Dark gray
(128.128.128)
OFF
Preview
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
3.1.3.6
List display
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the background color for the up and
down arrow marks.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the color of the up and down arrow
marks.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the background color of the scroll bar.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the border color of the scroll bar.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the color of the scroll bar.
When you select this check box, exclusive
control is performed.
The setting items that can be edited in the list display are shown in "Table 3.1.3.6 (a) List of Properties in the
List Display."
The setting tabs and setting items are the corresponding tab names and item names on the Property screen.
For details about the item display conditions, refer to "Table 3.1.3.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions."
Table 3.1.3.6 (a) List of Properties in the List Display
Setting item
General
General
General
General
Character
Object ID
Tab index
Comment
X
Y
Width
Multi-language key
Character Type
Character
Character Type
Character Type (1)
Character
Character Type
Character Type (2)
Character
Character Type
Character Type (3)
Character
Character Type
Character Type (4)
Character
Character Type
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Arbitrary
Arbitrary
Multi-language key No. 1
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
No.1
No.19
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Item display
conditions
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Object ID
Tab index
Comment
X
Y
Width
Multi-language key
Specification
Name
Settings tab
Drawing
number
Item name
81/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Character Type (5)
Character
Character Type
Character Type (6)
Character
Character Type
Character Type (7)
Character
Character Type
Character Type (8)
Character
Character Type
Character Type (9)
Character
Character Type
Character Type (10)
Character
Character Type
Character Type (11)
Character
Character Type
Character Type (12)
Character
Character Type
Character Type (13)
Character
Character Type
Character Type (14)
Character
Character Type
Character Type (15)
Character
Character Type
Character Type (16)
Character
Character Type
Character Type (17)
Character
Character Type
Character Type (18)
Character
Character Type
Character Type (19)
Character
Character Type
Character Type (20)
Character
Character Type
Selected Color
Unselected Color
Lock Color
Character
Character
Character
NoAction
File Name
Display Item Count
Number of Registrable
Items
Row Height
Multi Select
Scroll Display
Status Mabagement
Start Symbol Flag
Status Mabagement
Start Symbol
Status Management
Start PMC
Action
Action
Action
Action
Selected Color
Unselected Color
Interlock
Character Color
NoAction
File Name
Display Item Count
Registrable Items
Action
Action
Action
Action
Row Height
Multi Select
Scroll Display
Symbol
Action
Symbol selection
Action
-
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
2018.11.13
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
0:OFF 1:ON
0:OFF 1:ON
0:OFF 1:ON
No.2
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
No.3
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Item display
conditions
0:OFF 1:ON
PMC Path
Start Area
Start Address
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Specification
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Settings tab
Drawing
number
Item name
82/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Settings tab
Setting item
Specification
Interlock
Interlock signal
symbol flag
Interlock signal
symbol
Interlock signal
Action
Action
Interlock
Symbol
Action
Symbol selection
Action
Interlock
image display
Interlock
Back Color
Interlock
Border Color
Interlock
Scroll State Color
Interlock
Scroll Button Color
Interlock
Scroll Back Color
Interlock
Scroll Border Color
Interlock
Scrollbar Color
Without caption at
interlock
Interlock Preview
Focus is available
Number of focus index
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Focus
Focus
PMC Path
InterlockPMCArea
InterlockPMCAddress
InterlockPMCBit
Display
Appoint movement index
Focusing up
Focus
Focus
Appoint movement index
<UP> Key
Focusing down
Focus
<DOWN> Key
Focusing left
Focus
<LEFT> Key
Focusing right
Focus
<RIGHT> Key
Selected Back Color
Unselected Back Color
Focused Back Color
Border Color
Scroll ON Color
Scroll OFF Color
Scroll Button Color
Scroll Back Color
Scroll Border Color
Scrollbar Color
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Selected Back Color
Unselected Back Color
Focused Back Color
Border Color
Scroll ON Color
Scroll OFF Color
Scroll Button Color
Scroll Back Color
Scroll Border Color
Scrollbar Color
Edition
Date
Created
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
No.6
0:OFF 1:ON
Back Color
No.7
No.8
No.9
Border Color
No.9
Scroll State Color
No.9
Scroll Button Color
No.9
Scroll Back Color
No.9
Scroll Border Color
No.9
Scrollbar Color
No.9
Without caption
0:OFF 1:ON
No.9
Preview
0:OFF 1:ON
No.10
Focus is available
Index
0:OFF 1:ON
Arbitrary (The initial
value is 0.)
0:OFF 1:ON
Arbitrary (The initial
value is 0.)
Arbitrary (The initial
value is 0.)
Arbitrary (The initial
value is 0.)
Arbitrary (The initial
value is 0.)
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
No.17
No.17
No.18
No.18
No.18
No.18
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Name
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
No.4
No.5
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
0:OFF 1:ON
0:OFF 1:ON
Item display
conditions
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Item name
83/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Item name
Settings tab
Display Selection Status
Display Focused Status
No action Signal
No action Border Color
No action Back Color
No action Scroll
State Color
No action Scroll
Button Color
No action Scroll
Back Color
No action Scroll
Border Color
No action Scrollbar
Color
No action signal
symbol flag
No action signal symbol
No action signal PMC
Image
Image
NoAction Image
NoAction Image
NoAction Image
NoAction Image
Display Selection Status
Focus Preview
NoAction Signal
Border Color
Back Color
Scroll State Color
NoAction Image
Scroll Button Color
No.14
NoAction Image
Scroll Back Color
No.14
NoAction Image
Scroll Border Color
No.14
NoAction Image
Scrollbar Color
No.14
NoAction Image
Symbol
NoAction Image
NoAction Image
No action signal preview
NoAction Image
Symbol selection
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Bit
Preview
Interlock: ON
Interlock signal symbol flag: ON
Interlock: ON
Interlock signal symbol flag: OFF
Interlock: ON
NoAction: OFF
Interlock: ON
NoAction: ON
NoAction Signal: ON
Interlock image display: ON
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
No.14
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Name
12
No.15
Interlock image display: ON
Preview of disabled status: OFF
Focus Preview: OFF
Preview of disabled status: OFF
Interlock preview: OFF
Display Selection Status: OFF
Preview of disabled status: OFF
Interlock preview: OFF
Drawing
number
11
Date
0:OFF 1:ON
Interlock: ON
10
No.11
No.12
No.13
No.14
No.14
No.14
No.16
5
9
Item display
conditions
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
4
8
Edition
0:OFF 1:ON
2
3
7
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
0:OFF 1:ON
0:OFF 1:ON
0:OFF 1:ON
[Use the multi-language display function] (project settings): ON
Edit mode: iHMI
Symbol flag: ON
Symbol flag: OFF
6
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Specification
Table 3.1.3.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions
Display condition
No.
1
Setting item
84/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
No.
13
NoAction: ON
14
NoAction Signal: ON
15
NoAction Signal: ON
Blind Signal Symbol Flag: ON
NoAction Signal: ON
Blind Signal Symbol Flag: OFF
[Focus is available] on the [Focus] tab: ON
16
17
18
19
20
3.1.3.7
Display condition
[Focus is available] on the [Focus] tab: ON
[Focus move rules] on the [Focus] tab: ON
[Use the multi-language character type function] (project settings): OFF
Edit mode: iHMI
[Use the multi-language display function] (project settings): ON
[Use the multi-language character type function] (project settings): ON
Edit mode: iHMI
Batch editing
You can display the setting items on each tab. The property names are the same as those in the list display.
3.1.3.8
Message
There is no specific message displayed when setting this control.
3.1.4
Message Box
3.1.4.1
Function
The message box is a dialog box that displays a message to the user.
The message box appears in the foreground of the screen in operation and prompts the user to respond by
selecting a button.
NOTE
The screen size is nessesary to set the following size or larger if the message
screen is used.
Width : 494
Height : 220
3.1.4.2
Image
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The message box size is large or small. The large or small size is automatically applied depending on the
number of characters in the title and message.
The display position is at the center of the user-created screen.
Select an icon from the provided five types.
85/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 3.1.4.2 (a) Small Message Box
(Standard Monitor version)
Fig. 3.1.4.2 (b) Small Message Box
(iHMI version)
Create relatively large buttons to support touch panel operation as well.
Although the message box looks different on the standard monitor version and the iHMI version, the component
parts and operation are the same.
Table 3.1.4.2 (c) Size of Message Box (Image)
Small size
Large size
3.1.4.3
Operation
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The message box can be called and displayed as a FP function (MsgBoxShow function) from a Ruby script.
The displayed message box cannot be moved. (It cannot be dragged on the touch panel, either.)
While the message box is displayed, custom screens other than the message box cannot be operated.
To close the message box, press a button. (Touch a button or press the allocated shortcut key.)
If the number of the Ruby script is specified as an argument of MsgBoxShow function, the script is executed
when the message box is closed by pressing the button.
While the message box is displayed, you can switch to another screen (such as the maintenance screen).
Multiple message boxes do not appear at the same time. Only one message box appears at a time.
Once a message box appears, another message box cannot appear until the displayed message box is closed.
86/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 3.1.4.3 (a) Conceptual Image of Displayed Message Box
NOTE
When switching to another screen while displaying the message box and returning
to the same custom screen again, whether the message box is displayed or not is
the same as switching to another screen while displaying the popup screen. Refer
to FANUC PICTURE Specification (Edition 06.2 to less than 08.0) APPENDIX D,
"Switching screens while displaying Popup screen" for more detail.
When closing the message box by switching screens, even if the number of the
Ruby script is specified as an argument of MsgBoxShow function, the script is NOT
executed. Close the message box by the button on it to execute the script.
Character specifications
-
The character type of all the displayed text (title name, message, and button text) is fixed to the default
(ANK).
The title must be one row. If the title string contains a line feed code, only the text before the code is
displayed.
When the number of characters in the title or body exceeds the maximum number of characters for the
small size, the large message box is displayed.
The number of characters that can be displayed in the standard monitor version is shown in the following
tables.( In iHMI version, the number of characters that can be displayed depends on the setting of character
type "ANK".)
Table 3.1.4.3 (a) Specifications of the Number of Displayed Characters In the Standard Monitor Version
When Using Small Characters
(One Character = One Byte)
Button type
Title
Body
One-button
Two-button
Three-button
Common
32 characters x 1 row
36 characters x 1 row
52 characters x 1 row
60 characters x 1 row
16 characters x 3 rows
20 characters x 3 rows
32 characters x 3 rows
40 characters x 5 rows
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Drawing
number
Large size
Name
Size
Small size
87/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 3.1.4.3 (b) Specifications of the Number of Displayed Characters In the Standard Monitor Version
When Using Big Characters
(One Character = One Byte)
Size
Button type
Title
Body
Small size
One-button
Two-button
Three-button
Common
Large size
16 characters x 1 row
18 characters x 1 row
26 characters x 1 row
30 characters x 1 row
8 characters x 2 rows
10 characters x 2 rows
16 characters x 2 rows
20 characters x 3 rows
NOTE
A double-byte character takes up 2 bytes.
-
-
Even if you do not insert line feed codes, line feeds are automatically inserted if text exceeds the horizontal
limit of characters.
If the number of rows exceeds the limit of the small size after you insert line feed codes or line feeds are
automatically inserted, the large size display is used. If the number of rows exceeds the limit of the large
size, text is displayed until the maximum number of rows for the large size.
If the last byte in each row is the first byte of a double-byte character, that last byte is displayed as the
double-byte character on a new row. If the current row is the last display row, that character is not
displayed.
Fig. 3.1.4.3 (b) Screen Using Big
Characters
3.1.4.4
Fig. 3.1.4.3 (c) Screen Using Small
Characters
Configuration specifications
The message box consists of components 1 to 6 below.
2
1
4
3
5
6
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 3.1.4.4 (a) Basic Message Box
88/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 3.1.4.4 (a) Names and Description of Message Box Components
No.
Name
Description
1
2
Title bar
Title
3
Background
4
Icon
5
6
Message
Button
Background of title.
Title of message box.
Screen background of the message box other
than the title bar.
User-specified icon that is displayed at the same
time as the body of the message.
User-defined string.
Buttons clicked by users such as [OK].
Table 3.1.4.4 (b) List of Components that the User Can Define (Adjust) in the Message Box
Component
Display position
Message
box
Size
No
Title bar
Background
No
Yes (three options)
(left, center or right)
-
Icon
No
Title
Yes (three options)
(left, center or right)
No
Message
Button (text)
Button
(background)
No
No
(automatic
selection)
No
Multi-language
Color
Script
-
-
-
Yes
Yes (six options)
(Refer to the next
section.)
No
No
-
Yes
Yes
-
-
Yes
No
-
-
No
Yes (five options)
(Refer to the next
section.)
No
-
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
-
-
Yes (*1)
No
*1) When this setting is ON, Border Color1 and Border Color2 are switched and output.
The message box can be selected from the following types.
Table 3.1.4.4 (c) Types of Message Boxes
Button type
Number
of
buttons
Initial display
names of
buttons
1
1
OK
2
2
OK
Cancel
3
3
4
3
5
2
Yes
No
6
2
Retry
Cancel
Image (iHMI
version)
Image (standard
monitor version)
Stop
Retry
Ignore
Yes
No
Cancel
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
*The initial display names of buttons are those in the English version.
89/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
The following types of icons are available.
Table 3.1.4.4 (d) Images of Icons
Icon type
Sample usage and description of icon
1
2
No icon
Cross mark in red circle
Used when displaying an error message, warning
the user, and so on.
3
Question mark in round balloon
Used for inquiry messages and so on.
4
Exclamation mark in yellow triangle
Used when prompting the user to confirm
something, alerting the user, and so on.
5
"i" letter in round balloon
Used when displaying information to the user and
so on.
Image
(standard
monitor
version)
Image
(iHMI
version)
N/A
N/A
NOTE
The background color is applied to the gray part of the icon image.
3.1.4.5
Properties
This section describes the properties of message boxes.
Overall configuration
Message boxes consist of the [Button] and [Template] tabs.
Table 3.1.4.5 (a) Property Tab Configuration
Tab name
Button
Template
Settings
Used to set up the buttons in a message box.
Used to specify the background color, text color, and text position of
a message box.
Displaying the message box properties
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Start FANUC PICTURE and select [Message Box Setting] from the [Project] menu.
90/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 3.1.4.5 (a) Conceptual Image of Displaying Message Properties
When you select the above command, the message box dialog appears, displaying the [Button] tab.
[Button] tab
The following items can be specified on the [Button] tab.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 3.1.4.5 (b) Conceptual Image of the [Button] Tab (Standard Monitor mode)
91/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 3.1.4.5 (c) Conceptual Image of the [Button] Tab (iHMI mode)
Table 3.1.4.5 (b) List of Properties on the [Button] Tab
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
Button Type
Selection
ButtonType1
No use
multi-language
Check box
Button type
1–6
ON/OFF
Multi-language
key
Character Type
Selection
Any
First candidate
Selection
Any
First candidate
Left Caption
User entry
Text
Center Caption
User entry
Text
OK (when
English is used.)
Blank
Select the type of buttons to be used in the
message box.
This item is enabled when you select the [Use the
multi-language display function] check box on the
[Multi-Language Settings] tab for project settings.
When you select this check box, [Multi-language
key] is enabled.
Displays the specified text in the caption of the
button with the multi-language key.
iHMI mode only
A character type can be specified for each
multi-language key when you select the [Use the
multi-language character type function] check box
on the [Multi-Language Settings] tab for project
settings.
First caption for the selected button type.
Right Caption
User entry
Text
Blank
Shortcut
key
Shortcut
key selection 1
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Selection
First candidate
Shortcut
key selection 2
Selection
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Edition
Date
2018.11.13
This setting item becomes selectable when you
select the [Shortcut key] check box.
This item is not selectable for ButtonType1.
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Drawing
number
Name
Second
candidate
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Second caption for the selected button type.
This item is unavailable for ButtonType1.
Third caption for the selected button type.
This item is available only for ButtonType3 and
ButtonType4.
When you select this check box, the items below
it become selectable.
This setting item becomes selectable when you
select the [Shortcut key] check box.
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Created
Person in
charge
OFF
92/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
Shortcut
key selection 3
Selection
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Third candidate
This setting item becomes selectable when you
select the [Shortcut key] check box.
This item is selectable only for ButtonType3 and
ButtonType4.
Text displayed in each caption
The default caption for each button type is shown below.
Once you overwrite and save a caption, the saved string is displayed on the caption.
ButtonType
1
Left
Caption
Center
Caption
Right
Caption
Table 3.1.4.5 (c) Default Value of Each Caption Display
ButtonType
ButtonType
ButtonType
ButtonType
2
3
4
5
ButtonType
6
OK
OK
Stop
Yes
Yes
Retry
-
Cancel
Retry
No
No
Cancel
-
-
Ignore
Cancel
-
-
*When English is used.
Character sample display
-
The button size is fixed to the actual size. Strings specified in caption items are displayed.
Text in "Left Caption," "Center Caption," and "Right Caption" is displayed in the display buttons from the
left.
If the caption contains line feed codes, the string is displayed on multiple rows.
The characters displayed on the character sample screen are actually displayed.
[Template] tab
The following items can be specified on the [Template] tab.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 3.1.4.5 (d) Conceptual Image of the [Template] Tab (Standard Monitor mode)
93/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 3.1.4.5 (e) Conceptual Image of the [Template] Tab (iHMI mode)
Table 3.1.4.5 (d) List of Properties on the [Template] Tab
Initial value
Selection
Any
First
candidate
Title - Character
Type
Selection
Any
First
candidate
Title - Alignment
Selection
Left Aligned
Title - Color of
Caption
Title - Back
Color
Message Character Type
Palette
Left Aligned
/Centered
/Right Aligned
Color
selection
Color
selection
Any
Left Aligned
/Centered
/Right Aligned
Color
selection
Left Aligned
Palette
Selection
White
Blue
(0,255,0)
First
candidate
Remarks
iHMI mode only
The multi-language key is enabled with the following
settings:
[Multi-Language Settings] tab for project settings
[Use the multi-language character type function]: ON
[Button] tab
[No use multi-language]: OFF
iHMI mode only
A character type can be specified for each
multi-language key when you select the [Use the
multi-language character type function] check box on
the [Multi-Language Settings] tab for project settings.
Select the display position of title string in the message
box.
Select the color of the title text of the message box.
Select the color of the title background of the message
box.
iHMI mode only
A character type can be specified for each
multi-language key when you select the [Use the
multi-language character type function] check box on
the [Multi-Language Settings] tab for project settings.
Select the display position of the message string in the
message box.
Message Alignment
Selection
Message Color of Caption
Palette
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Edition
Date
Created
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Black
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Select the color of the message text in the message
box.
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Specification
Multi-language
key
Name
Entry type
Drawing
number
Setting item
94/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
Message - Back
Color
Message
Border Color1
Palette
Color
selection
Color
selection
Gray
(192,192,192)
White
Message
Border Color2
Palette
Color
selection
Black
Button Caption Color of Caption
Button Caption Back Color
Palette
Color
selection
Color
selection
Black
Button Caption Border Color1
Palette
Color
selection
White
Button Caption Border Color2
Palette
Color
selection
Black
ON Preview
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Edit Cancel
Button
ON
Selectable
Initialize
Button
ON
Selectable
Select the color of the background except for the title of
the message box.
Select the color of the borders from the top left to the
top right and from the top left to the bottom left of the
message box.
Select the color of the borders from the bottom right to
the top right and from the bottom right to the bottom left
of the message box.
Displayed on the buttons in the message box.
Select the color of the button text.
Select the background color of the buttons in the
message box.
When you specify ButtonType1 to 6 and ON/OFF, this
setting applies to all of them.
Select the color of the borders from the top left to the
top right and from the top left to the bottom left of the
button in the message box.
Border Color1 and Border Color2 are switched and
displayed every time the button is turned ON or OFF.
Select the color of the borders from the bottom right to
the top right and from the bottom right to the bottom left
of the button in the message box.
Border Color1 and Border Color2 are switched and
displayed every time the button is turned ON or OFF.
Border Color1 and Border Color2 are switched and
displayed for the buttons in the review display.
Restores the status before the tab is switched or before
[OK] or [Apply] is selected.
Returns the items that can be specified on the
[Template] tab to the state at the time of installation.
Palette
Palette
Gray
(192,192,192)
Representation of button selection using Border Color1 and Border Color2
Example) When you allocate white and black to Border Color1 and Border Color2, respectively, under Button
Caption and select [Cancel]
Button Caption - Border
Color1: White
Border Color1 and
Border Color2 are
switched and displayed
every time the button
is turned ON or OFF.
Button Caption - Border
Color2: Black
Fig. 3.1.4.5 (f)
Conceptual Image of When a Button Is Selected in the Message Box
Sample display area
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
-
In the sample display area, you can see the coloring of the whole message box that the items specified on
the [Template] tab are applied to.
The number of button types is fixed to 2. The sample text on the title bar and message is displayed in the
language used at startup.
Drawing
number
-
95/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Sample display area
Fig. 3.1.4.5 (g) Sample Display Area
3.1.4.6
Function
This section describes the specifications of the FP functions for message boxes.
[Function]
MsgBoxShow
[Syntax with arguments]
MsgBoxShow( msg , type, title, icon, scrptnum )
[Arguments]
This function has the following arguments.
Table 3.1.4.6 (a) Arguments of the MsgBoxShow Function
Type
Description
Name
msg
type
title
icon
scrptnum
String
Numerical value
String
Numerical value
Numerical value
Message to be displayed
ButtonType1 to 6 (*1)
Title text to be displayed
Icon type 1 to 5 (*2)
Number of the Ruby script that is executed when the button is pressed
[Returns]
This function has the following return values.
Table 3.1.4.6 (b) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the MsgBoxShow Function
Type
Description
Numerical
value
Execution result
0: Display request succeeded.
-1: Display request failed.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
96/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
This function requests to display a message box.
The script is not stopped even when this function is executed.
The settings are shown below.
Table 3.1.4.6 (c) Button Types and Icon Types
(*1) Specification of button type
Button type
(*2) Specification of icon type
Numerical value
Icon type
Numerical value
0
1
2
3
4
5
Icon type 1
Icon type 2
Icon type 3
Icon type 4
Icon type 5
0
1
2
3
4
ButtonType1
ButtonType2
ButtonType3
ButtonType4
ButtonType5
ButtonType6
If the numerical value is out of
specification, ButtonType1 is used.
If the numerical value is out of
specification, Icon type 1 (no icon)
is used.
If a button is pressed, one of the following values is stored in MESSAGE_VAL depending on the pressed button.
Table 3.1.4.6 (d) List of Return Values When a Button Is Selected
Caption name
Selected button
Return value
(Default name when English is used)
Button type
1
2
Left Caption
Left Caption
Center Caption
Left Caption
Center Caption
Right Caption
Left Caption
Center Caption
Right Caption
Left Caption
Center Caption
Left Caption
Center Caption
3
4
5
6
OK
OK
Cancel
Stop
Retry
Ignore
Yes
No
Cancel
Yes
No
Retry
Cancel
0
0
1
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
0
1
The arguments of this function support three pattern calls in total.
Arguments 1 and 2 are required.
Arguments 3, 4, and 5 can be omitted. The following rules apply when you omit arguments.
Table 3.1.4.6 (e) List of Argument Conditions
Used pattern
Argument 1
Argument 2
Argument 3
Argument 4
Argument 5
Pattern 1
Pattern 2
Pattern 3
Pattern 4
Required
Required
Required
Required
Required
Required
Required
Required
Omitted
Specified
Specified
Specified
Omitted
Omitted
Specified
Specified
Omitted
Omitted
Omitted
Specified
Specify arguments using one of used patterns 1 to 4.
(" ") can be entered when you do not specify the body, title, and script number.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Drawing specifications
Drawing
number
3.1.4.7
97/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
The message box is drawn at the forefront of the custom screen when the MsgBoxShow function is called.
When a button in the displayed message box (including an allocated shortcut key) is pressed, the message box
closes (end of operation).
3.1.4.8
Messages
The specific messages displayed when setting this control are shown below.
Table 3.1.4.8 (a) List of Messages
Cause
Timing
Message
How to address the error
There is no folder that
contains Xml for the
MessageBox template.
The Figure folder does not
contain FPMsgIcon.fig on
the standard monitor.
The FigureEx folder does
not contain FPMsgIcon.fig
in the iHMI mode.
FigureEx/img does not
contain png for icon in the
iHMI mode.
During generation
of MEM file
Failed to create the
MessageBox file.
During generation
of MEM file
Failed to open the
FPMsgIcon.fig file.
During generation
of MEM file
Failed to open the
FPMsgIcon.fig file.
During generation
of MEM file
An error occurred while the
HMBICN00.png file was being
compressed. File reading error.
(Image files are HMBICN00.png
to HMBICN03.png.)
Files required to execute the
application cannot be found.
Reinstall the application.
Files required to execute the
application cannot be found.
Reinstall the application.
Files required to execute the
application cannot be found.
Reinstall the application.
Files required to execute the
application cannot be found.
Reinstall the application.
3.1.5
Combo Box Control
3.1.5.1
Function
The combo box control lists registered items from which the user can select only one option.
When you select a combo box in the normal mode, the item list is displayed. When the list of registered items
pops up at the center of the screen, the items can be selected. The selected item is displayed in the combo box in
the normal mode.
3.1.5.2
Diagram
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Normal mode (combo box non-operation mode)
The minimum size is as follows.
Width: Width of one double-byte character + Width of button
Height: Height of row (setting value)
Strings are displayed up to the number of characters that can be displayed. The part after the number of
characters that can be displayed is not displayed.
(1) The horizontal scroll bar is not displayed.
(2) The button next to the string is a square with the same height as the string.
98/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
(3) The selected item is displayed. Specify the initially displayed item in Property.
Blank is displayed if the item list is not set up. The combo box operation mode cannot be switched.
*-1 is set to the status management PMC.
If an invalid value is set to the item list, the first item in the item list is initially displayed.
AAAAAA
Fig. 3.1.5.2 (a) Image of a Combo Box in Normal Mode
List mode (combo box operation mode)
The minimum size is as follows.
Width: Fixed to 200
Height: (Height of row (setting value) x 2) + Outer frame (fixed)
Strings are displayed up to the number of characters that can be displayed. The part after the number of
characters that can be displayed is not displayed.
(1) The vertical scroll bar is displayed if the number of items that can be registered is larger than the
number of displayed rows or if you select to display the scroll bar in Property.
(2) The horizontal scroll bar is not displayed.
(3) The up and down buttons on the scroll bar are square with the same height as the row.
AAAAAAAAAA
BBBBBBBBBB
CCC
DDDD
EEEEEE
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 3.1.5.2 (b) Conceptual Image of a Combo Box in List Mode
99/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 3.1.5.2 (c) Conceptual Image of Combo Boxes with the Minimum Setting, Normal Mode (Left) and List Mode
(Right)
Fig. 3.1.5.2 (d) Conceptual Image of Combo Boxes with the Maximum Setting, Normal Mode (Left) and List Mode
(Right)
3.1.5.3
Icon design
The following icon is displayed on the toolbar.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 3.1.5.3 (a) Icon Design
100/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.1.5.4
Operation
Status management
Specify the first PMC address to synchronize the item selection status in the combo box with the PMC. Item
indices are allocated from the address in order.
The system reserves 2 bytes as the status management area.
NOTE
The item index value specified in the status management PMC signal exceeds
the number of items that can be registered, the value of PMC memory is cleared
and the first item is selected.
Operation
Once the combo box operation mode is enabled, you can operate the combo box.
When the combo box operation mode is enabled, the list of registered items pops up at the center of the
screen.
End the combo box operation mode before operating other controls.
Tap outside the item list pop-up or press the <INPUT> key to end the combo box operation mode and close
the item list pop-up. When you end the mode after selecting an item, the selected item is applied to the
combo box.
(1) To start the combo box operation mode
(a) Move the focus using the MDI key to select the combo box and press the operation mode switch
key to change the combo box to the operation mode. The user sets any desired operation mode
switch key on the project setting screen. For details, refer to "Changes to the project settings
screen" in "Common setting items."
(b) When you can click the combo box with the mouse or touch it on the screen, click or touch the
combo box to directly start the combo box operation mode.
(2) To end the combo box operation mode
(a) Tap outside the item list pop-up or press the <INPUT> key in the combo box operation mode to
end the combo box operation mode. After that, you can move the focus to another control with
the MDI key.
(3) Transition of the operation mode
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Procedure 1 (when moving the focus with the MDI key)
(i) Move the focus to the combo box by using the MDI key.
(ii) To switch to the combo box operation mode, press the operation mode switch key.
(iii) You can operate the combo box when the item list pop-up appears.
(iv) End the combo box operation mode with the <INPUT> key.
(v) Switch the focus to another control by using the MDI key.
Drawing
number
(a)
101/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
MDI key
MDI key
Focus on another
control
MDI key
MDI key
Combo box
Focus
Combo box
Non-operation mode
Operation mode
switch key
Combo box
operation mode
<INPUT> key
MDI key
MDI key
Focus on another control
MDI key
MDI key
Fig. 3.1.5.4 (a) Operation Mode Transition Diagram
(b)
Procedure 2 (clicking the combo box with the mouse or touching it on the touch panel)
(i) Touch the combo box to start the combo box operation mode.
(ii) To end the combo box operation mode, touch an item or touch outside the item list pop-up.
(4) Key operations
The keys that can be used in each status of the combo box are shown below.
Table 3.1.5.4 (a) Mode Transition List
Status
Focus on the combo box
Combo box
The combo box operation
mode is enabled.
The combo box operation
mode is enabled.
Up button
-
-
Down button
-
-
Item row
-
-
Edition
Date
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
-
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Operation mode
The focus is moved to the
row above the current
one.
The focus is moved to the
row below the current
one.
Another item is selected.
Then, the combo box
non-operation mode is
enabled.
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Created
Non-operation mode
Drawing
number
Mouse or touch screen operation
Focus on another control
102/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Status
Focus on the combo box
Key operations
Focus on another control
Non-operation mode
Outside the combo
box
-
The focus is removed
from the combo box.
<Up> key
The focus is moved.
The focus is moved.
<Dn> key
The focus is moved.
The focus is moved.
<Right> key
The focus is moved.
The focus is moved.
<Left> key
The focus is moved.
The focus is moved.
<PgUp> key
-
-
<PgDn> key
-
-
<INPUT> key
-
-
Operation mode
The combo box
non-operation mode is
enabled.
The focus is moved to the
row above the current
one.
The focus is moved to the
row below the current
one.
The previous page is
displayed.
The next page is
displayed.
Another item is selected.
Then, the combo box
non-operation mode is
enabled.
(5) Relationship between the item list and the combo box
The first five items from the first display item in the combo box display are displayed in the item list.
(For the conceptual image, refer to the list box control diagram titled "Item List and Display.")
(6) Position of the gauge on the scroll bar
For details, refer to "(6) Position of the gauge on the scroll bar" in "3.1.3 List Box Control."
(7) Operation of the Up button or <Up> key
For details, refer to "(7) Operation of the Up button or <Up> key" in "3.1.3 List Box Control."
(8) Operation of the Down button or <Dn> key
For details, refer to "(8) Operation of the Down button or <Dn> key" in "3.1.3 List Box Control."
(9) Operation of the <PgUp> key
For details, refer to "(9) Operation of the <PgUp> key" in "3.1.3 List Box Control."
(10) Operation of the <PgDn> key
For details, refer to "(10) Operation of the <PgDn> key" in "3.1.3 List Box Control."
(11) Switch of the selected item
This section describes how to switch the selected item in the item list.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Switching the selected item with the <INPUT> key
(i) Use the <PgUp> or <PgDn> and <Up> or <Dn> keys to move the focus row to the item
you want to select.
(ii) Press the <INPUT> key in this state to select the item in the focus row.
(If an item is already selected, the currently selected item is deselected.)
Drawing
number
(a)
103/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
(iii) After you press the <INPUT> key, the combo box non-operation mode is enabled and the
pop-up closes.
(If an item is selected when the combo box non-operation mode is enabled, it is displayed
in the combo box.)
When the "Don't move the focus to the next control after inputting data." property is
disabled, the focus moves to the next control.
(b)
Switching the selection status by clicking the mouse or touching the screen
(i) When you select the item row you want to select by left-clicking it with the mouse or
touching it on the screen, the focus moves to the row of the touched item and that item is
selected.
(If the focus is already on that row, the item is selected and the focus remains there. If an
item is already selected, the currently selected item is deselected.)
(ii) After you touch the item row, the combo box non-operation mode is enabled and the
pop-up closes.
(If an item is selected when the combo box non-operation mode is enabled, it is displayed
in the combo box.)
(c)
Cancellation by touching outside the frame
(i) Left-click outside the pop-up frame with the mouse or touch the screen to change the
combo box to the non-operation mode without switching the selected item and close the
pop-up.
The items displayed in the combo box remain unchanged.
(12) Memory clear
When the memory clear setting on the screen configuration control parent screen tab is set to ON, the
selection status in the combo box is cleared and returns to the initial status when you switch the
screen.
(13) Addition and deletion in the item list in the combo box
You can add and delete items via Ruby scripts.
However, items can no longer be added once the number of items that can be registered is reached.
(14) Addition of items
For details, refer to "Addition of items" in List Box Control.
When the number of items in the item list changes from 0 to 1, the combo box displays the added item.
Then, you can switch the combo box operation mode.
(15) Deletion of items
When you delete an item, all the items in the item list are deselected.
When the number of items in the item list changes to 0, the combo box is blank and you can no longer
switch the combo box operation mode.
When the item list contains one or more items, the combo box displays the first item in the item list.
(For the conceptual image of deletion, refer to the list box control image titled "Conceptual Image of
Item Deletion".)
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Multi-language display switching
When switching the display languages using the multi-language function, if the item position selected
before switching does not exist after switching, the status management PMC signal is to be cleared to zero,
and the selected state of the control is to be the first item.
104/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.1.5.5
Properties
This section describes the properties of combo box control.
Overall configuration
The properties of combo box control are displayed on the following tabs.
Table 3.1.5.5 (a) List of Tabs
Tab name
Settings
General
Text
Action
Focus
Image
NoAction Image
Interlock Image
Used to specify the position and size of the combo box.
Used to set up the caption.
Used to manage and register items.
Used to specify the focus number and how to move the focus.
Normally used to specify color information.
Used to specify color information when the disable signal is issued.
Used to specify color information when the interlock is engaged.
[General] tab
Fig. 3.1.5.5 (a) Properties Page - [General] Tab
Table 3.1.5.5 (b) List of Properties on the [General] Tab
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Setting item
Remarks
Fixed value
FPComboBoxX
-
X is automatically entered. (User
entry is not allowed.)
X
User entry
Numerical value
-
Y
User entry
Numerical value
-
Specify a value smaller than the
screen size.
Specify a value smaller than the
screen size.
Width
Height
User entry
Entry not allowed.
Numerical value
Numerical value
-
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Object ID
105/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
(Automatically adjusted.*)
*This value is automatically set based on the row height.
[Character] tab
Fig. 3.1.5.5 (b) Properties Page - [Character] Tab (Left: Standard Monitor mode, Right: iHMI mode)
Table 3.1.5.5 (c) List of Properties on the [Character] Tab
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Setting item
Any
Selection
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Character
Color
Focused Color
Interlock Color
Selected Color
Unselected
Color
Palette
Color selection
Black
Select a language key from those registered
under project settings.
Select the character type.
When using the multi-language key in the
iHMI mode, specify the character type for
each key that can be specified with the
[Multi-language key].
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Palette
Palette
Palette
Palette
Color selection
Color selection
Color selection
Color selection
Black
Black
Black
Black
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Date
Created
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Edition
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Drawing
number
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
Selection
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
First
candidate
ANK
Remarks
Multi-language
key
Character Type
106/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Action] tab
Fig. 3.1.5.5 (c) Properties Page - [Action] Tab
Table 3.1.5.5 (d) List of Properties on the [Action] Tab
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
Setting item
NoAction
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
When you select this check box, [NoAction
Image] is enabled.
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
First
candidate
Numerical value
0
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
The system reserves a 2-byte area within
the start area.
The allowed range is between 0 and
99999.
Status management PMC
PMC Path
Selection
Start Area
Selection
Start Address
User entry
First
candidate
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
Symbol
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Symbol selection
Entry or
selection
Any
Blank
Interlock
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
PMC Path
Selection
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
First
candidate
InterlockPMCArea
Selection
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
First
candidate
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Symbol]: ON
Interlock
Date
Created
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Edition
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Name
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
107/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
InterlockPMCAddress
User entry
Numerical value
Initial value
0
Remarks
The allowed range is between 0 and
99999.
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
InterlockPMCBit
Selection
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
First
candidate
Symbol
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Symbol selection
Entry or
selection
Any
Blank
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: ON
File Name
User entry
Any
Blank
Specify the Itemxml file.
Registrable Items
User entry
Numerical value
1
The allowed range is between 1 and 2048.
Display Item Count
User entry
Numerical value
2
The allowed range is between 2 and 10.
Default Item is
acquired from PMC
(*)
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
User entry
Numerical value
0
Check when getting the index of the item to
be initially displayed from the [Status
Management] PMC signal.
When setting ON, with the PMC signal, and
when setting OFF, with the [Default item]
setting value, the control display item is set.
Specify the index of the initially displayed
item.
The allowed range is between 0 and 2047.
When you switch the screen with the
memory for the screen configuration set to
clear, the last display state is discarded and
the screen appears according to this
setting.
Item
* Edition 9.9 or later
Default Item
Row Height
User entry
Numerical value
16
Scroll Display
Check box
ON/OFF
ON
<Edition 9.9 or later>
If [Default Item is acquired from PMC] is
ON, input is disabled.
The allowed range is from the height of
ANK (16 in the standard machine, 12 in the
iHMI mode) to 64.
ON: Always displayed.
OFF: Displayed when the value in
[Registrable Items] is larger than that in
[Display Item Count].
File edit screen
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
For details, refer to "File edit screen" in "3.1.3 List Box Control."
108/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Focus] tab
Fig. 3.1.5.5 (d) Properties Page - [Focus] Tab
Entry type
Table 3.1.5.5 (e) List of Properties on the [Focus] Tab
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
Focus is
available
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Index
User entry
1
Don't move the
focus to the next
control after
inputting data.
Appoint
movement
index
Check box
Numerical
value
ON/OFF
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
UP key
User entry
0
LEFT key
User entry
0
Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
RIGHT key
User entry
0
Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
DOWN key
User entry
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Select this check box to directly specify the index that
you want to move the focus to.
When you select this check box, the items below it are
enabled.
Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
0
Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
OFF
Select this check box to use the focus.
When you select this check box, the items below it are
enabled.
Specify a number that is not already used on the
screen (form).
Select this check box to avoid consecutive entry.
Drawing
number
Setting item
109/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Image] tab
Fig. 3.1.5.5 (e) Properties Page - [Image] Tab
Entry type
Table 3.1.5.5 (f) List of Properties on the [Image] Tab
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
Back Color
Palette
Color selection
Gray
Focused Back
Color
Palette
Color selection
Yellow
Border Color
Palette
Color selection
Black
Button On Color
Palette
Color selection
White
Button Off Color
Palette
Color selection
Gray
Button Color
Palette
Color selection
Black
PopUp Back
Color
Selected Back
Color
Palette
Color selection
Gray
Palette
Color selection
Blue
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Edition
Date
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
Name
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Created
Person in
charge
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
This setting item applies to both the normal
mode and the list mode.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
This setting item applies to both the normal
mode and the list mode.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
This setting item applies to both the normal
mode and the list mode.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the background color for the down (or up
and down) arrow marks.
This setting item applies to both the normal
mode and the list mode.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the background color for the down (or up
and down) arrow marks.
This setting item applies to both the normal
mode and the list mode.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the color of the down (or up and down)
arrow marks.
This setting item applies to both the normal
mode and the list mode.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
This setting item applies to the list mode.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
This setting item applies to the list mode.
Drawing
number
Setting item
110/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Scroll Back
Color
Scroll Border
Color
Palette
Color selection
Gray
Palette
Color selection
Black
Scrollbar Color
Palette
Color selection
Black
Display
Selection Status
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Focus Preview
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Remarks
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
This setting item applies to the list mode.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
This setting item applies to both the normal
mode and the list mode.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
This setting item applies to the list mode.
This item cannot be set with the following settings.
Pattern 1
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
Pattern 2
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
Pattern 3
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
This item cannot be set with the following settings.
Pattern 1
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
Pattern 2
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
Pattern 3
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
[NoAction Image] tab
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Properties Page - [NoAction Image] Tab
Drawing
number
Fig. 3.1.5.5 (f)
111/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 3.1.5.5 (g) List of Properties on the [NoAction Image] Tab
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
NoAction Signal
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[NoAction]: ON
When you select this check box, the items
below it are enabled.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Back Color
Border Color
Palette
Palette
Color selection
Color selection
Gray
Black
Button Caption Back Color
Palette
Color selection
Dark gray
(128.128.128)
Button Color
Palette
Color selection
Black
Button Border
Color
PMC Path
Palette
Color selection
Black
Selection
First
candidate
PMC Area
Selection
PMC Address
User entry
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common Setting
Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common Setting
Items."
Any
Symbol
Check box
Symbol
selection
Entry or
selection
Check Timing
Selection
Preview
Check box
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
First
candidate
0
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common Setting
Items."
ON/OFF
First
candidate
Any
Blank
0: Power On
1: Always
ON/OFF
OFF
2018.11.13
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Symbol]: ON
Specify when the disable signal is checked.
OFF
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image]
tab: ON
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Select a symbol from those registered in the
PMC symbol list.
0: Power On
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
Name
Selection
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
The allowed range is between 0 and 99999.
Drawing
number
PMC Bit
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the background color for the down
arrow mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the color of the down arrow mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Setting item
112/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Interlock Image] tab
Fig. 3.1.5.5 (g) Properties Page - [Interlock Image] Tab
Table 3.1.5.5 (h) List of Properties on the [Interlock Image] Tab
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
Check box
Palette
Palette
ON/OFF
Color selection
Color selection
OFF
Gray
Black
Button Caption Back Color
Palette
Color selection
Dark gray
(128.128.128)
Button Color
Palette
Color selection
Black
Button Border
Color
Without caption
Palette
Color selection
Black
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Preview
Check box
ON/OFF
OFF
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Name
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
Pattern 1
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
Pattern 2
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image]
tab: ON
[Preview] on the [NoAction Image] tab: OFF
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the background color for the down
arrow mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the color of the down arrow mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Setting item
Display
Back Color
Border Color
113/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.1.5.6
List display
The setting items that can be edited in the list display are shown in "Table 3.1.5.6 (a) List of Properties in the
List Display."
The setting tabs and setting items are the corresponding tab and item names on the Property screen.
For details about the item display conditions, refer to "Table 3.1.5.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions."
Table 3.1.5.6 (a) List of Properties in the List Display
Setting item
General
General
General
General
Text
Text
Object ID
Tab index
Comment
X
Y
Width
Multi-language key
Character Type
Character Type (1)
Text
Character Type
Character Type (2)
Text
Character Type
Character Type (3)
Text
Character Type
Character Type (4)
Text
Character Type
Character Type (5)
Text
Character Type
Character Type (6)
Text
Character Type
Character Type (7)
Text
Character Type
Character Type (8)
Text
Character Type
Character Type (9)
Text
Character Type
Character Type (10)
Text
Character Type
Character Type (11)
Text
Character Type
Character Type (12)
Text
Character Type
Character Type (13)
Text
Character Type
Character Type (14)
Text
Character Type
Character Type (15)
Text
Character Type
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Any
Any
Multi-language key No. - 1
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
No.1
No.19
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
No.20
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Item display
conditions
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Object ID
Tab index
Comment
X
Y
Width
Multi-language key
Character Type
Specification
Name
Settings tab
Drawing
number
Item name
114/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Settings tab
Setting item
Specification
Character Type (16)
Text
Character Type
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (17)
Text
Character Type
Character Type (18)
Text
Character Type
Character Type (19)
Text
Character Type
Character Type (20)
Text
Character Type
Caption Color
Text
Focus caption Color
Text
Lock Color
Text
Selected Color
Text
Unselected Color
Text
No action
File name
Number of Registrable
Items
Display Item Count
Default Item is acquired
from PMC(*)
Action
Action
Action
Normal Mode - Character
Color
Normal Mode - Focus
Color
Normal Mode
Interlock Color
List Mode
Selected Color
List Mode
Unselected Color
NoAction
File Name
Registrable Items
Action
Action
Display Item Count
Default Item is acquired
from PMC
Action
Default Item
Row Height
Scroll Display
Status Management
Start Symbol Flag
Status Management
Start Symbol
Status Management
Start PMC
Action
Action
Action
Row Height
Scroll Display
Symbol
Action
Symbol selection
Action
Interlock
Interlock signal
symbol flag
Interlock signal
symbol
Interlock signal
Action
Action
PMC Path
Start Area
Start Address
Interlock
Symbol
Action
Symbol selection
Action
-
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
No.20
No.20
0: OFF 1: ON
No.2
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
0: OFF 1: ON
0: OFF 1: ON
No.3
No.4
No.5
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
No.6
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
No.20
0: OFF 1: ON
0: OFF 1: ON
PMC Path
InterlockPMCArea
InterlockPMCAddress
InterlockPMCBit
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
No.20
<Edition 9.9 or
later>
No.21
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
No.20
0: OFF 1: ON
Drawing
number
* Edition 9.9 or later
Default Item
Item display
conditions
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Item name
115/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Interlock
Image
Focus
Focus
Focus
Display
0: OFF 1: ON
Item display
conditions
Back Color
No.7
No.8
No.9
Border Color
No.9
Button Caption - Back
Color
Button Color
No.9
Button Border Color
No.9
No.9
Without caption
0: OFF 1: ON
No.9
Preview
0: OFF 1: ON
No.10
0: OFF 1: ON
Any (The initial value is 0.)
0: OFF 1: ON
No.17
No.17
0: OFF 1: ON
Any (The initial value is 0.)
Any (The initial value is 0.)
Any (The initial value is 0.)
Any (The initial value is 0.)
No.17
No.18
No.18
No.18
No.18
0: OFF 1: ON
0: OFF 1: ON
0: OFF 1: ON
No.11
No.12
No.13
No.14
No.14
No.14
NoAction Image
NoAction Image
Focus is available
Index
Don't move the focus to
the next control after
inputting data.
Appoint movement index
<UP> Key
<DOWN> Key
<LEFT> Key
<RIGHT> Key
Back Color
Focused Back Color
Border Color
Button On Color
Button Off Color
Button Color
PopUp Back Color
Selected Back Color
Scroll Back Color
Scroll Border Color
Scrollbar Color
Display Selection Status
Focus Preview
NoAction Signal
Border Color
Back Color
Button Caption - Back
Color
Button Color
Button Border Color
NoAction Image
Symbol
0: OFF 1: ON
NoAction Image
Symbol selection
Focus
Focus
Focus
Focus
Focus
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
NoAction Image
NoAction Image
NoAction Image
NoAction Image
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Specification
No.15
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
No.14
No.14
No.16
Name
Interlock
image display
Interlock
Back Color
Interlock
Border Color
Interlock
Button Back Color
Interlock
Button Color
Interlock
Button Border Color
Without caption at
interlock.
Interlock
preview
Focus is available
Number of focus index
Don't move focus to the
next control after data
input operation.
Appoint movement index
Focusing up
Focusing down
Focusing left
Focusing right
Background Color
Focused Back Color
Border Color
Button On Color
Button Off Color
Button Color
PopUp Back Color
Selected Back Color
Scroll Back Color
Scroll Border Color
Scrollbar Color
Display Selection Status
Display Focused Status
No action Signal
No action Border Color
No action Back Color
No action Button Back
Color
No action Button Color
No action Button Border
Color
No action signal
symbol flag
No action signal symbol
Setting item
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Settings tab
Drawing
number
Item name
116/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Item name
Settings tab
Setting item
No action signal PMC
NoAction Image
No action signal preview
NoAction Image
PMC Path
PMC Area
PMC Address
PMC Bit
Preview
4
Interlock: ON
5
Interlock: ON
Interlock signal symbol flag: ON
Interlock: ON
Interlock signal symbol flag: OFF
Interlock: ON
NoAction: OFF
Interlock: ON
NoAction: ON
NoAction Signal: ON
Interlock image display: ON
9
13
Interlock image display: ON
Preview of disabled status: OFF
Focus Preview: OFF
Preview of disabled status: OFF
Interlock preview: OFF
Display Selection Status: OFF
Preview of disabled status: OFF
Interlock preview: OFF
NoAction: ON
14
NoAction Signal: ON
15
NoAction Signal: ON
NoAction Signal Symbol Flag: ON
NoAction Signal: ON
NoAction Signal Symbol Flag: OFF
[Focus is available] on the [Focus] tab: ON
12
16
17
18
19
20
21
Edition
Date
Created
[Focus is available] on the [Focus] tab: ON
[Focus move rules] on the [Focus] tab: ON
[Use the multi-language character type function] (project settings): OFF
Edit mode: iHMI
[Use the multi-language display function] (project settings): ON
[Use the multi-language character type function] (project settings): ON
Edit mode: iHMI
<Edition 9.9 or later>
[Default Item is acquired from PMC]: OFF
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Name
11
Drawing
number
10
No.14
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
8
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
0: OFF 1: ON
2
3
7
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
[Use the multi-language display function] (project settings): ON
Edit mode: iHMI
Symbol flag: ON
Symbol flag: OFF
6
Item display
conditions
Table 3.1.5.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions
Display condition
No.
1
Specification
117/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.1.5.7
Batch editing
You can display the setting items on each tab. The property names are the same as those in the list display.
<Edition 9.9 or later >
For the setting values when [Default Item is acquired from PMC] is set in batch editing, see "Table 3.1.5.7 (a)
Values in [Default Item is acquired from PMC] in the batch editing screen".
Table 3.1.5.7 (a) Values in [Default Item is acquired from PMC] in the batch editing screen
Default Item is acquired
from PMC
Value to set
OFF
ON
0
1
NOTE
The output result of the property list output by the screen bitmap batch output
function is also the same as the setting value of “Table 3.1.5.7(a) Values in
[Default Item is acquired from PMC] in the batch editing screen” in the above
table.
3.1.5.8
Message
There is no specific message displayed when setting this control.
3.1.6
Pie Graph Control
3.1.6.1
Function
The pie graph control acquires data from the PMC register or P-CODE macro variable and displays the
component ratio of up to eight data items in a pie graph.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Diagram
Drawing
number
3.1.6.2
118/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 3.1.6.2 (a) Display Image of Pie Graph Controls (Left: without Scale, Right: with Scale)
The graph title, description of data, scale numbers and other items are not displayed on the pie graph control.
To display these items, use a label or other control.
3.1.6.3
Icon design
The following icon is displayed on the toolbar.
Fig. 3.1.6.3 (a) Icon Design
3.1.6.4
Operation
Data display
The component ratio of specified data items is calculated and a pie graph is drawn.
Data items 1 to 8 are displayed clockwise in the specified order.
Select whether to read data from the PMC signal or the P-CODE macro variable.
-
If the specified data value is less than 0, that data is treated as 0.
If the data value is 0, that data is not displayed in the graph.
If all the data values are 0, only the outer frame of the pie graph is displayed.
Fig. 3.1.6.4 (a) Display Example of When the Component Ratio Cannot Be Displayed
Update
The timings with which the graph display is updated and data is written are adjusted using the following two
signals.
Display request signal
Display response signal
Allocate any desired PMC signal or P-CODE macro variable to the above signals.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The flow of data writing and updating the display is as follows.
119/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
1.
2.
3.
4.
Data is written when the value of the display request signal matches that of the display response signal.
After data writing is complete, the display request signal is inverted so that the display response signal
does not match the display request signal.
The pie graph control monitors the display request signal and display response signal and updates the
display when their values are different.
After the display is updated, the pie graph control inverts the display response signal to match it to the
display request signal.
The flow from 1 to 4 is shown in Fig. 3.1.6.4 (b).
F
Fig. 3.1.6.4 (b) Flow of Display Update
NOTE
The display is not updated if the drawing update speed of the FANUC PICTURE
driver is exceeded.
3.1.6.5
Properties
This section describes the properties of pie graph control.
Overall configurationThe properties of pie graph control are displayed on the following tabs.
Table 3.1.6.5 (a) List of Tabs
Settings
Tab name
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Used to specify the position and size of the control.
Used to specify the display format of the pie graph.
Used to specify the color information of the pie graph.
Drawing
number
General
Action
Image
120/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[General] tab
Fig. 3.1.6.5 (a) Properties Page - [General] Tab
Table 3.1.6.5 (b) List of Properties on the [General] Tab
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Object ID
Fixed value
FPPieChartX
-
X
Y
Width
Height
User entry
User entry
User entry
User entry
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
-
Remarks
X is automatically entered. (User
entry is not allowed.)
[Action] tab
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Properties Page - [Action] Tab (Left Figure: PMC, Right Figure: P-CODE Macro Variable)
Drawing
number
Fig. 3.1.6.5 (b)
121/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
How to specify display data is described below.
Individual Edit
You can specify the PMC signal or P-CODE macro variable saved as display data for each data item.
Batch Edit
You can specify consecutive areas by specifying the first address or the first variable number of the areas
saved as display data.
Example) When specifying 5 as the number of data items, D100 as the first address, and 2 bytes as the
data type
The area from D100 to D109 (2 × 5 bytes) is reserved as the storage area.
Table 3.1.6.5 (c) List of Common Properties on the [Action] Tab
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
Setting item
Data Kind
Selection
0: PMC
1: P-CODE macro
variable
0: PMC
Other setting items on the tab are switched
depending on the setting value in [Data Kind].
(Refer to "Fig. 3.1.6.5 (b) Properties Page [Action] Tab.")
Specify whether to use a data calculation
script.
Script
Check box
ON / OFF
OFF
Script entry
User entry
Any
Blank
Individual Edit
Selection
ON/OFF
ON
Exclusive of Batch Edit.
Batch Edit
Selection
ON/OFF
OFF
Exclusive of Individual Edit.
Data 1
Palette
Color specification
Red
Display color for Data 1
Data 2
Palette
Color specification
Red
Display color for Data 2
Data 3
Palette
Color specification
Red
Display color for Data 3
Data 4
Palette
Color specification
Red
Display color for Data 4
Data 5
Palette
Color specification
Red
Display color for Data 5
Data 6
Palette
Color specification
Red
Display color for Data 6
Data 7
Palette
Color specification
Red
Display color for Data 7
Data 8
Palette
Color specification
Red
Display color for Data 8
Table 3.1.6.5 (d) List of Properties in Display Request Signal on the [Action] Tab
Specification
PMC Path
Selection
First
candidate
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
PMC Area
Selection
First
candidate
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Address
User entry
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
Numerical value
0
Bit
Selection
0 –7
0
Symbol
Check box
ON / OFF
OFF
Symbol
selection
Variable
Number
Selection
Any
Blank
User entry
From 10000 to
89999
10000
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is editable only when [1:
P-CODE macro variable] is selected for [Data
Kind].
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Edition
Date
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Remarks
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Created
Person in
charge
Initial value
Name
Entry type
Drawing
number
Setting item
122/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 3.1.6.5 (e) List of Properties in Display Response Signal on the [Action] Tab
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
PMC Path
Selection
First
candidate
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
PMC Area
Selection
First
candidate
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Address
User entry
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
Numerical value
0
Bit
Selection
0 –7
0
Symbol
Check box
ON / OFF
OFF
Symbol
selection
Variable
Number
Selection
Any
Blank
User entry
From 10000 to
89999
10000
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is editable only when [1:
P-CODE macro variable] is selected for [Data
Kind].
Table 3.1.6.5 (f) List of Properties for Individual Edit on the [Action] Tab
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
Setting item
Data:
Use this Data.
Selection
Check box
Data 1 to Data 8
ON / OFF
Data 1
OFF
PMC Path
Selection
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
First
candidate
PMC Area
Selection
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
First
candidate
Address
User entry
Numerical value
0
Data Type
Selection
0: 1 byte
Symbol
Check box
0: 1 byte
1: 2 byte
2: 4 byte
ON / OFF
Symbol
selection
Variable
Number
Selection
Any
Blank
User entry
From 10000 to
89999
10000
Select the data you want to edit.
Select this check box to use the data in the pie
graph.
Select the PMC path that contains the selected
data.
This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
Select the PMC area that contains the selected
data.
This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
Enter the PMC address for the selected data.
This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
OFF
This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is displayed only when [1:
P-CODE macro variable] is selected for [Data
Kind].
Table 3.1.6.5 (g) List of Properties for Batch Edit on the [Action] Tab
Entry type
Selection
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Edition
Date
Created
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Remarks
Name
Select the first address (variable number).
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Initial value
1
Drawing
number
Specification
1 –8
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Setting item
Number of Data:
123/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
PMC Path
Selection
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
First
candidate
PMC Area
Selection
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
First
candidate
Address
User entry
Numerical value
0
Data Type
Selection
0: 1 byte
Symbol
Check box
0: 1 byte
1: 2 byte
2: 4 byte
ON / OFF
Symbol
selection
Variable
Number
Selection
Any
Blank
User entry
From 10000 to
89999
10000
Remarks
Select the PMC path for the first address of
[Data Kind].
This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
Select the PMC path for the first address of
[Data Kind].
This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
Select the PMC path for the first address of
[Data Kind].
This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
OFF
This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
Select the first variable number for [Data Kind].
This setting item is displayed only when [1:
P-CODE macro variable] is selected for [Data
Kind].
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
NOTE
The PMC address and variable number of each data setting is controlled as follows.
Batch Edit
99999 (maximum PMC address) - ("Number of data items" × "Data type" byte count)
89999 (maximum variable number) - ("Number of data items")
124/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Image] tab
Fig. 3.1.6.5 (c) Properties Page - [Image] Tab
Table 3.1.6.5 (h) List of Properties on the [Image] Tab
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
Image File Name
User entry
Any
FPPieChart.fig
Style
Number of ticks per
division
Back Color
Selection
User entry
Any
Any
0: XXXX
10
Specify the Fig file that describes the style of the
pie graph.
Select a style from those in the specified Fig file.
Palette
Gray
Border Color
Palette
Graduations Back
Color
Graduations Color
Palette
Color
specification
Color
specification
Color
specification
Color
selection
3.1.6.6
Palette
Select the background color for the control from
the pallet.
Select the color of the outer frame of the pie
graph from the pallet.
Dark gray
White
Black
List display
The setting items that can be edited in the list display are shown below.
The setting tabs and setting items are the corresponding tab and item names on the Property screen.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
For details about the item display conditions, refer to "Table 3.1.6.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions."
125/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 3.1.6.6 (a) List of Properties in the List Display
Settings tab
Setting item
Specification
Item display
conditions
Object ID
Tab index
Comment
X
Y
Width
Height
Data Kind
General
General
General
General
General
Action
Object ID
X
Y
Width
Height
Data Kind
Use Script
Script
Display Request symbol
flag
Display Request symbol
Display Request PMC
Action
Action
Action
Script
Script entry
Symbol
Action
Action
Display Request
variable Number
Display Response
symbol flag
Display Response
symbol
Display Response PMC
Action
Symbol selection
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Bit
Variable Number
Action
Symbol
Action
Symbol selection
No. 6
Action
No. 7
Display Response
Variable Number
Setting method
Action
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Bit
Variable Number
Batch Edit Number of
Data
Batch Edit Symbol flag
Batch Edit Symbol
Batch Edit PMC
Action
Batch Edit Data Type
0: PMC
1: P-CODE macro
variable
0: OFF 1: ON
0: OFF
1: ON
-
No. 1
No. 2
No. 3
No. 4
No. 5
0: OFF
1: ON
No. 2
No. 5
Individual Edit
Batch Edit
Number of Data
Individual Edit
Batch Edit
0 –8
-
0: OFF
No. 9
No. 10
No. 11
Action
Symbol
Symbol selection
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Data Type
Batch Edit Variable
Number
Use Data 1.
Action
Variable Number
Action
Data 1 symbol flag
Data 1 symbol
Action
Action
Data 1
Use this Data.
Symbol
Symbol selection
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
No. 8
No. 9
No. 12
0: OFF
1: ON
No. 13
0: OFF
1: ON
No. 14
No. 15
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
1: ON
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Any
Name
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Action
Action
Action
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Action
Any
Any
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Item name
126/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Data 1 PMC
Action
Data 1 Data Type
Action
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Data Type
Data 1 Variable Number
Action
Variable Number
Use Data 2.
Action
Data 2 Symbol flag
Data 2 Symbol
Data 2 PMC
Action
Action
Action
Data 2 Data Type
Action
Data 2
Use this Data.
Symbol
Symbol selection
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Data Type
Data 2 Variable Number
Action
Variable Number
Use Data 3.
Action
Data 3 Symbol flag
Data 3 Symbol
Data 3 PMC
Action
Action
Action
Data 3 Data Type
Action
Data 3
Use this Data.
Symbol
Symbol selection
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Data Type
Data 3 Variable Number
Action
Variable Number
Use Data 4.
Action
Data 4 Symbol flag
Data 4 Symbol
Data 4 PMC
Action
Action
Action
Data 4 Data Type
Action
Data 4
Use this Data.
Symbol
Symbol selection
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Data Type
Data 4 Variable Number
Action
Variable Number
Use Data 5.
Action
Data 5 Symbol flag
Action
Data 5
Use this Data.
Symbol
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Item display
conditions
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
0: OFF 1: ON
No. 16
0: OFF
No. 14
No. 15
No. 16
1: ON
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
0: OFF 1: ON
0: OFF
1: ON
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
0: OFF 1: ON
0: OFF
1: ON
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
0: OFF 1: ON
0: OFF
1: ON
No. 14
No. 17
No. 13
No. 14
No. 17
No. 13
No. 14
No. 15
No. 16
No. 14
No. 17
No. 13
No. 14
No. 15
No. 16
No. 14
No. 17
No. 13
No. 14
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Specification
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Setting item
Name
Settings tab
Drawing
number
Item name
127/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Action
Action
Data 5 Data Type
Action
Symbol selection
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Data Type
Data 5 Variable Number
Action
Variable Number
Use Data 6.
Action
Data 6 Symbol flag
Data 6 Symbol
Data 6 PMC
Action
Action
Action
Data 6 Data Type
Action
Data 6
Use this Data.
Symbol
Symbol selection
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Data Type
Data 6 Variable Number
Action
Variable Number
Use Data 7.
Action
Data 7 Symbol flag
Data 7 Symbol
Data 7 PMC
Action
Action
Action
Data 7 Data Type
Action
Data 7
Use this Data.
Symbol
Symbol selection
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Data Type
Data 7 Variable Number
Action
Variable Number
Use Data 8.
Action
Data 8 Symbol flag
Data 8 Symbol
Data 8 PMC
Action
Action
Action
Data 8 Data Type
Action
Data 8
Use this Data.
Symbol
Symbol selection
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Data Type
Data 8 Variable Number
Action
Variable Number
Data 1 Color
Data 2 Color
Action
Action
Color: Data 1
Color: Data 2
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
0: OFF
1: ON
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
0: OFF 1: ON
0: OFF
1: ON
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
0: OFF 1: ON
0: OFF
1: ON
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
No. 15
No. 16
No. 14
No. 17
No. 13
No. 14
No. 15
No. 16
No. 14
No. 17
No. 13
No. 14
No. 15
No. 16
No. 16
No. 17
No. 13
No. 14
No. 15
No. 16
No. 14
No. 17
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
0: OFF 1: ON
Item display
conditions
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Data 5 Symbol
Data 5 PMC
Specification
Name
Settings tab
Drawing
number
Item name
128/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Settings tab
Color: Data 3
Color: Data 4
Color: Data 5
Color: Data 6
Color: Data 7
Color: Data 8
Image File Name
Style
Number of ticks per division
-
Image
Image
Image
Image
Back Color
Border Color
Graduations Back Color
Graduations Color
-
Table 3.1.6.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions
Display condition
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Flag for script use: ON
Data Kind: PMC
Data Kind: PMC
Display request signal symbol flag: ON
Data Kind: PMC
Display request signal symbol flag: OFF
Data Kind: P-CODE macro variable
Data Kind: PMC
Display response signal symbol flag: ON
Data Kind: PMC
Display response signal symbol flag: OFF
Batch Edit: ON
Data Kind: PMC
Batch Edit: ON
Data Kind: PMC
Batch Edit: ON
Data symbol flag: ON
Data Kind: PMC
Batch Edit: ON
Data symbol flag: OFF
Data Kind: P-CODE macro variable
Batch Edit: ON
Individual Edit: ON
Data Kind: PMC
Individual Edit: ON
Use Data n.: ON (n: 1 to 8)
Data Kind: PMC
Individual Edit: ON
Use Data n.: ON (n: 1 to 8)
Data n symbol flag: ON (n: 1 to 8)
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
4
Item display
conditions
Action
Action
Action
Action
Action
Action
Image
Image
Image
No.
1
2
3
Specification
Name
Data 3 Color
Data 4 Color
Data 5 Color
Data 6 Color
Data 7 Color
Data 8 Color
Image file name
Style
Number of tics per
division
Background Color
Border Color
Graduations Back Color
Graduations Color
Setting item
Drawing
number
Item name
129/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
No.
Display condition
16
Data Kind: PMC
Individual Edit: ON
Use Data n.: ON (n: 1 to 8)
Data n symbol flag: OFF (n: 1 to 8)
Data Kind: P-CODE macro variable
Individual Edit: ON
Use Data n.: ON (n: 1 to 8)
17
3.1.6.7
Batch editing
The same items as those in the list display can be specified.
3.1.6.8
List of messages
There is no specific message displayed when setting this control.
3.1.7
Extended bar graph control
3.1.7.1
Function
This control acquires data from the PMC register or P-CODE macro variable and displays multiple data items in
a bar graph.
3.1.7.2
Diagram
The graph width is automatically calculated from the control width and display interval.
If the display area cannot be ensured, the graph is not displayed.
The coordinate axes of the extended bar graph control can be displayed inside or outside the graph.
Vertical or horizontal can be selected for the display orientation of the bar graph.
The scale is displayed along the vertical axis in the vertical display and along the horizontal axis in the
horizontal display.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The graph title, description of data, scale numbers and other items are not displayed on the extended bar graph
control.
To display these items, use a label or other control.
130/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 3.1.7.2 (a) Display Image of Extended Bar Graph Controls (Left: When the Coordinate Axes Are Displayed
Inside, Right: When the Coordinate Axes Are Displayed Outside)
3.1.7.3
Icon design
The following icon is displayed on the toolbar.
Fig. 3.1.7.3 (a) Icon Design (Left: Existing Graph Control, Right: Bar Graph Control)
3.1.7.4
Operation
Data display
-
The data display method can be selected from the set display and the stacked display.
In the set display, data in each category is displayed next to each other.
In the stacked display, data is stacked in the positive direction along the coordinate axis from series 1 in
each category.
Negative data is not displayed in the stacked display.
Category
Series 3
Series 2
Select whether to read data from the PMC signal or the P-CODE macro variable.
The bar graph data consists of series and categories.
Up 32 data items (the number of series × the number of categories) can be displayed.
Up to eight series can be specified.
Series 1
-
Series 3
Series 2
Series 1
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 3.1.7.4 (a) Display Methods of Extended Bar Graph Control (Left: Set Display, Right: Stacked Display)
131/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
-
The graph is displayed showing the minimum value at the bottom of the axis and the maximum value at the
top of the axis.
Data below the minimum value is not displayed.
When the display method is stacked display, the minimum value is 0.
Update
Set the following two signals to adjust the timings with which the graph display is updated and data is written.
Display request signal
Display response signal
Allocate any desired PMC signal or P-CODE macro variable to the above signals.
The flow of data writing and updating the display is as follows.
1. Data is written when the value of the display request signal matches that of the display response signal.
2. After data writing is complete, the display request signal is inverted so that the display response signal
does not match the display request signal.
3. The bar graph control monitors the display request signal and display response signal and updates the
display when their values are different.
4. After the display is updated, the bar graph control inverts the display response signal to match it to the
display request signal.
The flow from 1 to 4 is shown below.
Display demand signal
Display response signal
Fig. 3.1.7.4 (b) Flow of Display Update
NOTE
The display is not updated if the drawing update speed of the FANUC PICTURE
driver is exceeded.
3.1.7.5
Properties
This section describes the properties of extended bar graph control.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Overall configurationThe properties of extended bar graph control are displayed on the following tabs.
132/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Tab name
Table 3.1.7.5 (a) List of Tabs
Settings
General
Action
Data Color
Image
Used to specify the position and size of the control.
Used to specify the display format of a bar graph.
Used to specify the color of data in a bar graph.
Used to specify the color information of a bar graph.
[General] tab
Fig. 3.1.7.5 (a) Properties Page - [General] Tab
Table 3.1.7.5 (b) List of Properties on the [General] Tab
Initial value
-
X
Y
Width
Height
User entry
User entry
User entry
User entry
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
-
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Remarks
X is automatically entered. (User
entry is not allowed.)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Specification
FPBarChartX
Name
Entry type
Fixed value
Drawing
number
Setting item
Object ID
133/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Action] tab
Fig. 3.1.7.5 (b) Properties Page - [Action] Tab (Left Figure: PMC, Right Figure: P-CODE Macro Variable)
How to specify display data is described below.
Series Edit
You can specify areas for the number of categories in batch by specifying the first PMC address or the first
variable number of data.
-
Batch Edit
You can specify consecutive areas that correspond to the product of the number of categories and the
number of series by specifying the first address or the first variable number of the areas saved as display
data.
Example) When specifying 4 as the number of series, 3 as the number of categories, D100 as the first
address, and 2 bytes as the data type
The area from D100 to D123 (2 bytes × 12 (series x categories)) is reserved as the storage area.
Areas for the categories are reserved in order from Series 1 without spaces.
Specified address: D100
Series 1
Series 2
Category 1 Category 2 Category 3
Series 3
Series 4
Category 1 Category 2 Category 3 Category 1 Category 2 Category 3 Category 1 Category 2 Category 3
Fig. 3.1.7.5 (c) Conceptual Image of Reserving Areas When Editing Data in Batch
Table 3.1.7.5 (c) List of Common Properties on the [Action] Tab
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
Setting item
0: PMC
Check box
User entry
0: PMC
1: P-CODE macro
variable
0: Set Display
1: Stacked Display
ON / OFF
Any
Selection
Script
Script entry
OFF
Blank
Specify whether to use a data calculation script.
Series Edit
Selection
ON/OFF
ON
Exclusive of Batch Edit.
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Edition
Date
Created
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
0: Set Display
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Display Method
Other setting items on the tab change
depending on this setting value. (Refer to "Fig.
3.1.7.5 (b) Properties Page - [Action] Tab.")
Name
Selection
Drawing
number
Data Kind
134/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Batch Edit
Selection
Specification
ON/OFF
Initial value
Remarks
OFF
Exclusive of Series Edit.
Table 3.1.7.5 (d) List of Properties in Display Request Signal on the [Action] Tab
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
Setting item
PMC Path
Selection
First
candidate
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
First
candidate
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
User entry
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
Numerical value
PMC Area
Selection
Address
0
Bit
Selection
0 –7
0
Symbol
Check box
ON / OFF
OFF
Symbol
selection
Variable
Number
Selection
Any
Blank
User entry
From 10000 to
89999
10000
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is editable only when [1:
P-CODE macro variable] is selected for [Data
Kind].
Table 3.1.7.5 (e) List of Properties in Display Response Signal on the [Action] Tab
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
Setting item
PMC Path
Selection
First
candidate
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
First
candidate
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
User entry
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
Numerical value
PMC Area
Selection
Address
0
Bit
Selection
0 –7
0
Symbol
Check box
ON / OFF
OFF
Symbol
selection
Variable
Number
Selection
Any
Blank
User entry
From 10000 to
89999
10000
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is editable only when [1:
P-CODE macro variable] is selected for [Data
Kind].
Table 3.1.7.5 (f) List of Coordinate Axis Properties on the [Action] Tab
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
User entry
0 –100
4
User entry
0 –250
100
Max. value
User entry
-2147483648
2147483647
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Edition
Date
Created
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
100
Name
-
Enter the graph display width as a ratio to the
graph width.
When you select [1: Stacked Display] for
[Display Method], enter a value greater than 0.
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Number of ticks
per division
Display Interval
Drawing
number
Setting item
135/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Min. value
User entry
Specification
-2147483648
2147483647
-
Initial value
Remarks
0
This setting item is editable only when [0: Set
Display] is selected for [Display Method].
Table 3.1.7.5 (g) List of Display Data Properties on the [Action] Tab
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
Setting item
Series Count
Category Count
Selection
Selection
1 –8
1 –32
1
1
You can select any value as long as the
product of [Category Count] and [Series Count]
does not exceed 32.
When you change [Series Count] , the initial
value is selected.
Table 3.1.7.5 (h) List of Properties for Series Edit on the [Action] Tab
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
Setting item
1 –8
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
0 - 99999
1
First
candidate
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
First
candidate
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
0
0: 1 byte
Check box
0: 1 byte
1: 2 byte
2: 4 byte
ON / OFF
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Selection
Any
Blank
User entry
From 10000 to
89999
10000
Series
PMC Path
Selection
Selection
PMC Area
Selection
Address
User entry
Data Type
Selection
Symbol
Symbol
selection
Variable
Number
OFF
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is editable only when [1:
P-CODE macro variable] is selected for [Data
Kind].
Table 3.1.7.5 (i) List of Properties for Batch Edit on the [Action] Tab
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
Setting item
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1
(b) Common
Setting Items."
0 - 99999
First
candidate
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Selection
First
candidate
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Address
User entry
0
0: 1 byte
Check box
0: 1 byte
1: 2 byte
2: 4 byte
ON / OFF
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
Data Type
Selection
Symbol
Symbol
selection
Selection
Any
Blank
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Edition
Date
Created
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
OFF
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
PMC Area
Name
Selection
Drawing
number
PMC Path
136/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Variable
Number
User entry
Specification
From 10000 to
89999
Initial value
Remarks
10000
This setting item is editable only when [1:
P-CODE macro variable] is selected for [Data
Kind].
NOTE
The PMC address and variable number of each data setting is controlled as follows.
- Series Edit
99999 (maximum PMC address) - ("Number of categories" × "Data type" byte count)
16000 (maximum variable number) - ("Number of categories")
89999 (maximum number) - "Number of categories"
- Batch Edit
99999 (maximum PMC address) - ("Number of categories" × "Number of series"
× "Data type" byte count)
89999 (maximum variable number) - ("Number of categories" × "Number of series")
[Data Color] tab
Fig. 3.1.7.5 (d) Properties Page - [Data Color] Tab
Table 3.1.7.5 (j) List of Properties on the [Data Color] Tab
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Remarks
Edition
Date
Created
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Data display color for Series 1
Data display color for Series 2
Data display color for Series 3
Data display color for Series 4
Data display color for Series 5
Data display color for Series 6
Data display color for Series 7
Data display color for Series 8
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Color selection
Color selection
Color selection
Color selection
Color selection
Color selection
Color selection
Color selection
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Palette
Palette
Palette
Palette
Palette
Palette
Palette
Palette
Drawing
number
Setting item
Series 1
Series 2
Series 3
Series 4
Series 5
Series 6
Series 7
Series 8
137/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
-
Sample display
An image for eight series in one category is displayed.
The settings in "Display Method" on the action tab and "Direction" on the [Image] tab are applied.
[Image] tab
Fig. 3.1.7.5 (e) Properties Page - [Image] Tab
Table 3.1.7.5 (k) List of Properties on the [Image] Tab
Setting item
Entry type
Initial value
Remarks
Image File Name
User entry
Any
FPBarChart.fig
Style
Selection
Any
0: XXXX
Direction
Selection
0: Vertical
Back Color
Graduations Back Color
Graduations Color
Palette
Palette
Palette
0: Vertical
1: Horizontal
Color specification
Color specification
Color selection
Specify the Fig file that describes the
style of the bar graph.
Select a style from those in the specified
Fig file.
Select the display direction of the bar
graph.
3.1.7.6
Specification
Blue
Gray
Black
-
List display
The setting items that can be edited in the list display are shown below.
The setting tabs and setting items are the corresponding tab and item names on the Property screen.
For details about the item display conditions, refer to "Table 3.1.7.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions."
Table 3.1.7.6 (a) List of Properties in the List Display
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
General
-
Object ID
-
Specification
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
-
Any
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
Item display conditions
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Object ID
Tab index
Setting item
Name
Settings tab
Drawing
number
Item name
138/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Settings tab
Setting item
Specification
Item display conditions
Comment
X
Y
Width
Height
Data Kind
General
General
General
General
Action
X
Y
Width
Height
Data Kind
Graph Display
Method
Script Used
Flag
Script
Display
Request
symbol flag
Display
Request
symbol
Display
Request PMC
Action
Display Method
Action
Script
0: PMC
1: P-CODE macro variable
0: Set Display
1: Stacked Display
0: OFF 1: ON
Action
Action
Script entry
Symbol
0: OFF
Action
Symbol selection
No. 3
Action
No. 4
Display
Request
Variable
Number
Display
Response
symbol flag
Display
Response
symbol
Display
Response PMC
Action
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Bit
Variable Number
Action
Symbol
Action
Symbol selection
No. 6
Action
No. 7
Display
Response
Variable
Number
Display data
setting
Number of tics
per division
Display Interval
Max. value
Min. value
Category Count
Action
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Bit
Variable Number
Edition
Date
Created
Action
Action
Action
Action
2018.11.13
No. 2
No. 5
0: Series Edit
1: Batch Edit
0 –100
-
0 –250
-2147483648 - 2147483647
-2147483648 - 2147483647
1 –n
n is the maximum number for
which the product of the number
of series and the number of
categories does not exceed 32.
-
-
No. 8
-
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
No. 1
No. 2
1: ON
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
-
1: ON
Name
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Action
-
No. 5
0: OFF
Series Edit
Batch Edit
Number of ticks
per division
Display Interval
Max. value
Min. value
Category Count
-
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Action
Any
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Item name
139/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
1 –8
0: OFF
Series Count
Batch Edit
Symbol flag
Batch Edit
Symbol
Batch Edit First
PMC
Action
Action
Series Count
Symbol
Action
Symbol selection
Action
Batch Edit Data
Type
Batch Edit First
Variable
Number
Series 1
Symbol flag
Series 1
Symbol
Series 1
First PMC
Action
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Data Type
Action
Series 1
Data Type
Series 1
First Variable
number
Series 2
Symbol flag
Series 2
Symbol
Series 2
First PMC
Series 2
Data Type
Series 2
First Variable
number
Series 3
Symbol flag
Series 3
Symbol
Series 3
First PMC
Series 3
Data Type
Series 3
First variable
number
Series 4
Symbol flag
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Item display conditions
1: ON
No. 9
No. 10
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
No. 11
No. 9
Variable Number
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Any
Action
Symbol
0: OFF
No. 13
Action
Symbol selection
Action
Action
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Data Type
Action
Variable Number
Action
Symbol
Action
Symbol selection
Action
Action
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Data Type
Action
Variable Number
Action
Symbol
Action
Symbol selection
Action
Action
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Data Type
Action
Variable Number
Action
Symbol
1: ON
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
No. 15
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
No. 13
0: OFF
No. 13
1: ON
2018.11.13
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
No. 15
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
No. 13
0: OFF
No. 13
1: ON
No. 16
No. 14
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
No. 15
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
No. 13
0: OFF
No. 13
1: ON
No. 16
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
No. 16
No. 14
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
No. 12
No. 14
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Specification
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Settings tab
Drawing
number
Item name
140/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Action
Symbol selection
Action
Series 4
Data Type
Series 4
First Variable
number
Series 5
Symbol flag
Series 5
Symbol
Series 5
First PMC
Action
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Data Type
Action
Variable Number
Action
Symbol
Action
Symbol selection
Action
Series 5
Data Type
Series 5
First variable
number
Series 6
Symbol flag
Series 6
Symbol
Series 6
First PMC
Action
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Data Type
Action
Variable Number
Action
Symbol
Action
Symbol selection
Action
Series 6
Data Type
Series 6
First Variable
number
Series 7
Symbol flag
Series 7
Symbol
Series 7
First PMC
Action
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Data Type
Action
Variable Number
Action
Symbol
Action
Symbol selection
Action
Series 7
Data Type
Series 7
First Variable
number
Series 8
Symbol flag
Series 8
Symbol
Action
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Data Type
Action
Variable Number
Action
Symbol
Action
Symbol selection
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
No. 14
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
No. 15
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
No. 13
0: OFF
No. 13
1: ON
2018.11.13
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
No. 15
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
No. 13
0: OFF
No. 13
1: ON
No. 16
No. 14
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
No. 15
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
No. 13
0: OFF
No. 13
1: ON
No. 16
No. 14
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
No. 15
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
No. 13
0: OFF
No. 13
1: ON
No. 16
No. 14
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
No. 16
No. 14
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
Item display conditions
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Series 4
Symbol
Series 4
First PMC
Specification
Name
Settings tab
Drawing
number
Item name
141/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Item name
Settings tab
Setting item
Specification
Item display conditions
Series 8
First PMC
Action
Series 8
Data Type
Series 8
First Variable
number
Series 1 Color
Series 2 Color
Series 3 Color
Series 4 Color
Series 5 Color
Series 6 Color
Series 7 Color
Series 8 Color
Image file
name
Style
Graph Display
Direction
Background
Color
Graduations
Back Color
Graduations
Color
Action
PMC Path
PMC Area
Address
Data Type
Action
Variable Number
Data Color
Data Color
Data Color
Data Color
Data Color
Data Color
Data Color
Data Color
Image
Series 1
Series 2
Series 3
Series 4
Series 5
Series 6
Series 7
Series 8
Image File Name
Image
Image
Style
Direction
Image
Back Color
-
Image
Graduations Back
Color
Graduations Color
-
Image
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
No. 15
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
No. 13
No. 16
-
0: Vertical
1: Horizontal
-
Table 3.1.7.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions
No.
6
7
8
9
10
11
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Data Kind: PMC
Display response signal symbol flag: ON
Data Kind: PMC
Display response signal symbol flag: OFF
Display Method: Set Display
Data Kind: PMC
Display data setting: Batch Edit
Data Kind: PMC
Display data setting: Batch Edit
Data symbol flag: ON
Data Kind: PMC
Display data setting: Batch Edit
Data symbol flag: OFF
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
5
Name
4
Flag for script use: ON
Data Kind: PMC
Data Kind: PMC
Display request signal symbol flag: ON
Data Kind: PMC
Display request signal symbol flag: OFF
Data Kind: P-CODE macro variable
Drawing
number
1
2
3
Display condition
142/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
No.
12
13
14
15
16
3.1.7.7
Display condition
Data Kind: P-CODE macro variable
Display data setting: Batch Edit
Data Kind: PMC
Display data setting: Series Edit
Series Count: n or more (n is the series number to be set up.)
Data Kind: PMC
Display data setting: Series Edit
Series n symbol flag: ON (n: 1 to 8)
Data Kind: PMC
Display data setting: Series Edit
Series n symbol flag: OFF (n: 1 to 8)
Data Kind: P-CODE macro variable
Display data setting: Series Edit
Series Count: n or more (n is the series number to be set up.)
Batch editing
The same items as those in the list display can be specified.
3.1.7.8
List of messages
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
There is no specific message displayed when setting this control.
143/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.2
DESIGN CUSTOMIZATION
3.2.1
[Image File List] Screen
The functions to edit FP control image files and the [Image File List] screen have been added.
The [Image File List] screen has the following functions.
Table 3.2.1 (a) List of Functions on the [Image File List] Screen
Description
Function
Listing image files and
shapes
-
Creating a shape
-
Adding a shape
-
Deleting a shape
-
Editing a shape
-
Copying a shape
-
Creating a file
-
Adding a file
-
Deleting a file
Copying a file
-
The file name list displays image file names. The shape list displays the shapes
selected in the file name list.
The files directly below the image file storage folder (Figure folder) are
collectively displayed.
Selecting [New...] from [Shape operations] opens the [Make new shape] dialog
box. When you enter a shape name and select [OK], the image file edit screen
appears.
Selecting [Entry...] from [Shape operations] opens the [Select additional shape]
dialog box. When you select an image file name and shape and select [OK],
the shape is added to the image file selected in the image file list.
Selecting [Delete] from [Shape operations] deletes the shape from the selected
image file.
Selecting [Edit] from [Shape operations] displays the shape in the selected
image file on the image file edit screen. You can also double-click a shape to
display it on the image file edit screen.
Selecting [Copy] from [Shape operations] opens the [Make copied shape]
dialog box. When you enter a shape name and select [OK], the selected shape
is copied and saved under the entered file name.
Selecting [New...] from [File] opens the [Make new file] dialog box. When you
enter a file name and select [OK], the image file edit screen appears.
Selecting [Entry...] from [File] opens the file selection dialog box, where you
can add an external image file.
Selecting [Delete] from [File] deletes the selected image file.
Selecting [Copy] from [File] opens the [Make copied file] dialog box. When you
enter a file name and select [OK], the selected image file is saved under the
entered file name.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
NOTE
1 The design customization function applies to image files directly below the image
file storage folder (Figure folder). If you want to edit the created project or screen
data on another PC, copy the Figure folder as well.
2 If the shape is customized with the design customization function, the property of
the control that set the shape cannot be changed by the FpSetProperty function.
144/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.2.1.1
Listing image files
When you select [Edit image file] from the [Project] menu, the [Image File List] screen appears.
The [Image File List] screen displays the image files directly below the image file storage folder (Figure folder).
The image file list in the left part of the screen displays the "file names" of the image files. The shape list in the
right part of the screen displays the "shapes" in the image file selected in the image file list.
The image file list can display up to 1000 image files.
The shape list can display up to 255 shapes.
Fig. 3.2.1.1 (a) [Image File List] Screen
3.2.1.2
Creating a shape
When you select an image file in the image file list and select [Shape operations] > [New...] from the menu, the
[Make new shape] dialog box appears.
For the items in the [Make new shape] dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.1.2 (a) List of Items in the [Make new
shape] Dialog Box."
[New...] cannot be selected unless an image file is selected.
-
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 3.2.1.2 (a) [Make new shape] Dialog Box
145/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Table 3.2.1.2 (a) List of Items in the [Make new shape] Dialog Box
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Note
Shape Name
User entry
OK button
× button
Blank
Enter a name for the shape you want to create.
-
Arbitrary (up to
200 characters)
-
-
-
-
-
Closes the dialog box and displays the image file edit
screen.
Closes the dialog box.
When you enter a shape name in the [Make new shape] dialog box and select [OK], the shape is created under
the entered shape name and the image file edit screen appears.
When you select [OK], the shape name is checked. If there are any errors, an error dialog box appears.
For the messages in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.1.2 (b) List of Error Messages That May Appear at
Shape Name Check."
For the image file edit screen, refer to "3.2.2 Image File Edit Screen."
Table 3.2.1.2 (b) List of Error Messages That May Appear at Shape Name Check
Cause
Timing
Message
The shape name contains
characters that cannot be
used in the file name.
When [OK] is selected
Editing failed when you tried
to add a shape.
You tried to add a shape
though there were already
255 shapes.
When [OK] is selected
The shape name contains
unsupported characters.
(Refer to "Table 3.1.1.2 (c)
Restrictions on Shape Names.")
Failed to create the shape.
When [New...] is selected
from [Shape operations]
No more shapes can be added.
Characters prohibited for use in shape names
The following restrictions apply to the shape name.
Table 3.2.1.2 (c) Restrictions on Shape Names
3.2.1.3
Item
Description
2-byte characters
Prohibited
characters
Can be used
The following characters (single-byte) cannot be used.
¥ / : * ? ”< > |
Adding a shape
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
When you select an image file in the image file list and select [Shape operations] > [Entry...] from the menu, the
[Select additional shape] dialog box appears.
[Entry...] cannot be selected unless an image file is selected.
146/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 3.2.1.3 (a) [Select additional shape] Dialog Box
Table 3.2.1.3 (a) List of Items in the [Select additional shape] Dialog Box
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Note
ImageFile
Image file selection
Shape selection
Selection
-
Blank
First shape
Preview
OK button
-
-
-
× button
-
-
-
Displays the full path of the selected image file.
Selecting […] opens the file selection dialog box.
The shapes in the specified image file are
registered in the combo box.
Displays the sample of the selected shape.
Closes the dialog box and adds the selected
shape to the image file.
Closes the dialog box.
When you select an image file and shape and select [OK], the shape is added to the file selected in the image file
list.
If there are any errors, an error dialog box appears when you select the image file or shape.
For the messages in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.1.3 (b) List of Error Messages That May Appear at
Shape Selection."
Table 3.2.1.3 (b) List of Error Messages That May Appear at Shape Selection
Cause
Timing
Message
The image file is opened using
an external editor or other tool.
You tried to add a shape though
there were already 255 shapes.
3.2.1.4
When [OK] is selected
Failed to add the shape.
When [Entry...] is selected
from [Shape operations]
No more shapes can be
added.
Deleting a shape
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
When you select an image file in the image file list, select a shape in the shape list, and select [Shape
operations] > [Delete] from the menu, the deletion confirmation dialog box appears.
You can also display the deletion confirmation dialog box by pressing the <DEL> key instead of using the
menu.
147/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
When you select [OK] in the deletion confirmation dialog box, the selected shape is deleted from the image file.
If you try to delete a shape from the file opened using an external editor, the deletion error dialog box appears.
For the messages in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.1.4 (a) List of Messages That May Appear at File
Deletion."
Fig. 3.2.1.4 (a) Deletion Confirmation Dialog Box
Fig. 3.2.1.4 (b) Deletion Error Dialog Box
Table 3.2.1.4 (a) List of Messages at File Deletion
Cause
Timing
The image file is opened using an
external editor or other tool.
3.2.1.5
Message
When [OK] is selected
The currently edited shape
cannot be deleted.
Editing a shape
When you select an image file in the image file list, select a shape in the shape list, and select [Shape
operations] > [Edit] from the menu, the shapes in the selected image file are displayed in the image file edit
screen.
You can also display a shape in the selected image file on the image file edit screen by double-clicking it in the
shape list instead of using the menu.
Double-clicking a listed shape displays the shape in the selected image file on the image file edit screen.
Double-clicking a shape preview in the [Control Properties] window on the FANUC PICTURE side also
displays the image file edit screen.
Table 3.2.1.5 (a) List of Messages That May Appear at Shape Editing
Cause
Timing
Message
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
The edit tool failed to start.
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
When [Edit] is selected from
[Shape operations]
Drawing
number
The edit tool failed to start.
148/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.2.1.6
Copying a shape
When you select an image file in the image file list, select a shape in the shape list, and select [Shape
operations] > [Copy] from the menu, the [Make copied shape] dialog box appears.
When you enter a shape name and select [OK], the selected shape is saved under the entered shape name.
You can also make a copy by selecting a shape, pressing the <Ctrl> + <C> keys, and then pressing the <Ctrl> +
<V> keys.
Fig. 3.2.1.6 (a) [Make copied shape] Dialog Box
Setting item
Table 3.2.1.6 (a) List of Items in the [Make copied shape] Dialog Box
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Note
Shape Name
User entry
OK button
× button
Blank
Enter a name for the shape you want to copy.
-
Arbitrary (up to
200 characters)
-
-
-
-
-
The shape in the selected image file is saved under
the entered shape name.
Closes the dialog box.
When you enter a shape name and select [OK] in the [Make copied shape] dialog box, the selected shape is
copied and saved under the entered shape name.
When you select [OK], the shape name is checked. If there are any errors, an error dialog box appears. For the
messages in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.1.6 (b) List of Error Messages That May Appear at Shape
Name Check."
Table 3.2.1.6 (b) List of Error Messages that may appear at Shape Name Check
The shape name contains
characters that cannot be
used in the file name.
When [OK] is selected
The image file is opened
using an external editor or
other tool.
You tried to add a shape
though there were already
255 shapes.
When [OK] is selected
Edition
Date
When [Copy] is selected from
[Shape operations]
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
No more shapes can be added.
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
The shape name contains
unsupported characters.
(Refer to "Table 3.1.1.2 (c)
Restrictions on Shape Names.")
The currently edited shape cannot
be copied.
Name
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Message
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Created
Timing
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Cause
149/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.2.1.7
Menu bar and toolbar
The menu bar on the [Image File List] screen is shown below.
Fig. 3.2.1.7 (a) Menu Bar on the [Image File List] Screen
The menu configuration is shown in "Table 3.2.1.7 (a) List of Functions on the Menu Bar."
Table 3.2.1.7 (a) List of Functions on the Menu Bar
Parent menu item
Child menu item
Description
File
-
Delete
Copy
-
Close
Shape operations
New
-
Entry
-
Delete
Edit
-
Copy
-
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
-
Opens the [Make new shape] dialog box. When you enter a shape name and
select [OK], the image file edit screen appears.
Opens the [Select additional shape] dialog box. When you select an image file
and shape and select [OK], the shape is added to the selected image file.
Deletes the shape from the selected image file.
Displays the shape in the selected image file on the image file edit screen.
Double-clicking a listed shape also displays the shape in the selected image
file on the image file edit screen.
Opens the [Make copied shape] dialog box. When you enter a shape name
and select [OK], the shape selected in the list is saved under the entered
shape name.
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Entry
Opens the [Make new file] dialog box. When you enter a file name and select
[OK], an image file is created under the entered file name.
Opens the file selection dialog box. When you select a file and select [Open],
the external image file is added.
Deletes the selected image file.
Opens the [Make copied shape] dialog box. When you enter a file name and
select [OK], the selected image file is saved under the entered file name.
Closes the [Image File List] screen.
Name
-
Drawing
number
New
150/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.2.1.8
Creating a file
Selecting [File] > [New...] from the menu on the [Image File List] screen opens the [Make new file] dialog box.
For the items in the [Make new file] dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.1.8 (a) List of Items in the [Make new file]
Dialog Box."
Fig. 3.2.1.8 (a) [Make new file] Dialog Box
Setting item
Table 3.2.1.8 (a) List of Items in the [Make new file] Dialog Box
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Note
File name
User entry
OK button
× button
Blank
Enter a name for the image file you want to create.
-
Arbitrary (up to
59 characters)
-
-
-
-
-
Closes the dialog box and creates an image file
under the entered file name.
Closes the dialog box.
When you enter an image file name in the [Make new file] dialog box and select [OK], an image file is created
under the entered file name.
When you select [OK], the image file name is checked. If there are any errors, an error dialog box appears. For
the messages in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.1.8 (b) List of Error Messages That May Appear at
Image File Name Check."
Table 3.2.1.8 (b) List of Error Messages that may appear at Image File Name Check
The image file name including the
path exceeds 256 characters.
The number of image files
exceeds 1000.
When [OK] is selected
Edition
Date
When [OK] is selected
When [New...] is selected
from [File]
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Name
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Message
The file name the same as the
image file name exists.
The image file name contains
unsupported characters.
(Refer to "Table 3.2.1.8 (c)
Restrictions on Image File Names.")
The image file name including the
path exceeds 256 characters.
No more files can be added.
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Created
Timing
When [OK] is selected
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Cause
The image file name is the same
as an already registered file name.
The image file name contains
characters that cannot be used in
the file name.
151/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Characters prohibited for use in image file names
The following restrictions apply to the image file name.
Table 3.2.1.8 (c) Restrictions on Image File Names
3.2.1.9
Item
Description
2-byte characters
Prohibited characters
Can be used
The following characters (single-byte) cannot be used.
¥ / : * ? ”< > |
Adding a file
Selecting [File] > [Entry...] from the menu on the [Image File List] screen opens the file selection dialog box.
Fig. 3.2.1.9 (a) File Selection Dialog Box
File selection dialog box
For information on how to add an image file, refer to "Table 3.2.1.9 (a) List of Addition Operations."
If you click [Cancel] or [x], the file will not be added and you will return to the [Image File List] screen.
You can only select one file in the file selection dialog box.
Table 3.2.1.9 (a) List of Addition Operations
Type of the file that can be added
Operation
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
A file with an extension other than .fig
An image file is registered in the project. The added file is added to
[Image File List].
An error dialog box appears. For details about errors, refer to "Table
3.2.1.9 (b) List of Messages That May Appear at Addition."
Drawing
number
A file with a .fig extension
152/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 3.2.1.9 (b) Example of the Error Dialog Box
Errors
When you select [OK] in an error dialog box, the file will not be added and you will return to the [Image File
List] screen.
For the messages in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.1.9 (b) List of Messages That May Appear at
Addition."
Cause
Table 3.2.1.9 (b) List of Messages That May Appear at Addition
Timing
Message
The number of image files exceeds 1000.
The image file name exceeds 59
characters.
The image file name including the path
exceeds 256 characters.
The selected file is not an image file.
Copy of an image file is failed.
When [Entry...] is selected from [File]
When [OK] is selected
When [OK] is selected
When [OK] is selected
When [OK] is selected
No more files can be added.
The image file name exceeds 59
characters.
The image file name including the
path exceeds 256 characters.
Select an image file.
Addition of an image file is failed.
3.2.1.10 Deleting a file
When you select an image file in the list on the [Image File List] screen and select [File] > [Delete] from the
menu, the deletion confirmation dialog box appears.
When you select [OK] in the deletion confirmation dialog box, the selected image file is deleted.
If you try to delete a file opened using an external editor, the deletion error dialog box appears. For the messages
in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.1.10 (a) List of Messages That May Appear at File Deletion."
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 3.2.1.10 (a) Deletion Confirmation Dialog Box
153/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 3.2.1.10 (b) Deletion Error Dialog Box
Table 3.2.1.10 (a) List of Messages at File Deletion
Timing
Cause
The image file is opened using an
external editor or other tool.
When [OK] is selected
Message
Failed to delete the image file.
3.2.1.11 Copying a file
When you select an image file in the list on the [Image File List] screen and select [File] > [Copy] from the
menu, the [Make copied shape] dialog box appears.
When you enter a file name and select [OK], the selected image file is saved under the entered file name.
Fig. 3.2.1.11 (a) [Make copied shape] Dialog Box
Table 3.2.1.11 (a) List of Items in the [Make copied shape] Dialog Box
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Note
File name
User entry
Blank
Enter a name for the image file you want to copy.
OK button
-
Arbitrary (up to
59 characters)
-
-
× button
-
-
-
Saves the selected image file under the entered file
name.
Closes the dialog box.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
When you enter an image file name in the [Make copied shape] dialog box and select [OK], the selected image
file is saved under the entered file name.
When you select [OK], the image file name is checked. If there are any errors, an error dialog box appears.
For the messages in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.1.11 (b) List of Error Messages That May Appear at
Image File Name Check."
154/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 3.2.1.11 (b) List of Error Messages That May Appear at Image File Name Check
Cause
Timing
Message
The image file name is the
same as an already
registered file name.
The image file name contains
characters that cannot be
used in the file name.
When [OK] is selected
The file name the same as the
image file name exists.
When [OK] is selected
The number of image files
exceeds 1000.
The image file name including
the path exceeds 256
characters.
Copy of an image file is failed.
When [Copy] is selected from
[File]
When [OK] is selected
The image file name contains
unsupported characters.
(Refer to "Table 3.1.1.8 (c)
Restrictions on Image File Names.")
No more files can be added.
3.2.2
When [OK] is selected
The image file name including the
path exceeds 256 characters.
Failed to copy the image file.
Image File Edit Screen
The image file edit screen to edit control image files is added.
The configuration of the image file edit screen is shown in "Table 3.2.2 (a) Configuration List of the Image File
Edit Screen."
You can change whether to display the toolbar, control bar, configuration tree, or properties on the screen and
their display positions.
Table 3.2.2 (a) Configuration List of the Image File Edit Screen
Function
Description
Menu bar
Toolbar
Control bar
Configuration tree
Drawing area
Properties
The file, edit, and display menus are displayed for each function.
The icons for some functions on the menu bar are displayed.
The icons for controls are displayed.
The commands making up the shape are displayed in the tree view.
A control is displayed according to the commands.
Used to display and specify detailed control settings.
Refer to "Table 3.2.2 (b) List of Editable shapes" about editable shapes.
Table 3.2.2 (b) List of Editable shapes
Editable shapes
(iHMI mode)
FPButton4.fig
FPButtonAIHMI.fig
FPButtonAllow.fig
PCheckBox.fig
FPCircle.fig
FPClock.fig
FPDecimal.fig
FPEllipse.fig
FPInput.fig
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Other than No Figure
All
* File not implemented
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Name
Other than No Figure and
Rectangle (Round Rect)
All
All
All
All
All
Other than No Figure
All
All
All
Drawing
number
FPButton.fig
Editable shapes
(Standard display unit mode)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
File name (Common in iHMI mode /
Standard display unit mode)
155/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
FPKey.fig
FPKeybord.fig
FPKyInBf.fig
FPLabel.fig
FPLabel4.fig
FPLamp.fig
FPLamp4.fig
FPLampAHMI.fig
FPLine.fig
FPLine2.fig
FPMsg.fig
FPMsgIcon.fig
FPNAButton.fig
FPNAInput.fig
FPNALamp.fig
FPNANDisp.fig
FPNDisp.fig
FPPmcstr.fig
FPPScrn.fig
FPRect.fig
FPShapeFS30i.fig
FPTButton.fig
TFPChgScrn.fig
All
All
All
Other than No Figure
All
Other than No Figure
All
All
All
All
All
All
Other than C_BTN7
Other than C_BTN7
All
Other than C_BTN7
Other than No Figure
All
All
All
Other than No Figure
All
Other than No Figure
TFPInput.fig
TFPNAButton4.fig
TFPNAChgScrn.fig
TFPNAInput.fig
TFPNALamp4.fig
TFPNAOpButton.fig
TFPNAOpButton2.fig
TFPNATInput.fig
TFPOpButton.fig
Other than No Figure
All
Other than No Figure
Other than C_BTN7
All
All
All
All
All
TFPOpButtonAHMI.fig
All
3.2.2.1
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
Other than C_BTN7
Other than C_BTN7
All
Other than C_BTN7
Other than No Figure
All
All
All
Other than No Figure
All
Other than Down Triangle(No.3) and No
Figure
All
All
All
Other than C_BTN7
All
All
All
All
Other than Left Triangle+frame and
Right Triangle+frame
Other than Left Triangle+frame, Right
Triangle+frame, Up Triangle+frame and
Down Triangle+frame
Startup of the image file edit screen
When editing image file is selected, this screen starts up.If the shape you want to edit contains errors, an error
dialog box appears at the time of starting this screen
For the messages on the error screen, refer to "Table 3.2.2.1 (a) List of Error Messages That May Appear at
Startup."
Table 3.2.2.1 (a) List of Error Messages That May Appear at Startup
Cause
Timing
Message
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
The processing is aborted because the
target shape contains commands out of
the target or format errors.
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
When the Image File Editor is
started
Drawing
number
The selected shape contains
uneditable commands or
properties.
156/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.2.2.2
Menu bar and toolbar
The menu bar and toolbar are displayed at the top of the image file edit screen.
The icons for some functions on the menu bar are displayed on the toolbar.
Fig. 3.2.2.2 (a) Menu Bar
Each configuration is shown in "Table 3.2.2.2 (b)
List of Functions on the Menu Bar."
If there are any errors, an error dialog box appears when [File] > [Save] is selected from the menu on the image
file edit screen or when [OK] is selected in the save confirmation dialog box.
For the messages in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.2.2 (a) List of Error Messages That May Appear at
Saving."
Table 3.2.2.2 (a) List of Error Messages That May Appear at Saving
Cause
Timing
Message
The coordinate parameter
contains an error value.
When you try to save the
parameter
The parameter contains an error
value and cannot be saved.
Table 3.2.2.2 (b) List of Functions on the Menu Bar
Parent menu item
Child menu item
Grandchild
menu item
Toolbar
Icon
Description
File
-
End
Edit
Undo
Redo
Cut
Copy
-
Saves currently edited data to a file.
If the parameter contains an error value, the error message appears.
Closes the image file edit screen.
-
Goes back before the last operation.
Restores the status before editing.
Cuts the currently selected control.
Copies the currently selected control.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Save
157/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Parent menu item
Child menu item
Grandchild
menu item
Toolbar
Icon
Description
Paste
Delete
Insert
Pastes the cut or copied control.
Deletes the currently selected control.
Opens the [Select additional shape] dialog box.
(Refer to "[Select additional shape] dialog box.")
Align
Align the left
sides
Align the right
sides
Horizontal
centering
Vertical
centering
Align the top
sides
Align the bottom
sides
Horizontally
evenly align
Vertically evenly
align
Match width
-
Match height
-
Order
Foreground
-
Background
-
Front
-
Back
-
Display
Toolbar
Control bar
Configuration tree
List editor
Grid
Zoom
-
Aligns the left side of each selected control rectangle to the left position
of the reference control.
Aligns the right side of each selected control rectangle to the right
position of the reference control.
Aligns the horizontal center of each selected control rectangle to the
horizontal center of the reference control.
Aligns the vertical center of each selected control rectangle to the
vertical center of the reference control.
Aligns the top side of each selected control rectangle to the top side of
the reference control.
Aligns the bottom side of each selected control rectangle to the bottom
side of the reference control.
Changes the display positions of each selected control rectangle so that
they have the same horizontal interval.
Changes the display positions of each selected control rectangle so that
they have the same vertical interval.
Matches the width of each selected control rectangle to that of the
reference control.
Matches the height of each selected control rectangle to that of the
reference control.
Moves the overlapping display of each selected control to the forefront
(the top layer).
Moves the overlapping display of each selected control to the
background (the bottom layer).
Moves the overlapping display of each selected control to frontward (an
upper layer).
Moves the overlapping display of each selected control to backward (a
lower layer).
Displays/hides the toolbar.
Displays/hides the control toolbar.
Displays/hides the configuration tree.
Displays/hides the list editor.
Displays/hides the grid.
Opens the zoom dialog box.
Specify the display magnification.
[Select additional shape] dialog box
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Selecting [Insert] on the menu bar or toolbar opens the [Select additional shape] dialog box.
For the items in the [Select additional shape] dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.2.2 (c) List of Items in the [Select
additional shape] Dialog Box."
[Shape] and [OK] cannot be selected unless an image file is selected.
158/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 3.2.2.2 (b) [Select additional shape] Dialog Box
Table 3.2.2.2 (c) List of Items in the [Select additional shape] Dialog Box
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Note
ImageFile
Image file selection
Shape
Selection
-
Blank
First shape
Preview
OK button
-
-
-
× button
-
-
-
Displays the full path of the selected image file.
Selecting […] opens the file selection dialog box.
The shapes in the specified image file are
registered in the combo box.
Displays the sample of the selected shape.
Closes the dialog box and updates the
configuration tree and drawing area.
Closes the dialog box.
When you select a shape and select [OK], the shape in the image file is registered and the configuration tree
and drawing area are updated.
If there are any errors, an error dialog box appears when you select [OK]. For the messages in the error dialog
box, refer to "Table 3.2.2.2 (d) List of Error Messages That May Appear at Added Shape Selection."
Table 3.2.2.2 (d) List of Error Messages That May Appear at Added Shape Selection
Cause
The selected shape contains
uneditable commands.
3.2.2.3
Timing
Message
When [OK] is selected
The shape could not be inserted
because the target shape contains
commands out of the target or
format errors.
Control bar
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The control bar is displayed at the top of the image file edit screen.
The icons for available functions are displayed on the control bar.
159/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 3.2.2.3 (a) Toolbar
The functions of the icons on the control bar are shown in "Table 3.2.2.3 (a) List of Functions on the Control
Bar."
Display
Command
Table 3.2.2.3 (a) List of Functions on the Control Bar
iHMI
Standard
Function
display
mode
unit
mode
L
Yes
Yes
Draws a straight line.
C2
C
A
R
R2
O
I
c2
c
a
r
r2
Og
Yg
Im
P
rb
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Draws an ellipse (not filled).
Draws a circle (not filled).
Draws an arc or fan shape (not filled).
Draws a rectangle (not filled).
Draws a rectangle (not filled, line thickness specified).
Draws a rectangle with round corners (not filled).
Draws a PNG image (without color specification).
Draws an ellipse (filled).
Draws a circle (filled).
Draws an arc or fan shape (filled).
Draws a rectangle (filled).
Draws a rectangle (filled, line thickness specified).
Draws a rectangle with round corners (filled).
Draws a rectangle without corners (filled).
Draws a PNG image (with color specification).
Fill
Rectangle for radio button and check box (filled)
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Select the control icon you want to draw and draw it in the drawing area.
After drawing, the configuration tree and property list are updated.
When using the P (Fill) command, the color pallet appears when you select the drawing position.
160/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.2.2.4
Configuration tree
The configuration tree is displayed in the left part of the image file edit screen.
The configuration tree displays the controls drawn in the drawing area in tree format.
Fig. 3.2.2.4 (a) Configuration Tree
The controls in the drawing area are displayed in the drawing order regarding the selected shape name as the
parent node. (The top is the back side.)
When you select a child node, the relevant control is selected and the property list is updated.
Right-clicking a node displays a menu. For details about menus, refer to "Table 3.2.2.4 (a) List of Menus in the
Configuration Tree."
If you move or delete a child node, the drawing area is updated.
When you select [Insert comment] or [Edit comment], the [Enter comment] dialog box appears.
A comment is inserted on the selected control. [Edit comment] cannot be selected when you select an item other
than the comment.
Multiple items cannot be selected in the configuration tree.
Table 3.2.2.4 (a) List of Menus in the Configuration Tree
Item
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Moves the currently selected child node to the foreground.
Moves the currently selected child node to the background.
Moves the currently selected child node to frontward.
Moves the currently selected child node to backward.
Inserts a comment (not displayed in the drawing area).
Edits a comment (not displayed in the drawing area).
Deletes the currently selected child node.
Drawing
number
To foreground
To background
To front
To back
Insert comment
Edit comment
Delete
Function
161/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Enter comment] dialog box
When you select [Insert comment] or [Edit comment] in the configuration tree, the [Enter comment] dialog box
appears.
For the items in the [Enter comment] dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.2.4 (b) List of Items in the [Enter comment]
Dialog Box."
[OK] cannot be selected unless a comment is not entered.
Fig. 3.2.2.4 (b) [Enter comment] Dialog Box
Table 3.2.2.4 (b) List of the Items in the [Enter comment] Dialog Box
Setting item
Entry type
Specification
Initial value
Comment
User entry
Arbitrary
Blank
OK button
× button
-
-
-
Note
Enter a comment.
The maximum number of characters you can enter is 199.
Closes the dialog box and updates the configuration tree.
Closes the dialog box.
When you enter a comment in the [Enter comment] dialog box and select [OK], the entered comment is
registered in the configuration tree and the configuration tree is updated.
The comment is checked when you select [OK]. If there are any errors, an error dialog box appears.
For the messages in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.2.4 (c) List of Error Messages That May Appear at
Comment Check."
Table 3.2.2.4 (c) List of Error Messages That May Appear at Comment Check
Timing
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Name
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
The comment can contain up
to 199 characters.
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Message
When [OK] is selected
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Cause
You tried to register a comment that
contains 200 or more characters.
162/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.2.2.5
Drawing area
The center part of the image file edit screen is the drawing area.
In the drawing area, the controls selected on the control bar are drawn.
The controls are drawn according to the order in the configuration tree.
Fig. 3.2.2.5 (a) Drawing Area
Select the control you want to draw from the control bar and draw it, adjusting the drawing size by dragging.
You can select the drawn control by clicking it to adjust the position or size.
When you select a control, the property list in the right part of the screen is updated.
Right-clicking in the drawing area displays a menu. The menu items in the drawing area are shown in "Table
3.2.2.5 (a) List of Menus in the Drawing Area."
When you perform an operation such as addition, deletion, resizing or reposition of control or relocation
between levels, the configuration tree and property list are updated.
Table 3.2.2.5 (a) List of Menus in the Drawing Area
Minor item
Function
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Order
Copies the currently selected control.
Pastes the copied or cut control.
Cuts the currently selected control.
Deletes the currently selected control.
Moves the currently selected control to the foreground.
Moves the currently selected control to the background.
Moves the currently selected control to frontward.
Moves the currently selected control to backward.
Name
To foreground
To background
To front
To back
Drawing
number
Major item
Copy
Paste
Cut
Delete
163/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.2.2.6
Property list
The property list is displayed in the right part of the image file edit screen.
The property list displays the properties of the selected control.
Fig. 3.2.2.6 (a) Property List
[Property] displays the setting values related to the currently selected control.
The displayed setting items differ depending on the control.
The setting items are shown in "Table 3.2.2.6 (a) List of Line Figure Commands" and "Table 3.2.2.6 (b) List of
Surface Figure Commands."
*The setting value between parentheses is the value without scaling.
Yes Yes
Start reference point
Reference point
X-coordinate of start Yes Yes
point - coordinates
specification
Yes Yes
X-coordinate of start
point
Yes Yes Left top
Right top
Bottom right
Bottom left
Yes Yes Yes
Left top
Right top
Bottom right
Bottom left
Yes Yes Specified
Not specified
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Specify the reference point for
specifying dot coordinates.
Specify whether to use scaling at
the X-coordinate of the start point.
Specify the X-coordinate of the
drawing start point.
Specify whether to use scaling at
the Y-coordinate of the start point.
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Specify the reference point for
specifying dot coordinates at the
start point.
Yes Yes 0 to X-coordinate of
end point
*For L, 0 to 10000
(500)
Yes Yes Specified
Not specified
Y-coordinate of start Yes Yes
point - coordinates
Function
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
R
Name
L
Drawing
number
Item
Table 3.2.2.6 (a) List of Line Figure Commands
Command
Specification
R2
A
C
C2
I
O
164/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Item
L
R
R2
Command
A
C
C2
I
Specification
O
Function
specification
Yes Yes 0 to Y-coordinate of
end point
*For L, 0 to 10000
(500)
Yes Yes Left top
Right top
Bottom right
Bottom left
Yes Yes Specified
Not specified
Specify the Y-coordinate of the
drawing start point.
Yes Yes X-coordinate of
start point to 10000
(500)
*For L, 0 to 10000
(500)
Yes Yes Specified
Not specified
Specify the X-coordinate of the
drawing end point.
Yes Yes Y-coordinate of
start point to 10000
(500)
*For L, 0 to 10000
(500)
Yes Yes Yes
Specified
Not specified
Specify the Y-coordinate of the
drawing end point.
Yes Yes Yes
0 to 10000 (500)
Yes Yes Yes
Specified
Not specified
Specify the X-coordinate of the
center.
Specify whether to use scaling at
the Y-coordinate of the center.
Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes
0 to 10000 (500)
Specified
Not specified
0 to 5000 (250)
*For A, 0 to 10000
(500)
Yes Specified
Not specified
Specify the Y-coordinate of the center.
Specify whether to use the circle
radius scaling.
Specify the radius of circle.
Yes 0 to 5000 (250)
*For O, 0 to
X-coordinate of the
end point
Yes Specified
Not specified
Specify the radius in the lateral
direction.
X-coordinate of end
point - coordinates
specification
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
X-coordinate of end
point
Y-coordinate of end
point - coordinates
specification
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
Y-coordinate of end
point
X-coordinate of
center - coordinates
specification
X-coordinate of
center
Y-coordinate of
center - coordinates
specification
Y-coordinate of center
Radius - coordinates
specification
Yes Yes
Radius
Radius in the
horizontal direction coordinates
specification
Yes
Yes
Radius in the
horizontal direction
Radius in the vertical
direction - coordinates
specification
Radius in the
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Yes
Yes
Yes 0 to 5000 (250)
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Specify whether to use scaling at
the X-coordinate of the end point.
Specify whether to use scaling at
the Y-coordinate of the end point.
Specify whether to use scaling at
the X-coordinate of the center.
Specify whether to use the scaling
for the radius in the horizontal
direction.
Specify whether to use the scaling
for the radius in the vertical
direction.
Specify the deformation in the
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Specify the reference point for
specifying dot coordinates at the
end point.
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
End reference point
Name
Yes Yes
Drawing
number
Yes Yes
Y-coordinate of start
point
165/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
L
R
R2
Command
A
C
C2
vertical direction
Yes
Border adjustment
Start angle
End angle
Yes
Yes
Arc equivalence flag
Expansion/contracti
on mode
Specification
Function
*For O, 0 to
coordinate of the
end point
None
Top section
Bottom section
Left section
Right section
0 to 3600
0 to 3600
Yes ON
OFF
Yes
Fixed
Expanded/
contracted
Yes
File selection
dialog box
longitudinal direction.
I
O
Subtracts 1 from the coordinates of
the start and end points according
to the setting value.
Specify the start angle.
Specify the end angle.
Prevents collapse of round corners
due to the control form.
Fits the image display to the
rectangle.
File name
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes
Line type
Line color
Properties
Width
Line color 1
Line color 2
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Property 1
Yes
Property 2
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Solid line
Broken line
Dotted line
Dashed-dotted line
Dashed-two dotted
line
Yes Color pallet
Yes none
BackColor
BorderColor
BorderColor1
BorderColor2
MainColor
NAColor
1 to 500
Color pallet
Color pallet
none
BackColor
BorderColor
BorderColor1
BorderColor2
MainColor
NAColor
none
BackColor
BorderColor
BorderColor1
BorderColor2
MainColor
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Specify the line color.
Specify the name of the property of
which line color you want to
replace.
Specify the border width in dots.
Specify the color.
Specify the color.
Specify the name of the property of
which line color 1 you want to
replace.
Specify the name of the property of
which line color 2 you want to
replace.
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Name
Yes Yes Yes
Drawing
number
Yes Yes
Specify the name of the image file
you want to display.
*Files that contain spaces are not
displayed.
*The files must be saved in
FigureEx¥img.
Specify the type of the line you want
to draw.
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Item
166/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Item
L
R
R2
Command
A
C
C2
I
Specification
O
Function
NAColor
a
Yes
Yes Yes Yes
Start reference
point
Yes Yes Yes
Reference point
X-coordinate coordinates
specification
X-coordinate
X-coordinate of
start point coordinates
specification
X-coordinate of
start point
Y-coordinate coordinates
specification
Y-coordinate
Y-coordinate of
start point
Yes
Yes Yes Yes
Yes
Yes Yes Yes
Yes
Yes Yes Yes
Yes
Yes Yes Yes
Yes
Yes Yes Yes
Yes
Yes Yes Yes
Yes
Yes Yes Yes
Yes
Yes Yes Yes
End reference
point
X-coordinate of
end point coordinates
specification
X-coordinate of
end point
Y-coordinate of
end point coordinates
specification
Y-coordinate of
end point
X-coordinate of
center coordinates
specification
X-coordinate of
center
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Left top
Right top
Bottom right
Bottom left
Yes Left top
Right top
Bottom right
Bottom left
Yes Specified
Not specified
Specify the reference point for
specifying dot coordinates at
the start point.
Yes 0 to 10000 (500)
Specified
Not specified
Specify the X-coordinate.
Specify whether to use
scaling at the X-coordinate of
the start point.
0 to X-coordinate of
end point
Yes Specified
Not specified
Specify the X-coordinate of
the drawing start point.
Specify whether to use
scaling at the Y-coordinate.
Yes 0 to 10000 (500)
0 to Y-coordinate of
end point
Left top
Right top
Bottom right
Bottom left
Specified
Not specified
Specify the Y-coordinate.
Specify the Y-coordinate of
the drawing start point.
Specify the reference point for
specifying dot coordinates at
the end point.
X-coordinate of start
point to 10000 (500)
Specified
Not specified
Specify the X-coordinate of
the drawing end point.
Specify whether to use
scaling at the Y-coordinate of
the end point.
Y-coordinate of start
point to 10000 (500)
Specified
Not specified
Specify the Y-coordinate of
the drawing end point.
Specify whether to use
scaling at the X-coordinate of
the center.
0 to 10000 (500)
Specify the X-coordinate of
the center.
Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Specify the reference point for
specifying dot coordinates.
Specify whether to use
scaling at the X-coordinate.
Specify whether to use
scaling at the X-coordinate of
the end point.
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Function
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
r2
Name
r
Drawing
number
Item
Table 3.2.2.6 (b) List of Surface Figure Commands
Command
Specification
c
c2 Yg Im
O
rb
P
167/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
r
r2
Y-coordinate of
center coordinates
specification
Y-coordinate of
center
Radius coordinates
specification
a
c
Command
c2 Yg Im
O
rb
Specified
Not specified
Specify whether to use
scaling at the Y-coordinate of
the center.
Yes Yes Yes
0 to 10000 (500)
Yes Yes
Specified
Not specified
Specify the Y-coordinate of
the center.
Specify whether to use the
circle radius scaling.
Yes Yes
0 to 5000 (250)
*For a, 0 to 10000
(500)
Specified
Not specified
Specify the radius of circle.
0 to 5000 (250)
*For Yg and O, 0 to
X-coordinate of the
end point
Specified
Not specified
Specify the radius in the
lateral direction.
0 to 5000 (250)
*For Yg and O, 0 to
Y-coordinate of the
end point
0 to 3600
0 to 3600
ON
OFF
Fixed
Expanded/contracted
File selection dialog
box
Specify the deformation in the
longitudinal direction.
Radius in the
horizontal
direction coordinates
specification
Radius in the
horizontal
direction
Radius in the
vertical direction
- coordinates
specification
Yes Yes
Yes
Yes Yes
Yes
Yes Yes
Yes
Yes Yes
Yes
Radius in the
vertical direction
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
File name
Yes
1 to 250
Yes
Right top
Yes
Bottom left
Yes
Bottom right
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Yes
None
Yes
None
Yes
None
Yes
None
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Specify whether to use the
scaling for the radius in the
horizontal direction.
Specify whether to use the
scaling for the radius in the
horizontal direction.
Specify the start angle.
Specify the end angle.
Prevents collapse of round
corners due to the control form.
Fits the image display to the
rectangle.
Specify the name of the
image file you want to display.
*Files that contain spaces are
not displayed.
*The files must be saved in
FigureEx¥img.
Specify the border width in
dots.
Specify whether there is the
corner at the left top.
Specify whether there is the
corner at the right top.
Specify whether there is the
corner at the bottom left.
Specify whether there is the
corner at the bottom right.
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Name
Yes
Left top
Drawing
number
Width
Function
Yes Yes Yes
Radius
Start angle
End angle
Arc equivalence
flag
Expansion/
contraction mode
Specification
P
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Item
168/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Item
Border Color
Surface color
Properties
Gradation
X-coordinate of
gradation start
point - coordinates
specification
X-coordinate of
gradation start
point
Y-coordinate of
gradation start
point - coordinates
specification
Y-coordinate of
gradation start
point
r
r2
a
c
Command
c2 Yg Im
O
rb
Specification
P
Yes Color pallet
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Color pallet
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
none
BackColor
BorderColor
BorderColor1
BorderColor2
MainColor
NAColor
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
Yes
Yes
None
Yes Yes
Specified
Not specified
Function
Specify the color.
Specify the color.
Specify the name of the
property of which surface
color you want to replace.
Specify whether to use
gradation.
Specify whether to use
scaling at the X-coordinate of
the gradation start point.
Yes Yes
Left end to right end
of circle
Specify the X-coordinate of
the gradation start point.
Yes Yes
Specified
Not specified
Specify whether to use
scaling at the Y-coordinate of
the gradation start point.
Yes Yes
Top end to bottom
end of circle
Specify the Y-coordinate of
the gradation start point.
Specify the gradation pattern.
Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes
Yes
Brightness at the Yes Yes
start point
Brightness at the Yes Yes
end point
Yes Yes Yes
Yes
Top down
Left to right
Left top to bottom
right
Right top to bottom
left
Fill
0 to 100
Yes Yes Yes
Yes
0 to 100
Pattern
Specify the starting
concentration of the gradation.
Specify the ending
concentration of the gradation.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
When you click the following value columns, the color pallet is displayed:
Line color, line color 1, line color 2, surface color, and border color
In the following value columns, the pull-down menu displays options.
Start reference point, end reference point, reference point, each type of coordinates specification item,
border adjustment, line orientation, arc equivalence flag, expansion/contraction mode, line type, property,
property 1, property 2, left top, right top, bottom left, bottom right, and gradation
In the following value columns, the file selection dialog box appears.
File name
If an invalid value is entered, the value is returned to the value before entry.
[Fill], a setting value in [Pattern], only applies to commands c and c2.
The horizontal direction radius and vertical direction radius of the Yg and O commands are automatically
adjusted to the maximum size of rectangle.
169/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.3
IMPROVEMENT OF PROPERTY SETTING OF FP CONTROL
3.3.1
Display of Setting Value Names
3.3.1.1
Function
As on the property setting screen, the setting value in the property list is displayed as the name.
Select the value for the item whose name is displayed list from the pull-down menu.
3.3.1.2
Relevant items
The following items are relevant:
Check box
Pull-down menu
Radio button
3.3.1.3
Diagram
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
An example of multiple relevant items is shown below.
170/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 3.3.1.3 (a) Display Image of Relevant Items and Corresponding Setting Values in the Property List
Fig. 3.3.1.3 (b) Image of Changing the Value of a Name Display Item in the Pull-down Menu
3.3.1.4
Operation
This section describes the display operation in the property list for each relevant item on the property setting
screen.
■ Display operation of each relevant item
-
Check box: "OFF" is displayed when the check box is cleared. "ON" is displayed when the check box is
selected.
Pull-down menu: The name of the selected item is displayed as is as the setting value in the property list.
Radio button: The name of the selected item is displayed as is as the setting value in the property list.
3.3.2
Changing FP Control Property from a Ruby Script
3.3.2.1
Function
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
You can change property values of FP control from a Ruby script. You can also view or operate the state of
controls from a Ruby script.
For the relevant items, refer to "Table 3.3.2.3 (h) List of Property Change Operation Names."
171/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.3.2.2
Operation
Changes to the settings of each control are reflected when the control is redrawn at the drawing cycle after the
Ruby script operation ends.
NOTE
1 In FANUC PICTURE 8.0 or later (iHMI version), all characters in the rectangle
are deleted when redrawing the control to enable caption change. Therefore, if
control overlaps, the caption may not be displayed depending on the placement
order. In that case, place the control with the caption on the front.
2 In standard display, changing the character control's properties changes the
background color of the character control to the screen background color.
3 If you change the properties of "text color" or "background color" with the focus on
the radio button and check box, the display will be temporarily without focus.
4 Do not change the property for color when setting "Use 7 colors" in Lamp,
Number or string, Number entry display, and Numeric keypad entry.
5 The display-changed control by changing the settings of it is displayed on the
foreground even though this control was arranged on the background of other
controls.
6 If the shape is customized with the design customization function, the property of
the control that set the shape cannot be changed by the FpSetProperty function.
7 Properties of FP controls on FP screens that are not displayed cannot be
acquired or changed. In this case, the result of the return value is -11 (Other
error). However, properties can be acquired or changed only when all of the
following conditions are met.
- The FP screen which was already displayed after starting the FP driver.
- The FP screen for which "Free Memory" is turned off in the base screen tab of
Screen Structure Definition Control.
- FP parameter No.6 "The function to save the used quantity of D-RAM" is 0
(disabled).
3.3.2.3
Function
This section describes the specifications of FP function for setting the properties.
[Function]
FpSetProperty
[Syntax with arguments]
FpSetProperty(scrn_no, objname,ope_no, setstr, index)
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Arguments]
This function has the following arguments.
172/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 3.3.2.3 (a) Arguments of the FpSetProperty Function
Description
Name
Type
scrn_no
Numerical
value
String
Reserved
word
String
Numerical
value
objname
ope_no
setstr
index
Screen No. (1 to N)
Object ID
Operation No. (Refer to "Table 3.3.2.3 (h) List of Property Change Operation Names.")
Setting value (Refer to "Table 3.3.2.3 (h) List of Property Change Operation Names.")
Index
0-N:
When deleting an element (specifying an index)
Fixed to 0: Other than above.
[Returns]
This function has the following return values.
Table 3.3.2.3 (b) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the FpSetProperty Function
Type
Description
Numerical
value
Result
For details, refer to "Table 3.3.2.3 (c) Details of Result."
Table 3.3.2.3 (c) Details of Result
Value
Description
0
-1
-2
-3
-4
Normal
Invalid screen No. (The specified screen does not exist.)
Invalid object ID (The object ID name is invalid.)
No relevant object ID (The object ID does not contain the specified component.)
Invalid operation No. (The specified operation No. is out of the operation No. range in "Table
3.3.2.3 (h) List of Property Change Operation Names.")
Operation not allowed (The operation of the specified operation No. is out of the control operation
target.)
Invalid setting value (At the time of setting only. The setting value is invalid.) *NOTE 3
Invalid index (At the time of setting only. The index is out of the range.)
The list box does not contain options.
Acquisition impossible. (At the time of acquisition only. The value cannot be acquired when the
status is disabled or the disable signal is received.)
Other error
It was failed to reserve the memory area.
-5
-6
-7
-9
-10
-11
-12
However, the properties of the control cannot be changed from the script when it is disabled, when the
disable signal is ON for it or when it is interlocked.
[Description]
Changes the property of the specified control.
[Example]
When specifying the ON caption text on Button 1 on Screen 1
ret = FpSetProperty( 1, “FPButton1”, SET_ONCAPTION, “New button name”, 0 )
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
This section describes the specifications of the functions for acquiring the properties added as FP functions.
Drawing
number
-
173/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Function]
FpGetPropertyValue
[Syntax with arguments]
FpGetPropertyValue(scrn_no, objname,ope_no)
[Arguments]
This function has the following arguments.
Table 3.3.2.3 (d) Arguments of the FpGetPropertyValue Function
Name
Type
scrn_no
Description
Numerical
value
String
Reserved
word
objname
ope_no
Screen No. (1 to N)
Object ID or radio button group No. (String in the fixed format RadioGroup[No.])
Operation No. (Refer to "3.3.2.3 (h) List of Property Change Operation Names.")
[Returns]
An array that contains n + 1 elements (n: Number of acquired values. 0 in case of error.) is returned as the
return value.
This function has the following return values.
Table 3.3.2.3 (e) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the FpGetPropertyValue Function
Element
Type
Description
1st element
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
2nd and
subsequent
elements
Result
For details, refer to "Table 3.3.2.3 (c) Details of Result."
Acquired value
Status of check box/selection status of radio button/index of list box/index of
combo box
[Description]
Acquires the status of the specified control in the numerical format.
Only the check box, radio button, list box, or combo box only can be specified.
[Example]
When acquiring the status of the radio button in Group number 1 on Screen 2
statusList = FpGetPropertyValue( 2, “RadioGroup1”, GET_RADIOSTATE)
if statusList[0] == 0 then
#Any radio button is not selected.
elsif statusList[0] > 0 then
radioState = statusList[1]
else
errcode = statusList[0]
end
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
When acquiring the status of Check box 1 on Screen 1
statusList = FpGetPropertyValue( 1, “FPCheckBox1”, GET_CHKSTATE );
if statusList[0] >= 0 then
checkState = statusList[1]
else
Drawing
number
-
174/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
errcode = statusList[0]
end
-
When acquiring the value selected in List box 1 on Screen 1
statusList = FpGetPropertyValue( 1, “FPListBox1”, GET_SELINDEX );
kosu = statusList[0]
if kosu == 0 then
# Any list box is not selected.
elsif kosu > 0 then
for i in 1 .. kosu do
select = statusList[i]
end
else
errcode = kosu
end
[Function]
FpGetPropertyStr
[Syntax with arguments]
FpGetPropertyStr(scrn_no, objname,ope_no, index)
[Arguments]
This function has the following arguments.
Table 3.3.2.3 (f) Arguments of the FpGetPropertyStr Function
Type
Description
Name
scrn_no
axis
ope_no
Numerical value
String
Reserved word
index
Numerical value
Screen No. (1 to N)
Object ID
Operation No. (Refer to "Table 3.3.2.3 (h) List of Property Change Operation
Names.")
Index of list box or combo box
[Returns]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 3.3.2.3 (g) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the FpGetPropertyStr Function
Type
String
Description
Element string in the list box
The result is set to the first three characters as the string.
For details of the result, refer to "Table 3.3.2.3 (c) Details of Result."
(Example)
When the result is normal, the return value is "000 Element string in the list box."
When the result is the invalid screen No., the return value is "-01."
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
Acquires the setting value of the specified control in the string format.
Only the list box or combo box only can be specified.
175/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Example]
When acquiring the string selected in List box 1 on Screen 1
strdata = FpGetPropertyStr( 1, “FPListBox1”, GET_SELSTR, 0 );
List of Property Change Operation Names
Operation name
Specification
ON caption setting
OFF caption setting
Caption setting
ON text color (focus text color) setting
OFF text color (focus off text color) setting
Text color setting
On state color setting
Off state color setting
Image background color setting
SET_BKCOLOR
SET_BORDER1COLOR
SET_BORDER2COLOR
SET_ONBKCOLOR2
SET_OFFBKCOLOR2
SET_IMGBKCOLOR2
State color setting
Image border color 1 setting
Image border color 2 setting
On state color 2 setting
Off state color 2 setting
Image background color 2 setting
SET_BTNCOLOR
SET_BARCOLOR
SET_MAXVAL
SET_MINVAL
SET_ADDINDEX
SET_DELINDEX
GET_CHKSTATE
Button color setting
Bar color setting
Maximum value setting
Minimum value setting
Element addition
Element deletion (index specification)
Acquisition of check status
ON caption text
OFF caption text
Caption text
ON text color
OFF text color
Text color
ON state color
Off state color
Image background
color
State Color
Image border color 1
Image border color 2
ON state color 2
Off state color 2
Image background
color 2
Button color
Bar color
Max. value
Min. value
Element string
NULL
-
GET_RADIOSTATE
Acquisition of selected control
-
GET_SELINDEX
Acquisition of selected value (index)
-
GET_SELSTR
Acquisition of selected value (element
string)
-
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Edition
Date
Created
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Note
(*NOTE 2, *NOTE 4)
(*NOTE 2)
(*NOTE 2)
(*NOTE 1)
(*NOTE 3)
For acquiring properties
(A numerical value is
acquired.)
For acquiring properties
(A numerical value is
acquired.)
For acquiring properties
(A numerical value is
acquired.)
For acquiring properties
(A string is acquired.)
Drawing
number
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Name
Operation No.
SET_ONCAPTION
SET_OFFCAPTION
SET_CAPTION
SET_ONCAPCOLOR
SET_OFFCAPCOLOR
SET_CAPCOLOR
SET_ONBKCOLOR
SET_OFFBKCOLOR
SET_IMGBKCOLOR
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Table 3.3.2.3 (h)
176/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Date
Created
Minimum value setting
Element addition(*NOTE 3)
Element deletion (index specification)
On state color 2 setting
Off state color 2 setting
Image background color 2 setting
Button color setting
Bar color setting
Acquisition of check status
Acquisition of selected control
Acquisition of selected value (index)
Acquisition of selected value
(element string)
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Image border color 2 setting
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Image border color 1 setting
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
State color setting
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Off state color setting
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
On state color setting
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Text color setting
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
OFF text color setting
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
ON text color setting
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Caption setting(*NOTE 2)
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
OFF caption setting(*NOTE 2)
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No
No
Yes No No Yes No No No No Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No
No No No Yes No No No No Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No
No No No Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No
No
No
No
No No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No
No
No No No Yes No No No No Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No
No
No No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No No No No No No No No Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No
No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No
No Yes No No No No Yes No Yes Yes No
No No No No No No Yes No Yes Yes No
No No No No No No Yes No Yes Yes No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No No No No No No No No Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Yes No No Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No No No Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No No No Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No
No No Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No Yes No No
No No Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No Yes No No No
No No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes
No No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Edition
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Name
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No
Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No
Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No
Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No
Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
No No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No
No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Maximum value setting
ON caption setting(*NOTE 2, *NOTE 4)
Screen switch
Button
Framed button
Button with image
Lamp
Lamp with image
Image
Screen switch
button with image
Label
Number or string
PMC string
Number entry
display
Key in
Numeric keypad
entry
MDI key
Keyboard
Clock
Message
Text
Combined
message
History message
Text
Meter
Graph
Line graph
Bar graph
Pie graph
Line
Rectangle
Arc
Circle
Ellipse
Radio button
Check box
List box
Combo box
Image background color setting(*NOTE 1)
Table 3.3.2.3 (i) List of Possible Operations by Control
Operation name
Control
177/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
In the table, "Yes" indicates that the operation is possible and "No" indicates that the operation is not possible.
When specifying a color from the Ruby script, use the rgb code. (For example, specify "FF0000" for red. The
color is subtracted to a similar color of 256 colors in the NC machine.)
For changes to the caption, the language string specified with the [Setting value] argument is displayed in the
language code of the multi-language key set on the NC. (Set the language string that corresponds to the
multi-language key at the time of setting on the script.)
In the project using the multi-language display function, “Element addition” and ”Element deletion (index
specification)” are applied only to the displaying language.
NOTE
1 Number entry with the numerical keypad and the background color for the MDI
key are out of the operation target.
2 If no character is set in the caption of the control to be changed, the caption
cannot be changed.
3 FpSetProperty will return -6 (Invalid setting value) and no element will be added if
the character strings to be added by “Element addition” under any of the following
conditions.
- Contains line feed code (¥r or ¥n)
- 1020 bytes or more
- Only null character
4 For the following controls that have captions for both ON and OFF, even if “On
caption is copied onto Off caption” (*) in the property page [Character] tab of the
FP editor is checked, "SET_ONCAPTION (ON caption setting)" operation can
only set the ON caption.
If you would also like to set the OFF caption, please also perform the
"SET_OFFCAPTION (OFF caption setting)" operation.
- Screen Switch Control
- Screen Switch Control with image
- Lamp Control
- Button Control
- Button Control with image
- Framed Button Control
*Refer to "On Caption is copied onto Off Caption" in ”B-66284EN-09 2.3.1.1
Description of general property setting items”.
Table 3.3.2.3 (j) Correspondence List of Operation Names
Property name on the editor
Property change operation name
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
N/A
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Note
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
ON caption setting
OFF caption setting
ON text color setting
OFF text color setting
On state color setting
Off state color setting
Image border color 1 setting
Image border color 2 setting
-
Name
Image
ON caption
OFF caption
ON text color
OFF text color
ON state color
OFF state color
Border Color1
Border Color2
-
Drawing
number
Control
Screen switch
Button
Framed button
Button with image
Screen switch button
with image
178/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Lamp with image
Label
Number or string
Key in
PMC string
Number entry display
Numeric keypad entry
MDI key
Keyboard
Clock
Message
Text
Combined message
History message
Text
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
ON caption
OFF caption
ON text color
OFF text color
ON state color
OFF state color
Back Color
Border Color1
Border Color2
Back Color
State Color
Border Color1
Border Color2
Caption
Text color
Back Color
Border Color1
Border Color2
Text color
Back Color
Border Color1
Border Color2
Focus text color
OFF text color
Focus Color
Back Color
Border Color1
Border Color2
Check text color
OFF text color
Check state color
OFF state color
Border Color1
Border Color2
Max. value
Min. value
ON text color
OFF text color
ON state color
OFF state color
Border Color1
Border Color2
Text color
Back Color
Border Color1
Border Color2
Back Color
Border Color1
Border Color2
ON caption setting
OFF caption setting
ON text color setting
OFF text color setting
On state color setting
Off state color setting
Image background color setting
Image border color 1 setting
Image border color 2 setting
Image background color setting
State color setting
Image border color 1 setting
Image border color 2 setting
ON caption setting
ON text color setting
Image background color setting
Image border color 1 setting
Image border color 2 setting
ON text color setting
Image background color setting
Image border color 1 setting
Image border color 2 setting
ON text color setting
OFF text color setting
On state color setting
Image background color setting
Image border color 1 setting
Image border color 2 setting
ON text color setting
OFF text color setting
On state color setting
Off state color setting
Image border color 1 setting
Image border color 2 setting
Maximum value setting
Minimum value setting
ON text color setting
OFF text color setting
On state color setting
Off state color setting
Image border color 1 setting
Image border color 2 setting
ON text color setting
Image background color setting
Image border color 1 setting
Image border color 2 setting
Image background color setting
Image border color 1 setting
Image border color 2 setting
Caption
ON caption setting
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Note
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Name
Lamp
Property change operation name
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Property name on the editor
Drawing
number
Control
179/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Line graph
Bar graph
Pie graph
Line
Arc
Rectangle
Circle
Ellipse
Radio button
Check box
List box
Combo box
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Text color
Back Color
Border Color1
Border Color2
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Border Color1
ON text color setting
Image background color setting
Image border color 1 setting
Image border color 2 setting
Maximum value setting
Minimum value setting
Maximum value setting
Minimum value setting
Image border color 1 setting
Back Color
Image background color setting
Caption
Text color
ON state color
OFF state color
Back Color
Border Color
Outer Frame Color
Caption
Text color
Check Color
Check Back Color
Back Color
Border Color1
Border Color2
Selected Color
Unselected Color
Selected Back Color
Unselected Back Color
Border Color
Scroll border color
Scroll ON state color
Scroll OFF state color
Scroll background color
Scroll button color
Scroll bar color
Caption setting
Text color setting
On state color setting
Off state color setting
Image background color setting
Image border color 1 setting
Image border color 2 setting
Caption setting
Text color setting
On state color setting
Off state color setting
Image background color setting
Image border color 1 setting
Image border color 2 setting
ON text color setting
OFF text color setting
On state color setting
Off state color setting
Image border color 1 setting
Image border color 2 setting
On state color 2 setting
Off state color 2 setting
Image background color 2 setting
Button color setting
Bar color setting
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Note
N/A
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Name
Meter
Graph
Property change operation name
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Property name on the editor
Drawing
number
Control
180/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
4
RUBY SCRIPT
In addition to FP script, generic script mruby is now available.
mruby version: 1. 2. 0
For basic information on mruby, refer to the following page.
- mruby API reference
http://mruby.org/docs/api/
- Ruby 1.9.3 Library Documentation(mruby is compatible with Ruby 1.9)
https://ruby-doc.org/stdlib-1.9.3/
4.1
CREATION OF RUBY SCRIPT
4.1.1
Script List
The Script List screen of the FP Editor has been changed as a result of the function addition of the Ruby script.
Table4.1.1 (a) List of Changes in Functions on the [Script List] Screen
Description
New
Entry
Remove
Edit
Check syntax
-
Startup register/restore
-
Timer script
register/restore
-
Debug settings
-
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
The "File name" and "Type" items have been added.
Ruby script files and FP script files are displayed.
Script numbers and check boxes are displayed under the Number item.
The [Check All] check box has been added.
The type of a script that is registered for Startup is indicated as "S".
The type of a script that is registered as a Timer Script is indicated as "T".
The [Make new file] dialog box opens.
A Ruby script file or an FP script file can be imported.
Script files selected using the check boxes are removed.
Script files selected using the check boxes are displayed in the Script Editor.
Double-clicking a script file shown in the list displays the script file in the [Script
Editor] dialog box.
The syntax of the script file selected using the check box is checked.
The caption for the [Check all syntax] box on the [Script List] screen has been
changed to [Check syntax...].
The [Detail] button has been divided into the [Register...] button and the
[Restore...] button under the [Startup] group.
The script files selected using the check boxes can be registered or restored from
startup. For details, refer to "Section 4.1.1.7 Startup register/restore."
[Register...] and [Restore...] have been added under the [Timer Script] group.
The script files selected using the check boxes can be registered or restored from
the timer script. For details, refer to "Section 4.1.1.8 Timer script register/restore."
Refer to "Section 4.1.7 Debug Function."
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
-
Name
Display script list
Drawing
number
Function
181/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
4.1.1.1
Display script list
Ruby script files and FP script files that are registered in a project are all displayed on the [Script List] screen.
The script number, type, file name, and script name of each script file are displayed on the [Script List] screen.
For changes to the list display of scripts, refer to "Table 4.1.1.1 (a) Changes to List Display of Scripts."
For a project, you can register up to a total of 1,000 Ruby script files and FP script files.
Fig. 4.1.1.1 (a) [Script List] Screen
Table 4.1.1.1 (a) Changes to List Display of Scripts
Item
Description
Number
Check boxes have been added, allowing multiple script files to be selected.
The following functions allow multiple script files to be selected.
● Remove function
● Check syntax function
Selecting the [Check All] check box allows you to select or deselect all the check boxes at once.
● A script registered for startup is indicated with "S".
When the registration is restored, the "S" will be removed.
● A script registered for startup is indicated with "T".
When the registration is restored, the "T" will be removed.
This new field shows script file names.
Type
File name
4.1.1.2
New
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Selecting [New...] on the [Script List] screen opens the [Make new file] dialog box.
182/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
For the items in the [Make new file] dialog box, refer to "Table 4.1.1.2 (a) List of Items in the [Make new file]
Dialog Box."
If 1,000 script files have already been registered, [New...] is not available.
Fig. 4.1.1.2 (a) [Make new file] Dialog Box
Table 4.1.1.2 (a) List of Items in the [Make new file] Dialog Box
Setting item
Entry type
Setting value
Initial value
Remarks
RubyScript/FPScript
Selection
ON/OFF
ScriptNumber
User entry
Numerical
value
ScriptName
User entry
Optional
RubyScript is
selected
An unused
number is
entered
automatically.
Blank
OK button
-
-
-
× button
-
-
-
Select RubyScript or FPScript to make a new
script.
Enter a number for the script you want to
create.
The maximum number you can enter is 999.
Script numbers are mandatory.
Enter a name for the script you want to create.
The maximum number of characters you can
enter is 20.
Closes the Make new file dialog box and opens
the Script Editor.
Closes the [Make new file] dialog box.
Use the RubyScript and FPScript radio buttons to select the type of script you want to create, enter the script
number and script name, and select [OK] to open the Script Editor.
For details on the Script Editor, refer to "Section 4.1.2 Enhancement of Script Editor Functions."
When you select [OK], the script number and the script name are checked. If there are any errors, an error
dialog box appears.
If you specify the same script file name as one that has been removed from the list, a dialog box appears asking
whether you want to overwrite the script. (Fig. 4.1.1.2 (b) Script Overwrite Confirmation Dialog Box)
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 4.1.1.2 (b) Script Overwrite Confirmation Dialog Box
183/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Characters prohibited for use in script names
Ruby script names have restrictions as described "Table 4.1.1.2 (b) Restrictions on Script Names.".
Table 4.1.1.2 (b) Restrictions on Script Names
Item
FP Script
Maximum number of
characters
2-byte characters
Prohibited characters
4.1.1.3
Ruby Script
20
Can be used
The following characters (single-byte) cannot be used.
¥/:*?”<>|
None
Entry
Selecting [Entry...] in the [Script List] opens the [Open] dialog box.
If 1,000 script files have already been registered, you cannot select [Entry...].
Fig. 4.1.1.3 (a) [Open] Dialog Box
[Open] dialog box
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
For information on how to import an external file, refer to Table 4.1.1.3 (a) List of External File Import
Operations."
If you click [Cancel] or [x], the file will not be imported and you will return to the [Script List] screen.
You can only select one file in the [Open] dialog box at a time.
184/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 4.1.1.3 (a) List of External File Import Operations
Operation
File to be Imported
A file with a .rb extension
A file with a .dat extension
A file with an extension other
than .rb or .dat
The file is treated as a Ruby script file.
The character code is determined, and if a file that is not saved as unicode (with
BOM), an error dialog box appears. (Fig. 4.1.1.3 (b) [Save Script] Dialog Box)
If the character code is acceptable, the [Save Script] dialog box opens. (Fig.
4.1.1.3 (c) [Save Script] Dialog Box)
In the [Save Script] dialog box, set the "ScriptNumber" and "ScriptName" and
select [Save] to add the file to the Script List.
For information on items in the [Save Script] dialog box, refer to "Table 4.1.1.3
(b) List of Items in the [Save Script] Dialog Box."
For information on file names, refer to "Ruby script file names."
The file is treated as an FP script.
If there is a format error, an error dialog box appears.
If you select a file that already has a registered script number, a dialog box
opens asking whether you want to use the automatically assigned number.
An error dialog box appears.
Fig. 4.1.1.3 (b) Example of the Error Dialog Box
Fig. 4.1.1.3 (c) [Save Script] Dialog Box
Setting item
Table 4.1.1.3 (b) List of Items in the [Save Script] Dialog Box
Entry type Setting value
Initial value
Remarks
ScriptNumber
User entry
Numerical
value
ScriptName
User entry
Optional
Save button
-
-
Date
Created
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Edition
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Name
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Enter the number of the script you want to save.
The maximum number you can enter is 999.
Script numbers are mandatory.
Enter a name for the script you want to create.
(up to 20 characters)
For details on script names, refer to "Table
4.1.1.2 (a) List of Items in the [Make new file]
Dialog Box" under "New."
Closes the [Save Script] dialog box and
saves the script.
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
An unused number is
entered automatically.
185/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Setting value
Cancel button
× button
-
-
Initial value
Remarks
Closes the [Save Script] dialog box.
Closes the [Save Script] dialog box.
When you select [Save] in the [Save Script] dialog box, the script number, script name, number of lines, and
number of characters are checked. If there are any errors, an error dialog box appears.
When you click [OK] in the error dialog box, you will return to the [Save Script] dialog box.
Fig. 4.1.1.3 (d) Automatic Numbering Confirmation Dialog Box
Ruby script file names
-
When you set a script name for a Ruby script, the file name will be "script file name.rb".
If you do not set a script name, the file name will be "RBSxxxx.rb". (xxxx represents a four-digit script
number)
If the file name already exists, a number is added to the file name, as in "RBSxxxx_(n).rb".
Error dialog box
When you select [OK] in an error dialog box, the file will not be imported and you will return to the [Script
List] screen.
4.1.1.4
Remove
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Selecting [Remove...] on the [Script List] screen opens a dialog box confirming whether you want to remove the
script ("Fig. 4.1.1.4 (a) Remove Confirmation Dialog Box").
When you select [OK] in the remove confirmation dialog box, the script files with check boxes selected under
the Number item are removed.
If you select a script file that is registered for startup, the delete error dialog box appears ("Fig. 4.1.1.4 (b)
Delete Error Dialog Box").
186/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 4.1.1.4 (a) Remove Confirmation Dialog Box
Fig. 4.1.1.4 (b) Delete Error Dialog Box
4.1.1.5
Edit
Selecting [Edit...] on the [Script List] screen displays the selected script files under the Number item in the
Script Editor.
You can also double-click a script file displayed in the list to display the file in the Script Editor.
You can also display the script file in the script editor by clicking the Script Displaying Button in the property
list.
(For the Script Displaying Button, see “Chapter 12 Script One Shot Displaying Function”.)
4.1.1.6
Check syntax
Selecting [Check syntax...] on the [Script List] screen checks the syntax of the selected Ruby scripts and FP
scripts under the Number item.
For details, refer to "Section 4.1.4 Syntax Check."
4.1.1.7
Startup register/restore
Startup registration
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Selecting [Register...] under the [Startup] group on the [Script List] screen opens a dialog box for confirming
whether you want to register the script file for startup. ("Fig. 4.1.1.7 (a) Startup Registration Confirmation
Dialog Box)
When you select [OK] in the startup registration confirmation dialog box, the script files with check boxes
selected under the Number item are registered for startup.
187/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 4.1.1.7 (a) Startup Registration Confirmation Dialog Box
Startup registration restoration
Selecting [Restore...] under the [Startup] group on the [Script List] screen opens a dialog box confirming
whether you want to restore from startup. ("Fig. 4.1.1.7 (b) Startup Restoration Confirmation Dialog Box")
When you select [OK] in the startup restoration confirmation dialog box, the script files with check boxes
selected under the Number item are restored from startup.
Fig. 4.1.1.7 (b) Startup Restoration Confirmation Dialog Box
Display of startup registration status
A script file that has been registered for startup is displayed on the [Script List] screen with "S" shown under the
Type item.
When the startup registration is restored, the "S" is removed.
All files displayed on the [Script List] screen can be registered for startup.
4.1.1.8
Timer script register/restore
Timer script registration
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Selecting [Register...] under the [Timer Script] group on the [Script List] screen opens a dialog box for
confirming whether you want to register the script file as a timer script. ("Fig. 4.1.1.8 (a) Timer Script
Registration Confirmation Dialog Box")
When you select [OK] in the timer script registration confirmation dialog box, the script files with check boxes
selected under the Number item are registered as timer scripts.
188/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 4.1.1.8 (a) Timer Script Registration Confirmation Dialog Box
NOTE
To use a script as a timer script, you need to register the script as a timer script
and then write the set_handler function in the script or control.
Timer script registration restoration
Selecting [Restore...] under the [Timer Script] group on the [Script List] screen opens a dialog box for
confirming whether you want to restore the script file registered as a timer script. ("Fig. 4.1.1.8 (b) Timer Script
Restoration Confirmation Dialog Box")
When you select [OK] in the timer script restoration confirmation dialog box, the script files with check boxes
selected under the Number item are restored from timer scripts.
Fig. 4.1.1.8 (b) Timer Script Restoration Confirmation Dialog Box
Display of timer script registration status
A script file that has been registered as a timer script is displayed on the [Script List] screen with "T" shown
under the Type item.
When the registration is restored, the "T" will be removed.
All files displayed on the [Script List] screen can be registered as timer scripts.
Behavior when a project is converted
In FANUC PICTURE prior to edition 8.0, all scripts with numbers 900 to 999 were available as timer scripts.
For this reason, when a project is converted, all of the scripts with numbers 900 to 999 are registered as timer
scripts.
Restore all scripts except those you wish to run as timer scripts.
4.1.2
Enhancement of Script Editor Functions
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The Script Editor has been expanded.
189/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 4.1.2 (a) Enhancement contents list in FP Scripts and Ruby Scripts
Expanded/Added Function
FP Script
Ruby Script
×
(*)
×
Addition of the Menu Bar
Expansion of the UNDO Function and REDO Function
Change in the Way Script Number/Name is Changed
Restricting the Number of Script Description Lines
Adding Search/Replace Functions
Adding the Symbol Setting Menu
Adding the FP Function Input Assistance Function
Adding the Multi-language Text Setting Function
(*)
*In the dialog box, the functions that are available for either FP scripts or Ruby scripts are shown in a function
list.
4.1.2.1
Addition of the Menu Bar
The appearance of the Script Editor has been changed and now all operations can be performed from the menu bar.
Some operations can also be performed with shortcut keys.
For details on each item in the dialog box, refer to "[File] menu", "[Edit] menu", and "[Tool] menu."
Fig. 4.1.2.1 (a) Script Editor
Table 4.1.2.1 (a) List of Script Editor Items
Item
Description
Dialog title
The type and file name of the script to be edited are shown.
"Ruby Script Edit XXXX.rb", "FP Script Edit FPSXXXX.dat"
[File] menu
[Edit] menu
[Tools] menu
This is an edit box where the script is written.
Closes the Script Editor.
If there is an update to the script that has not been saved, a confirmation dialog box appears.
Menu bar
Edit box
× button
[File] menu
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The [File] menu has been added to the Script Editor.
190/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
For details on each menu item, refer to "Table 4.1.2.1 (b)
List of [File] Menu Items."
Fig. 4.1.2.1 (b) Script Editor (Expanded [File] Menu)
Table 4.1.2.1 (b) List of [File] Menu Items
Description
Item
Overwrite Save...
Close
Saves the script and closes the Script Editor.
Closes the Script Editor.
If there is an update to the script that has not been saved, a confirmation dialog box appears.
[Edit] menu
The [Edit] menu has been added to the Script Editor.
For details on each menu item, refer to "Table 4.1.2.1 (c)
List of [Edit] Menu Items."
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 4.1.2.1 (c) Script Editor (Expanded [Edit] Menu)
191/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 4.1.2.1 (c) List of [Edit] Menu Items
Description
Item
Undo
Undoes the immediately prior operation in the edit box.
For details, refer to "Section 4.1.2.2 Expansion of the UNDO Function and REDO Function."
Redoes the operation canceled with [Undo].
For details, refer to "Section 4.1.2.2 Expansion of the UNDO Function and REDO Function."
Cuts the character string selected in the edit box.
Copies the character string selected in the edit box.
Pastes the character string stored by the cut or copy operation.
Deletes the character string selected in the edit box.
Opens the [Search] dialog box.
For details, refer to "Section 4.1.2.5 Adding Search/Replace Functions."
Opens the [Replace] dialog box.
For details, refer to "Section 4.1.2.5 Adding Search/Replace Functions.."
Redo
Cut...
Copy...
Paste...
Delete...
Search...
Replace...
[Tools] menu
The [Tools] menu has been added to the Script Editor.
For details on each menu item, refer to "Table 4.1.2.1 (d)
List of [Tools] Menu Items."
Fig. 4.1.2.1 (d) Script Editor (Expanded [Tools] Menu)
Enter International
Language Text...
Symbol Register...
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Script Name Change...
Name
Syntax Check...
Table 4.1.2.1 (d) List of [Tools] Menu Items
Description
Opens the [FP Function Input Assistance] dialog box.
For details, refer to "Section 4.1.2.7 Adding the FP Function Input Assistance Function."
Performs a syntax check.
For details, refer to "Section 4.1.1.6 Check syntax."
Opens the [Change of ScriptName] dialog box.
For details, refer to "Section 4.1.2.3 Change in the Way Script Number/Name is Changed."
Opens the [Multi-language Text Setting] dialog box.
For details, refer to "List of Items in the [Multi-language Text Setting] Dialog Box."
You cannot select this item if no multi-language keys have been set.
This item is not shown when an FP script file is being edited.
As in the case of the [File] menu of the FP Editor, the [PMC...] and [DEFINE...] menus are
displayed, which open list dialog boxes for PMC symbols and Define symbols.
Drawing
number
Item
Enter FP Function...
192/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Project variable Setting
4.1.2.2
The project variable list is displayed.
For details, refer to "18 Project variable management function of FANUC PICTURE for
iHMI".
Expansion of the UNDO Function and REDO Function
The UNDO function and the REDO function have been expanded.
The UNDO function and the REDO function, which previously supported only a single operation, now support
multiple operations.
Details of the UNDO and REDO functions
When you select [Edit] > [Undo] from the menu bar of the Script Editor, the immediately prior operation is
undone.
When you select [Edit] > [Redo] from the menu bar, the operation that has been undone by the UNDO function
is redone.
The UNDO function and the REDO function can be used from the following shortcut keys.Shortcut key
assignment for the UNDO function: <Ctrl> + <Z>
Shortcut key assignment for the REDO function: <Ctrl> + <U>
If there is not enough memory, an error dialog box appears.
When this happens, follow the instructions in the dialog box to close all other programs and then retry the
operation.
Fig. 4.1.2.2 (a) Memory Allocation Error Dialog Box
4.1.2.3
Change in the Way Script Number/Name is Changed
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The script number/name can be changed from the [Change of ScriptName] dialog box, which is displayed by
selecting [File] > [Change of ScriptName] from the menu bar of the Script Editor.
For details on each item in the dialog, refer to "Table 4.1.2.3 (a) List of Items in the [Change of ScriptName]
Dialog Box."
193/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 4.1.2.3 (a) [Change of ScriptName] Dialog Box
Setting item
Table 4.1.2.3 (a) List of Items in the [Change of ScriptName] Dialog Box
Entry type
Setting value
Initial value
Description
ScriptNumber
User entry
Numerical
value
Script number
before change
ScriptName
User entry
Optional
Script name
before change
OK button
-
-
-
Cancel button
-
-
-
× button
-
-
-
Enter if you want to change the script number.
The maximum number you can enter is 999.
Entry is required.
Enter if you want to change the script name.
Entry is optional.
With Ruby scripts, the name entered becomes
the file name. If a prohibited character is
entered, an error dialog box is displayed when
[OK] is selected.
For script naming rules, refer to "4.1.1.3 Entry."
Changes the script number/name and closes
the dialog box.
For the behavior when there is a duplicate script
number/name, refer to "4.1.1.3 Entry."
Closes the dialog box without changing the
script number/name.
Closes the dialog box without changing the
script number/name.
Changing the Script Number
When a script number is changed, the file is duplicated.
File names may change as a result of changing a script number. For details, refer to "Table 4.1.2.3 (b) Behavior
When the Script Number is Changed."
Table 4.1.2.3 (b) Behavior When the Script Number is Changed
Change
number
No
No
-
Yes
No
No
Yes
-
Yes
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Same
name
Ruby script
FP script
Change in file name
Example) RBS0000.rb
RBS0001.rb
Creates a file using the script name
as the file name
Example) Sample.rb Yomple.rb
Duplicate file name error
The automatic numbering confirmation
dialog box appears
If [OK], file name is changed
Example) RBS0000.rb
RBS0002.rb
Change in file name
Example) FPS0000.dat
FPS0001.dat
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
The automatic numbering
confirmation dialog box
appears
If [OK], file name is changed
Example) FPS0000.dat
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Name
setting
Name
Overlapping
numbers after
the change
Drawing
number
Changes
194/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Yes
No
Yes
The automatic numbering confirmation
dialog box appears
If [OK], creates a file using the script
name as the file name
Example) Sample.rb Yomple.rb
Duplicate script name error
FPS0002.dat
For details on automatic numbering confirmation dialog box, refer to "4.1.1.3 Entry," "Fig. 4.1.2.3 (b)
Automatic Numbering Confirmation Dialog Box."
Changing the Script Name
When the script name is changed, the file name changes in Ruby script and the file is replaced.
For details, refer to "Table 4.1.2.3 (c) Ruby Script Behavior When Changing the Script Name."
With FP script, the file name does not change when the script name is changed.
Table 4.1.2.3 (c) Ruby Script Behavior When Changing the Script Name
Changes
Name before
the change
Same name
after the change
Set name
No
No
Change
name
Yes
Yes
No
Delete
name
Yes
Yes
No
Yes (Note)
Ruby script behavior
Creates a file using the script name
Creates a file and deletes the original file
Example) RBS0000.rb Sample.rb
Duplicate file name error
Creates a file using the script name
Creates a file and deletes the original file
Example) Sample.rb Sample2.rb
Duplicate file name error
Create a file with a file name based on the script
number, and delete the original file
Example) Sample.rb RBS0000.rb
Sequential number assigned to file name
Example) Sample.rb RBS0000_(2).rb
If a file with the same name as the name after the change exists in the destination folder for saving, the script
overwrite confirmation dialog box is displayed. For details, see "4.1.1.2 New," "Fig. 4.1.1.2 (b) Script Overwrite
Confirmation Dialog."
NOTE
Deleting the file name automatically changes the file name in Ruby script.
If a file with the same name already exists, a number is assigned.
4.1.2.4
Restricting the Number of Script Description Lines
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
A Ruby script can contain up to 9,999 lines or 100,000 characters.
Entries, pastes, or replacements exceeding this will cause an error dialog box to be displayed. If this occurs,
delete extra lines or reduce the processes.
For the range available for describing FP script files and Ruby script files, refer to "Table 4.1.2.4 (a) List of
Ranges Available for Writing Scripts."
195/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 4.1.2.4 (a) Lines/Characters Exceeded Error Dialog Box
Table 4.1.2.4 (a) List of Ranges Available for Script Description
Description range
FP script file
Up to line 100
Line 101 to line 200
Ruby script file
Can be written
Can be written. However, a warning is
displayed at the bottom of the dialog box
Cannot be written. An error dialog box
appears
Cannot be written. An error dialog box
appears
Line 201 to line 9999
Line 10000 and beyond
Can be written
Can be written.
No warning displayed.
Can be written.
An error dialog box does not appear.
Cannot be written.
An error dialog box appears.
With FP scripts, when the number of script lines exceed 101, a warning message appears on the status bar.
When the number of script lines exceed 201, an error dialog box appears.
Fig. 4.1.2.4 (b) Script Editor (Warning Displayed)
4.1.2.5
Adding Search/Replace Functions
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Specified character strings can be searched/replaced from the Script Editor.
196/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Search Function
Select [Edit] > [Search] from the menu bar of the Script Editor to display the [Search] dialog box. ("Fig. 4.1.2.5
(a) [Search] Dialog Box")
For items in the [Search] dialog box, refer to "Table 4.1.2.5 (a) List of Items in the [Search] Dialog Box."
Fig. 4.1.2.5 (a) [Search] Dialog Box
Setting item
Entry type
Table 4.1.2.5 (a) List of Items in the [Search] Dialog Box
Setting value Initial value
Description
String to
search combo
box
Search option
settings
check box
User entry
Optional
Blank
Check
ON/OFF
OFF
Backward
button
Forward button
-
-
-
-
-
-
Close button
× button
-
-
-
Enter the string to search for.
The maximum number of characters you can enter is 255.
A history of the 10 most recent searches is recorded.
An option for distinguishing between uppercase and
lowercase letters in the search string.
If ON, searches are case-sensitive.
If OFF, searches are not case-sensitive.
The initial value is OFF.
Search is performed upward from the current cursor position.
Cannot be selected if the string to search combo box is blank.
The search is performed downward from the current cursor
position.
Cannot be selected if the string to search combo box is blank.
Closes the [Search] dialog box.
Closes the [Search] dialog box.
Details of the search function operation
The [Search] dialog box can be displayed using the shortcut key as well.
Assigned key: <Ctrl> + <F>
-
Enter the search string in the combo box of the [Search] dialog box and select [Backward] or [Forward] to
start the search.
-
Selecting [Backward] searches upward from the current cursor position, while selecting [Forward] searches
downward.
-
If there is a search string that matches completely, the cursor moves to that string and the string is selected.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
-
197/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 4.1.2.5 (b) Image of Selected State
-
If there are no matching strings, the search result dialog box is displayed. (Fig. 4.1.2.5 (c) "Search Result
Dialog Box (No Matching Strings)")
Fig. 4.1.2.5 (c) Search Result Dialog Box (No Matching Strings)
-
If the search is repeated and has been completed to the end in the specified direction, a continue search
confirmation dialog box appears. ("Fig. 4.1.2.5 (d) Continue Search Confirmation Dialog Box")
Fig. 4.1.2.5 (d) Continue Search Confirmation Dialog Box
Selecting [Yes] in the continue search confirmation dialog searches the area that has not yet been searched.
If a search was performed by selecting the [Backward] button,
the search is performed from the end of the file to the position of the cursor when [Backward] was
selected.
If a search was performed by selecting [Forward],
the search is performed from the beginning of the file to the position of the cursor when [Forward]
was selected.
Select [No] in the continue search confirmation dialog to close the dialog box and return to the Script
Editor.
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
When search is continued and the search advances to the position of the cursor when the search began, the
continued search result dialog box is displayed. ("Fig. 4.1.2.5 (e) Continued Search Result Dialog Box")
Drawing
number
-
198/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 4.1.2.5 (e) Continued Search Result Dialog Box
Replacement Function
Select [Edit] > [Replace] from the menu bar of the Script Editor to display the [Replace] dialog box. ("Fig.
4.1.2.5 (f) [Replace] Dialog Box")
[Replace] Dialog Box
Setting item
Entry type
Table 4.1.2.5 (b) [Replace] Dialog Box Setting Items
Setting value
Initial value
Remarks
String to
search
User entry
Optional
Blank
Search option
Check
ON/OFF
OFF
To
User entry
Optional
Blank
Backward
button
-
-
-
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Name
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Enter the string to search for.
The maximum number of characters you can enter
is 255.
A history of the 10 most recent searches is
recorded.
An option for distinguishing between uppercase and
lowercase letters in the search string.
If ON, searches are case-sensitive.
If OFF, searches are not case-sensitive.
Enter the replace string.
The maximum number of characters you can enter
is 255.
A history of the 10 most recent searches is
recorded.
Search is performed upward from the current cursor
position.
Cannot be selected if the string to search combo
box is blank.
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Fig. 4.1.2.5 (f)
199/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Forward
button
-
-
-
Replace
button
-
-
-
Replace all
button
-
-
-
Close button
× button
-
-
-
The search is performed downward from the current
cursor position.
Cannot be selected if the string to search combo
box is blank.
Replaces the search string with the specified string.
Cannot be selected if the string to search combo
box is blank.
Replaces all instances of the search string found in
the file with the specified string.
Cannot be selected if the string to search combo
box is blank.
Closes the [Replace] dialog box.
Closes the [Replace] dialog box.
Details of the replacement function operation
-
Enter the search string in the string to search combo box of the [Replace] dialog box and select [Backward]
or [Forward] to start the string search.
-
If there is a matching string, the replace string is selected. Selecting [Replace] in this state replaces the
replace string with what is specified in "To:."
-
After replacing the string, the string search is performed toward the end of the file. If there is a string that
matches, the replace string is selected.
-
When [Replace all] is selected, all matching strings in the file are replaced with the string in "To:." When
the replacement is complete, the replacement result dialog box appears. ("Fig. 4.1.2.5 (g) Replacement
Result Dialog Box")
For information on the search function, see "Adding Search/Replace Functions," "Search Function."
Fig.4.1.2.5 (g)
Replacement Result Dialog Box
The "Replace" dialog box can be displayed using the shortcut key.
Assigned key: <Ctrl> + <H>
-
When a search has run to the end in the specified direction after selecting [Replace], a continue search
confirmation dialog box appears. ("Fig. 4.1.2.5 (d) Continue Search Confirmation Dialog")
Selecting [Yes] in the continue search confirmation dialog searches the area that has not yet been searched.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
-
200/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
4.1.2.6
Adding the Symbol Setting Menu
Selecting [Tool] > [Symbol] from the menu bar of the Script Editor displays the [PMC] and [Symbol] menus.
As in the case of the [File] menu of the FP Editor, selecting them displays the PMC symbol list dialog box and
constant symbol list dialog box and the symbols can be edited.
4.1.2.7
Adding the FP Function Input Assistance Function
Select [Script] > [FP function input] from the menu bar of the Script Editor to display the [FP Function Input
Assistance] dialog box. ("Fig. 4.1.2.7 (a) [FP Function Input Assistance] Dialog Box")
For items in the [FP Function Input Assistance] dialog box, refer to "Table 4.1.2.7 (a) [FP Function Input
Assistance] Dialog Box Setting Items."
Fig. 4.1.2.7 (a) [FP Function Input Assistance] Dialog Box
-
No selection
FP function
Description
User entry
-
Optional
-
Blank
Blank
OK button
-
Cancel button
× button
-
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
FP functions available in the target script file are
displayed. When an FP function is selected, the function
is automatically entered in the FP function edit box.
Edit box for editing the FP function.
Description of the function selected in the FP Function
List list box is displayed.
The function in the FP function edit box is inserted in the
Script Editor cursor position, and the [FP Function Input
Assistance] dialog box closes after the insertion.
Closes the [FP Function Input Assistance] dialog box.
Closes the [FP Function Input Assistance] dialog box.
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Selection
Name
FP Function
List
Drawing
number
Setting item
Table 4.1.2.7 (a) [FP Function Input Assistance] Dialog Box Setting Items
Entry type Setting value Initial value
Description
201/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
When an FP function is selected from the [FP Function List] list box in the [FP Function Input Assistance]
dialog box, a template for the function is automatically entered in the FP function edit box. Description of the
selected FP function is displayed in the [Description] list box.
The FP function edit box can be edited freely.
When [OK] is selected, the content of the FP function edit box is inserted in the Script Editor cursor position,
and the [FP Function Input Assistance] dialog box closes.
Selecting [Cancel] discards the edited content and the [FP Function Input Assistance] dialog box closes.
The functions available in the FP script and Ruby script being edited are listed in the [FP Function List].
4.1.2.8
Adding the Multi-language Text Setting Function
Select [Tool] > [Multi-language text setting] from the menu bar of the Script Editor to display the
[Multi-language Text Setting] dialog box. ("Fig. 4.1.2.8 (a) [Multi-language Text Setting] Dialog Box")
In the [Multi-language Text Setting] dialog box, multi-language text used in the Ruby script file can be
specified.
For the items, refer to "Table 4.1.2.8 (a) List of Items in the [Multi-language Text Setting] Dialog Box."
Multi-language text allows the text of multiple languages to be specified for any string specified by the user in
the script file.
By allowing multi-language texts to be specified, appropriate strings for the language can be used when the
language is switched.
Fig.4.1.2.8 (a) [Multi-language Text Setting] Dialog Box
Edition
Date
Created
-
The [Add row] dialog box is displayed. (Fig. 4.1.2.8 (b)
[Add Row] Dialog Box)
Use this dialog box to add a record at the bottom.
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
-
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
-
Drawing
number
Setting item
Add row
button
Table 4.1.2.8 (a) List of Items in the [Multi-language Text Setting] Dialog Box
Entry type Setting value Initial value
Description
202/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Setting item
Entry type
Setting value
Initial value
Insert Row
button
-
-
-
Delete Rows
button
-
-
-
Import button
-
-
-
Export button
-
-
-
Search button
-
-
-
Character
type button
-
-
-
Check
character box
Text edit
-
-
-
User entry
Optional
Blank
-
-
-
-
OK button
Cancel button
× button
-
Description
The [Insert Row] dialog box is displayed. (Fig. 4.1.2.8 (c)
[Insert Row] Dialog Box)
Use this dialog box to insert a record above the cursor
position.
The deletion confirmation dialog box appears. (Fig.
4.1.2.8 (d) Row Deletion Confirmation Dialog Box)
Use this dialog box to delete the record at the cursor
position.
Imports and displays the CSV file where multi-language
text is listed.
The character code of the CSV file must be Unicode
(with BOM).
The displayed multi-language text data is saved in a CSV
file.
The character code of the CSV file will be Unicode (with
BOM).
The [Search] dialog box is displayed. (4.1.2.5 (a)
[Search] Dialog Box)
Use this dialog box to search for the specified text.
Specifies the target character type for character check
when selecting a row.
Not displayed in the iHMI mode.
Checks if the character code is displayable.
Not displayed in the iHMI mode.
Text ID and multi-language text can be edited.
The numbers of characters are as follows.
- Text IDs must be 20 bytes or less
- Each multi-language text must be 128 bytes or less
* Half-size characters are 1 byte and full-size characters
are 2 bytes.
Checks if the character code is displayable for the
character type ANK. If the check result is OK, the
changes are saved and the dialog box closes.
The changes are discarded and the dialog box closes.
The changes are discarded and the dialog box closes.
NOTE
1 If no multi-language key is set, the [Multi-language Text Setting] in the menu of
the Script Editor cannot be used.
2 Multi-language key operations cannot be performed using the [Multi-language
Text Setting] dialog box. Multi-language key setting must be performed using the
"Multi-language setting sheet" in the "Setting of Project dialog box" as before.
3 If the multi-language key is deleted, the settings will be deleted.
4 If entry exceeds the maximum number of bytes that can be specified, the entry
beyond the maximum bytes will be invalid.
Text ID
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Text ID is an index for multi-language text that can be specified by the user.
By setting the corresponding multi-language text for the text ID, strings corresponding to the language specified
in the system can be used.
203/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Multi-language Text Setting] Dialog Box Details
-
On the text edit data sheet, enter the text ID in the Text ID field and the corresponding strings in the
multi-language text field, and select [OK] to save the setting.
However, if no text ID is specified, the corresponding records will be deleted. ("Table 4.1.2.8 (b) Record
Operations When Saving Multi-language Text")
Table 4.1.2.8 (b) Record Operations When Saving Multi-language Text
Text ID
Data exists
Data exists
Blank
Blank
Multi-language text
Operation performed on record
Data exists
Blank
Data exists
Blank
Save the record
Save the record
Delete the record
Delete the record
-
Up to 65535 rows of multi-language texts can be registered.
-
Selecting [Add row] displays the [Add row] dialog box. ("Fig. 4.1.2.8 (b) [Add row] Dialog Box")
Entering the number of rows and selecting [OK] adds a blank row at the bottom of the text edit data sheet.
If the entered numerical value results in the number of rows exceeding 65535 rows after the addition, an
error dialog box is displayed.
Select [Cancel] or [×] to return to the [Multi-language Text Setting] dialog box.
Fig. 4.1.2.8 (b) [Add Row] Dialog Box
Selecting [Insert row] displays the [Insert Row] dialog box. ("Fig. 4.1.2.8 (c) [Insert Row] Dialog Box")
Entering a number of rows and selecting [OK] inserts blank rows above the cursor position of the text edit
data sheet.
If the entered numerical value results in the number of rows exceeding 65535 rows after the insertion, an
error dialog box is displayed. Select [Cancel] or [×] to return to the [Multi-language Text Setting] dialog
box.
Fig. 4.1.2.8
Selecting [Delete row] displays the row deletion confirmation dialog box. ("Fig. 4.1.2.8 (d) Row Deletion
Confirmation Dialog Box")
Select [Yes] to delete the row where the cursor is positioned.
Select [No] to return to the [Multi-language Text Setting] dialog box.
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
-
(c) [Insert Row] Dialog Box
Drawing
number
-
204/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 4.1.2.8 (d) Row Deletion Confirmation Dialog Box
-
Selecting [Import] displays the [Open] dialog box. ("Fig. 4.1.2.8 (e) [Open] Dialog Box")
Selecting a CSV format file from the [Open] dialog box adds the file to the text edit data sheet if the
character code is Unicode (with BOM).
If an error occurs during the import, an error dialog box appears.
Selecting [Cancel] or [×] closes the [Open] dialog box.
Fig. 4.1.2.8 (e) [Open] Dialog Box
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Selecting [Export] displays the [Save As] dialog box. ("Fig. 4.1.2.8 (f) [Save As] Dialog Box")
Selecting "Save" after editing the file name in the [Save As] dialog box saves the content of the text edit
data sheet as a CSV format file (character code).
Selecting [Cancel] or [×] closes the [Save As] dialog box.
Drawing
number
-
205/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 4.1.2.8 (f)
-
[Save As] Dialog Box
Selecting [Search] displays the [Search] dialog box. ("Fig. 4.1.2.8 (g) [Search] Dialog Box")
This dialog box behaves similar to the search function for Script Editor. For details, refer to "4.1.2.5
Adding Search/Replace Functions."
Fig. 4.1.2.8 (g) [Search] Dialog Box
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Selecting [Check char] checks the character specified in the multi-language text to see if it is a displayable
character code.
If no row is selected, the check is performed on whether the character code is displayable with the
ANK character type.
If a character type other than ANK is specified with the character type button, the following dialog
box is displayed. When [OK] is selected, character code check is performed after ANK is specified
for the content of the character type button.
Drawing
number
-
206/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 4.1.2.8 (h) Character Code Check Notification Dialog Box
-
If a row is selected, the check is performed on whether the character code is displayable with the
character type specified with the button.
If everything is displayable, the following dialog box appears.
Fig. 4.1.2.8 (i) Character Code Check Result OK Dialog Box
If a character code that is not displayable was specified, an error dialog box appears and the background of
all error cells turn gray.
Using the Multi-language Text
To use multi-language texts, write the LangCaption function in the Ruby script.
The LangCaption function receives the text ID and whether or not multi-language text is used as the argument,
and it returns the text in the language specified as the return value.
[Function]
LangCaption
[Syntax with arguments]
LangCaption( textid , mltlanguse )
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Name
Table 4.1.2.8 (c) Arguments of the LangCaption Function
Description
Type
textid
mltlanguse
String
True/false
String specified by the user
true: Use multi-language input
false: Do not use multi-language input
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 4.1.2.8 (d) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the LangCaption Function
Description
Type
When using multi-language input (mltlanguse = true), a string corresponding to the language specified in the
system (*)
When not using multi-language input (mltlanguse = false), a string corresponding to the language with "*" on
the language key in the multi-language text input dialog box
If the text ID specified for the argument textid does not exist, "textid not found" is specified as the return value.
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
If there is no multi-language key corresponding to the language specified in the system, the string
corresponding to the default language set for the multi-language key will be the return value.
Name
*
Drawing
number
String
207/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Description]
Calls the multi-language text specified in advance.
[Example]
msgText = LangCaption(“ErrorMessage1”, true);
titleText = LangCaption(“ErrorTitle1”, true);
MsgBoxShow( msgText, 0, titleText);
Or
MsgBoxShow(LangCaption("ErrorMessage1", true), 0, LangCaption("ErrorTitle1", true));
* Since the MsgBoxShow function displays the string for the 1st argument, the string corresponding to the
language specified in the system can be displayed by using the LangCaption function.
4.1.3
Conversion Function
To open a project created in a edition of FANUC PICTURE that is older than edition 8.0 (old FP) in FP edition
8.0 or later (new FP), it is necessary to convert the project.
Conversion is performed for "FP scripts" and "Project."
The converted file cannot be opened with an old FP editor.
Conversion can only be performed for the project created with the old FP included in that edition or with the one
in the previous editions.
NOTE
Conversion from FP script to Ruby script is only to help creation.Therefore,
please confirm the contents after conversion and confirm the operation.
FP script is supported after edition 8.0. Conversion to Ruby script is not
mandatory, so implement it as necessary.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
An outline of the conversion is described in the figure below.
208/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Existing FP editor
New FP editor
Old FP project
New FP project
• The argument specification method for FP
functions is changed.
• The name of the function for calling a script
from control is changed.
• The extension of the project is changed.
FP script
FP script
Ruby script
• The FP script syntaxes are changed.
• A mark is added to GOTO statements and labels.
• The extension is changed to "rb."
• The debug information is deleted.
Fig. 4.1.3 (a)
Outline of conversion
The timing and processing for conversion of FP scripts and projects are as follows.
Table 4.1.3 (a) Conversion processing for each target
Timing
Conversion processing
Target
Project
-
FP script
When an old FP project is opened
When [Project] > [Add screen ...] is
selected from the Menu bar
When [File] > [Screen], and then [Open] is
selected from the Menu bar
When [Open] is selected from the tool bar
When an old FP project is opened
When [Project] > [Convert to Ruby script...]
is selected from the Menu bar
(1) The name of the function for calling a
script from control is changed.
(2) The argument specification method
for FP functions is changed.
(3) The extension of the project is
changed.
(4) The FP script syntaxes are changed.
(5) A mark is added to GOTO statements
and labels.
(6) The extension is changed to "rb."
(7) The debug information is deleted.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The flow of conversion is as follows. ("Fig. 4.1.3 (b) Flowchart up to the completion of conversion")
For the details of each process, refer to "4.1.3.1 Conversion of a Project" and later.
209/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Start
The project conversion wizard appears.
No
Convert the project
Yes
(1) Change the name of the function for calling a script from control
(2) Change the argument specification method for FP functions
(3) Change the extension of the project
No
Convert the scripts
Yes
(4) Change the FP script syntaxes
(5) Add a mark to GOTO statements and labels
(6) Change the extension to "rb"
(7) Delete the debug information
Open the project
End
Fig. 4.1.3 (b) Flowchart up to the completion of conversion
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
When an old FP project is opened, the confirmation wizard for conversion of the project appears.
The project will be converted when you follow the steps in the wizard. (Refer to "4.1.3.1 Conversion of a
Project.")
After the project conversion is completed, you can move on to conversion of scripts.
When moving on to conversion of scripts, the wizard closes and the conversion confirmation dialog box
appears.
In the conversion confirmation dialog box, all the FP scripts registered in the projects are displayed, and you can
convert all the selected scripts into Ruby scripts.
The converted FP script files remain in the original files. (Refer to "4.1.3.2 Conversion of Scripts.")
210/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
You can convert scripts by opening the project. Otherwise, you can convert them later by selecting [Project] >
[Convert to Ruby script...] on the Menu bar and then converting them.
After [Convert to Ruby script...] is selected, the conversion confirmation dialog appears.
Fig. 4.1.3 (c)
Conversion to Ruby script
In addition, project conversion is performed when importing a screen created with an old FP editor into a new
FP editor. For information on the conversion of projects, refer to "4.1.3.1 Conversion of a Project."
4.1.3.1
Conversion of a Project
When an old FP project is opened, the project conversion wizard appears.
The project will be converted when you follow the instructions in the wizard, and the following procedures will
be performed.
The name of the function for calling a script from control is changed.
The argument specification method for FP functions is changed.
The extension of the project is changed.
In addition, conversion of the project is also performed when the following procedures are performed to import
a screen into the FP editor.
When [Project] > [Add screen ...] is selected from the Menu bar
When [File] > [Screen], and then [Open] is selected from the Menu bar
When [Open] is selected from the Menu bar
When a file is dragged and dropped onto the editor
At this time, the following procedures are performed for the selected folder.
The name of the function for calling a script from control is changed.
The argument specification method for FP functions is changed.
When opening a screen file by dragging and dropping it on a place other than the project window of the editor, a
dialog box such as that shown below appears ("Fig. 4.1.3.1 (a) Screen file conversion confirmation dialog box
displayed when dragged and dropped").
If you select [Yes] in this dialog box, conversion of the screen file will be performed and the target screen will
open.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
In addition, when it is necessary to convert a project, the project conversion wizard appears.
For details, refer to "Project wizard."
211/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 4.1.3.1 (a) Screen file conversion confirmation dialog box displayed when dragged and dropped
NOTE
In FANUC PICTURE 8.0 or later (iHMI version), all characters in the rectangle
are deleted when redrawing the control to enable caption change. Therefore, if
control overlaps, the caption may not be displayed depending on the placement
order. In that case, place the control with the caption on the front.
Project conversion wizard
When project conversion is performed, the project conversion wizard ([FANUC PICTURE PROJECT
CONVERT] screen) appears.
The project conversion will be completed by following the steps in this wizard.
In the wizard that appears when the project is opened, you can continue to perform script conversion by
selecting the [rubyscript convert] check box on the screen that appears after the conversion is completed.
Fig. 4.1.3.1 (b) Project conversion wizard (before the conversion starts)
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
NOTE
The converted file can not be restored. Please obtain backup in advance.
212/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 4.1.3.1 (c) Project conversion wizard (after the conversion is completed)
Fig. 4.1.3.1 (d) Project conversion wizard (when importing a screen)
Table 4.1.3.1 (a) Details of the project conversion wizard
Setting
Initial value
Description
value
-
-
-
Progress bar
Next button
(OK button)
-
-
--
Cancel button
-
-
-
rubyscript
convert check
box
Check
ON/OFF
OFF
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Displays the description of the dialog.
The display is updated according to the situation.
When importing a screen, the conversion target file name
is displayed.
Displays the progress of the conversion.
Click this button to start the conversion.
This button will be hidden after the conversion is
complete.
Click this button to stop opening the project and close the
wizard.
If you click this button in the middle of the conversion, the
conversion will be stopped and the project will be restored
to the state before the conversion, and then the wizard will
be closed.
This button will be hidden after the conversion is
complete.
Displayed after the conversion is complete.
If you click the Complete button with this check box
selected, the conversion confirmation dialog box appears
and you can move on to the conversion of scripts.
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Description
field
Name
Entry
type
Drawing
number
Item
213/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Item
Entry
type
Complete
button
-
Setting
value
--
Initial value
Description
This check box cannot be selected for projects that do not
contain scripts.
Click this button to close the project conversion wizard
and open the converted project.
-
When the conversion target is a screen file, the following dialog box appears and the screen file becomes
operable with the editor.
Fig. 4.1.3.1 (e) Screen file conversion completion dialog box
When conversion of a project fails, the following dialog box appears.
Click [OK] to stop the conversion and restore the project to the state before the conversion.
Fig. 4.1.3.1 (f)
Project conversion error dialog box
Changing the name of the function for calling scripts from control
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
In old FP projects, only FP scripts could be called, so the call functions were specified by "FP_Script + script
no.", as in "FP_Script[100_…]."
In new FP projects, both Ruby scripts and FP scripts are called using the same FP function "script", so the call
function has been changed to be specified by "script+script no.", as in "script("script no.", …)".
For this reason, if the call function is specified by "FP_script[100_…]," an error occurs during MEM file
creation.
214/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 4.1.3.1 (g) Example of the change of the function for calling scripts from control
Changing the argument specification method for FP functions
In old FP projects, arguments were specified in the form of "[Argument 1_Argument 2_Argument 3]."
After conversion, it is changed so that arguments are specified in the form of "(Argument 1, Argument 2,
Argument 3)" according to the Ruby description rules.
Fig. 4.1.3.1 (h) Example of the change of argument specification method for functions
NOTE
1. When performing the conversion, square brackets of “Easy setting of macro
variable” are also converted to round brackets. An error occurs when making
the MEM file, so please correct them with square brackets.
2. Since the arguments of only FP function “str_keyinput” are specified in the
form of “(Argument 1_Argument 2)”, changing from “,”(comma) to “_” manually
is needed after the conversion.
Changing the project extension
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
In the new FP editor, a new extension is used for project files.
Therefore, the extension is also changed when a project is converted.
The following shows how the extension is changed for the standard display mode and iHMI mode.
215/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 4.1.3.1 (b) Extension conversion correspondence table
Target mode
Before conversion
After conversion
Standard display
iHMI
4.1.3.2
.fpp
.fppx
.fp2
.fp2x
Conversion of Scripts
When script conversion is performed, the conversion confirmation dialog box appears.
The following conversion processing is performed for the FP scripts selected in the conversion confirmation
dialog box.
The FP script syntaxes are changed.
A mark is added to GOTO statements and labels.
The extension is changed to "rb" when the conversion is completed.
The debug information is deleted.
NOTE
Conversion from FP script to Ruby script is only to help creation.Therefore,
please confirm the contents after conversion and confirm the operation.
Conversion is performed at the following timing.
When an old FP project is opened
When [Project] > [Convert to Ruby script...] is selected from the Menu bar
Conversion confirmation dialog box
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
When script conversion is performed, the conversion confirmation dialog shown below appears.
Select the scripts to be converted from the FP script list and click [OK]. The conversion of the selected FP
scripts will then start.
216/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 4.1.3.2 (a) [Convert to Ruby Script ...] dialog box
Table 4.1.3.2 (a) List of the items in the dialog box
Setting item
Entry type
Setting value
Initial value
Check All
Check
ON/OFF
-
List
Check box
Number
Check
-
ON/OFF
-
ON
-
Script
name
-
-
-
-
Progress bar
-
*There are
unprocessed
processes.
-
OK button
-
-
-
Cancel button
-
-
-
Remarks
-
Remarks
Scripts are collectively selected or unselected.
When this check box is selected, all the unselected
check boxes will become selected.
When all the check boxes are selected, they will all
become unselected.
The scripts to be converted are selected.
The registered script numbers are displayed.
The numbers are set by the user when registering the
scripts.
The names of the registered scripts are displayed.
The names are set by the user when registering the
scripts.
A comment is displayed when there is a GOTO
statement in the script.
The progress of the script or project conversion
processing is displayed.
Click this button to perform the processing. After the
processing is complete, the dialog box will be closed
automatically.
For details, refer to "Table 4.1.3.2(b) Dialog box display
timing and relations between each operation."
The display timing and corresponding operations, and content of this dialog box are as shown below.
Table 4.1.3.2 (b) Dialog box display timing and relations between each operation
Display timing
Title
OK processing
Cancellation processing
Displayed list
When an old FP
project is opened
Converted to
Ruby script
When you select scripts
and click [OK], the script
files will be converted.
When no scripts are
selected, you cannot click
[OK].
When you select
[Convert to Ruby
script...]
Starts FANUC PICTURE
without converting the
scripts.
If clicked during the
conversion, the conversion
is stopped and the scripts
are restored to the state
before conversion.
Returns to the original
screen without performing
the conversion.
If clicked during the
conversion, the conversion
is stopped and the scripts
are restored to the state
before conversion.
All the FP scripts
registered in the old
FP project
All the FP scripts
registered in the
new FP project
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
When the conversion is successfully completed, the following dialog box appears.
217/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 4.1.3.2 (b) Script conversion completion dialog box
If the conversion fails, the following dialog box appears. The conversion processing is stopped and the same
processing as the cancellation processing is performed.
Fig. 4.1.3.2 (c) Conversion error dialog box
Changing the FP script syntaxes
Fig. 4.1.3.2 (d) Example of the changes from a FP script to a Ruby script
In the conversion processing from an FP script to a Ruby script, there are "syntaxes not requiring conversion"
and "syntaxes requiring conversion."
The syntaxes not requiring conversion are as follows.
(1) Those that have the same meaning in FP scripts and Ruby scripts
(2) Those that are unique to FP scripts but can be used in Ruby scripts without modification
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The syntaxes requiring conversion are as follows.
(3) Those that are unique to FP scripts and need modification when used in Ruby scripts
218/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
(4) Those that are written differently but have the same meaning in FP scripts and Ruby scripts
(5) Those that have a different meaning in Ruby scripts when written in the description method for FP scripts
(6) Those that are not necessary in Ruby scripts
For (1), operators, etc., fall under this category. Conversion processing is not performed for these syntaxes.
Fig. 4.1.3.2 (e) Example in which the same syntax can be used in FP scripts and Ruby scripts (operator)
Syntaxes that fall under this category are as follows.
Table 4.1.3.2 (c) Syntaxes that can be used without modification in FP scripts and Ruby scripts
Arithmetic operators
+
*
/
%
=
&&
||
!
>
<
<=
>=
!=
==
<<
>>
|
&
^
()
NN
0xNN
Comparison operator
Bitwise operator
Operator command
Decimal numbers
Hexadecimal number
Numerical
values
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Addition
Subtraction
Multiplication
Division
Remainder of division
Assignment operator
Logical AND
Logical OR
Logical NOT
Less than
Greater than
Less than or equal to
Greater than or equal to
Not equal to
Equal to
Bit shift right
Bit shift left
Bitwise OR
Bitwise AND
Exclusive OR
Operator command
Decimal numerical value
Hexadecimal numerical value
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Description
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Syntax
Name
Operators
Category 2
Drawing
number
Category 1
219/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
NOTE
0 Numbers at the beginning are treated as decimal numbers in FP Script, but in
Ruby Script it is treated as octal numbers. Please note that automatic conversion
can not be done on this point.
For example:
If it is described as 0101, it becomes decimal number 101 in FP Script, but in
Ruby Script it becomes 101 of octal number, and when converted to decimal
number it becomes 65.
For (2), symbol variables, etc., fall under this category. Conversion processing is not performed for these
syntaxes.
Fig. 4.1.3.2 (f)
Example of syntaxes that are unique to FP scripts but can be used in Ruby scripts without
modification (symbol variable)
Variables and constants that fall under this category are as follows.
Table 4.1.3.2 (d) Syntaxes that are unique to FP scripts but can be used in Ruby scripts without modification
Category 1
Category 2
Syntax
Meaning
Symbol variables
Input variables
:temp:
INPUT_BVAL
INPUT_WVAL
INPUT_LVAL
INPUT_UBVAL
INPUT_UWVAL
INPUT_ULVAL
INPUT_DVAL
READ_VAL
Variables/constants
Display variables
Argument reference
variables
Constants for
arithmetic operation
DISP_VAL
ARG[0~4]
Symbol variables
Byte type input variable
Word type input variable
Long type input variable
Unsigned byte type input variable
Unsigned word type input variable
Unsigned long type input variable
Floating point type input variable
Long type input variable
(Only from line graph control)
Floating point type display variable
Signed
long type argument reference variable
The ratio of the circumference of a circle
to its diameter
Not-a-number (used in association with
FP functions)
Variable displayed when an overflow
occurs (used in association with FP
functions)
PI
NAN
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
HUGE_VAL
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Variables/constants
220/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Category 1
Category 2
Syntax
Meaning
EDOM
ERANGE
Variables for timer
activation
operation function
ERROR_TYPE
ERROR_SCRIPT_NO
ERROR_FPFUNUC_NO
Variables/constants
Variables for timer
activation
operation function
ERROR_FPFUNUC_CODE
ERROR_MACRO_NO
SCREEN_NO
FOCUS_NO
An argument of an arithmetic operation
function is outside the defined range.
An arithmetic function operation resulted
in an overflow.
Type of an error that has occurred in an
FP script
Number of the FP script in which the
error has occurred
Number of the FP function in which the
error has occurred
Error code for the FP function in which
the error has occurred
Number of the macro variable in which
the error has occurred
Screen number of the screen being
displayed
Identification number of the control
where the input focus is located
For (3), "macro variables" and "function call" fall under this category. The conversion processing is performed,
and the syntaxes are replaced by the applicable syntaxes.
Although custom macro variables and program macro variables were specified by "#..." in FP scripts, they are
specified by comments in Ruby scripts; therefore, they are converted. After the conversion, they are specified by
"#[...]".
As the method to pass arguments for calling functions, they were specified in the form of "[Argument 1_
Argument 2_ Argument 3]" in FP functions. However, after the conversion processing, they are specified in the
form of "Argument 1, Argument 2, Argument 3" according to the Ruby script description rules.
Fig. 4.1.3.2 (g) Example in which a syntax unique to FP scripts requires conversion before being used in Ruby
scripts (function call)
Syntaxes that fall under this category are as follows.
Table 4.1.3.2 (e) Syntaxes unique to FP scripts requiring conversion before being used in a Ruby script
Syntax
Before conversion
After conversion
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
#[100]
wdpmc(9,500,0)
usr_pmc(3,101,2)
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
#[100], #100
wdpmc[9_500_0]
usr_pmc[3_101_2]
Drawing
number
Macro variable
FP function
User function
221/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
NOTE
In FP script, even wrong descriptions that enclose arguments of FP function and
user function in parentheses, sometimes worked correctly. However, conversion
is not done normally because it is not in the correct format.
For (4), comment statements, etc., fall under this category. The conversion processing is performed, and the
syntaxes are replaced by the applicable syntaxes.
Fig. 4.1.3.2 (h) Example of syntaxes that are written differently but have the same meaning in FP scripts and Ruby
scripts
Syntaxes that fall under this category are as follows.
Table 4.1.3.2 (f) Syntaxes that are written differently but have the same meaning in FP scripts and Ruby scripts
Syntax
Before conversion
Comment
Return command
If statement
//
RETURN
if(decision statement 1){
Processing statement 1
}else if(decision statement 2){
Processing statement 2
}else{
Processing statement 3
}
After conversion
#
return
if(decision statement 1) then
Processing statement 1
elsif(decision statement 2) then
Processing statement 2
else
Processing statement 3
end
NOTE
Ruby script error might occur due to the way of using “return” in ruby script. Please refer
to “4.1.10 Return Execution” for details.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
For (5), temporary variables fall under this category. The conversion processing is performed, and the syntaxes
are replaced by those that perform the same processing.
222/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 4.1.3.2 (i) Example of syntaxes that have a different meaning in Ruby scripts when written in the description
method for FP scripts (temporary variables)
Syntaxes that fall under this category are as follows.
Table 4.1.3.2 (g) Syntaxes that have a different meaning in Ruby scripts when written in the description method for
FP scripts
Syntax
Before conversion
After conversion
Byte type temporary variable
Word type temporary variable
Long type temporary variable
Unsigned byte type temporary variable
Unsigned word type temporary variable
Unsigned long type temporary variable
BVAL[0~9]
WVAL[0~9]
LVAL[0~9]
UBVAL[0~9]
UWVAL[0~9]
ULVAL[0~9]
Floating point type temporary variable
DVAL[0~9]
BVAL0,BVAL2,,BVAL9
WVAL0,WVAL2,,WVAL9
LVAL0,LVAL2,,LVAL9
UBVAL0,UBVAL2,,UBVAL9
UWVAL0,UWVAL2,,UWVAL9
ULVAL0,ULVAL2,,ULVAL9
* ".to_f" is added to the right side.
DVAL0,DVAL2,,DVAL9
* ".to_f" is added to the right side.
For (6), the semicolons at the end of lines fall under this category. They are removed in Ruby scripts as they are
not necessary.
If two or more statements are described on one line, the semicolon between them is not deleted.
Fig. 4.1.3.2 (j) Example of syntaxes that are unnecessary in Ruby scripts (semicolon at the end of a line)
Adding a mark to GOTO statements or labels
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
If a GOTO statement is included in an FP script, a mark "[replace goto]" is added to the target command and
label, as it is impossible to replace it with an equivalent process in a Ruby script.
223/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 4.1.3.2 (k) Example in which replacement is impossible and a mark is added (jump command)
Changing the extension to "rb"
The ".dat" extension of FP scripts is converted to ".rb," which is the extension of a Ruby script, when the
conversion processing is completed.
Deleting the debug information
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
If the target script has been set to be debugged the setting is canceled.
224/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
4.1.4
Syntax Check
The syntax check function is provided as a tool to help with the development of Ruby scripts.
For the timing and target files of syntax check, refer to "Table 4.1.4 (a) Timing of syntax check and files
targeted by it."
Table 4.1.4 (a) Timing of syntax check and files targeted by it
Timing of syntax check
Target script files
Select the scripts to be checked in the Script List
dialog box and select [Check syntax...].
Selected script files
Select [Check syntax...] from the Script Editor menu.
Script files being edited
If no errors are found as a result of the syntax check, the syntax check result OK dialog box appears. ("Fig. 4.1.4
(a) Ruby script syntax check result OK dialog box")
If any errors are found as a result of the syntax check, the syntax check result error dialog box appears. ("Fig.
4.1.4 (b) Ruby script syntax check result error dialog box")
Fig. 4.1.4 (a)
Ruby script syntax check result OK dialog box
Fig. 4.1.4 (b) Ruby script syntax check result error dialog
If you select "Yes" in the syntax check result error dialog box, the error log file appears in a separate window.
4.1.4.1
Syntax Check from the Script Editor
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
To perform a syntax check from the Script Editor, select [Check syntax...] from the Script Editor menu.
For the content of the syntax check, refer to "4.1.4.2 Content of the Syntax Check."
225/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
All the buttons on the Script Editor are disabled while the syntax check is being executed.
(For the Script Editor, refer to "4.1.2 Enhancement of Script Editor Functions.")
4.1.4.2
Content of the Syntax Check
The following are examples of cases in which a syntax check error occurs.
A closing bracket is missing or an if statement is not closed.
The string specified in a here document is not described.
A double-byte space is in a portion other than a comment.
Four or more symbols (@, =, etc.) appear consecutively.
A variable name starts with a number.
NOTE
The following content will not cause a syntax check error due to the specification
of Ruby.
- An unknown function is described.
- A new line is started in the middle of a function name or variable name.
- The number of arguments of a function definition is incorrect.
For the syntaxes of Ruby scripts, refer to the references, etc. for Ruby scripts.
4.1.5
Checking for Characters Unavailable for Script Symbol
With the addition of Ruby scripts, certain symbols can no longer be used in a PMC symbol name or constant
symbol name.
If use the symbol with unavailable characters in script, error occurs when making the mem file.
For unavailable characters, refer to “Table 4.1.5 (a) Symbol name specifications (Script)”.
Table 4.1.5 (a) Symbol name specifications(Script)
Type
Ruby script
Available characters
Characters that are available
but not recommended(※)
Unavailable characters
FP script
A to Z, a to z, 0 to 9
_
’()?‘|~@
#{}[];:,!”&*+-<=>/^¥$.%
Blank, double-byte characters
A to Z, a to z, 0 to 9
_
!”’&()*+-<>?/^‘|~
¥$.@
#{}[];:,=%
Blank, double-byte characters
※The characters not recommended by IEC61131-3(Gauge for PLC) .
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
There are available characters for symbol in function of controls even in unavailable characters for symbol in
scripts.
For available characters for symbol in function of controls, Refer to ”Table 4.1.5(b) Symbol name
specifications(Control)”.
226/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 4.1.5 (b)
Symbol name specifications(Control)
Type
Function of control
Available characters
A to Z, a to z, 0 to 9
_!”’&()*+-<=>?/^‘|~
¥$.@#{}[];:
,%
Blank, double-byte characters
Unavailable characters
4.1.6
MEM File Creation
You can create the MEM file by selecting [OK] in the MEM file creation dialog.
MEM file creation dialog box
Select [OK].
Error check
MEM file creation processing
The MEM file creation
processing completes.
MEM file
Fig. 4.1.6 (a)
Overall image of MEM file creation
If an FP function listed in "Table 4.1.6 (a) List of FP functions that cannot be used in a timed script" is used in a
timed script, an error log will be output.
The MEM file creation failure dialog box appears. Select [Yes] to display the error log content.
Table 4.1.6 (a)
Function name
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Reads the program information
Reads the skip position of a controlled axis
Reads the servo delay amount of a controlled axis
Reads the acceleration/deceleration delay amount for a controlled axis
Reads CNC status information
Reads tool offset amount
Reads work zero offset
Reads parameter
Reads setting parameter
Reads pitch error compensation data
Drawing
number
rdproginfo
skip
srvdelay
accdecdly
statinfo
rdtofs
rdzofs
rdparam
rdset
rdpitchr
List of FP functions that cannot be used in a timed script
Description
227/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Function name
Description
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Reads diagnostics data
Reads tool life management data (tool group number)
Reads tool life management data (number of tool groups)
Reads tool life management data (number of tools)
Reads tool life management data (tool life)
Reads tool life management data (tool life counter)
Reads tool life management data (tool length compensation number 1)
Reads tool life management data (tool length compensation number 2)
Reads tool life management data (tool radius compensation number 1)
Reads tool life management data (tool radius compensation number 2)
Reads tool life management data (tool information 1)
Reads tool life management data (tool information 2)
Reads tool life management data (tool number)
Writes path index (multi-path system)
Reads P-CODE variable
Writes P-CODE variable
Reads path index (multi-path system)
Writes tool offset amount
Writes setting parameter
Reads custom macro variable
Writes custom macro variable
Reads operator's message
Reads program directory
Deletes specified program
Searches for specified program
Reads the program being executed
Reads D-RAM memory usage
Reads tool offset amount (specified indirectly)
Writes tool offset amount (specified indirectly)
Reads custom macro variable (specified indirectly)
Writes custom macro variable (specified indirectly)
Deletes specified program (specified indirectly)
Searches for specified program (specified indirectly)
Reads setting parameter (specified indirectly)
Writes setting parameter (specified indirectly)
Reads P-CODE variable (specified indirectly)
Writes P-CODE variable (specified indirectly)
Reads the absolute position of a controlled axis (type 2)
Reads the relative position of a controlled axis (type 2)
Presets the calendar/clock
Reads the CNC alarm
Reads program directory (2)
Increments/decrements the rdprgdir2 display pointer
Copies the variable data
Reads manual overlapped motion value
Reads operator's message (2)
Reads/sets the control property
Switches the screen
Reads the cursor number
Writes the cursor number
Reads the actual feed rate (F) of a controlled axis (3)
Drawing
number
diagnoss
rdgrpid
rdngrp
rdntool
rdlife
rdcount
rd1length
rd2length
rd1radius
rd2radius
t1info
t2info
toolnum
setpath
rdpmacro
wrpmacro
getpath
wrtofs
wrset
rdmacro
wrmacro
rdopmsg
rdprgdir
progdel
progsrch
rdexecprog
rdmemsize
idrdtofs2
idwrtofs
idrdmac
idwrmac
idprogdel
idprogsrch
idrdset2
idwrset
idrdpmac2
idwrpmac2
absolute2
relative2
settimer
rdalminfo
rdprgdir2
setrdprgtop
copyval
movrlap
rdopmsg2
setproperty
swscreen
rdcursor
wrcursor
actf3
228/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Function name
Description
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Reads the absolute position of a controlled axis (type 3)
Reads the machine position of a controlled axis (type 3)
Reads the relative position of a controlled axis (type 3)
Reads the distance-yet-to-go of a controlled axis (type 3)
Reads the skip position of a controlled axis (type 3)
Reads the servo delay amount of a controlled axis (type 3)
Reads the acceleration/deceleration delay amount for a controlled axis (type 3)
Reads tool offset amount (type 3)
Reads work zero offset (type 3)
Reads manual overlapped motion value (type 3)
Writes the tool management data
Deletes the tool management data
Scrolls the message
Inputs/outputs text messages
Writes parameters
Reads PMC (bit) (specified indirectly)
Writes PMC (bit) (specified indirectly)
Reads PMC (1/2/4 bytes) (specified indirectly)
Writes PMC (1/2/4 bytes) (specified indirectly)
Reads PMC arbitrary bit length
Writes PMC arbitrary bit length
Reads the array type record variable data
Reads the array type record variable bit data
Writes the array type record variable data
Writes the array type record variable bit data
Copies the array type record variable data
Writes the array index number
Reads the array type record variable arbitrary bit data
Writes the array type record variable arbitrary bit data
Changes the number of decimal places of the control
Changes the maximum value of the control
Changes the minimum value of the control
Reads the error code
Sets the error code
Determines if it is NaN
Calculates the arc cosine
Calculates the arcsine
Calculates the arctangent
Calculates the arctangent (type 2)
Rounds up to the nearest integer
Calculates the cosine
Calculates the hyperbolic cosine
Calculates an exponential function
Calculates the absolute value of a floating-point number
Discards decimal places
Calculates the remainder of a floating-point number
Reads the mantissa part of a floating-point number
Reads the exponent part of a floating-point number
Calculates the product of 2 raised to a power
Calculates the natural logarithm
Calculates the common logarithm
Drawing
number
absolute3
machine3
relative3
distance3
skip3
srvdelay3
accdecdly3
rdtofs3
rdzofs3
movrlap3
wrtool
deltool
scroll
chgtxtmsg
wrparam
idrdpmcb
idwrpmcb
idrdpmc
idwrpmc
rdpmcbr
wrpmcbr
idxrdval
idxrdvalb
idxwrval
idxwrvalb
idxmvval
idxwridx
idxrdvalbr2
idxwrvalbr2
setdecimal
setmaxlimit
setminlimit
errno
seterrno
isnan
acos
asin
atan
atan2
ceil
cos
cosh
exp
fabs
floor
fmod
frexp_mantissa
frexp_exponent
ldexp
log
log10
229/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Function name
Description
modf_integer
modf_decimal
pow
sin
sinh
sqrt
tan
tanh
settenkeypos
str_keyinput
4.1.7
Reads the integer part of a floating-point number
Reads the fractional part of a floating-point number
Calculates the power
Calculates the sine
Calculates the hyperbolic sine
Calculates the square root
Calculates the tangent
Calculates the hyperbolic tangent
Changes the ten key display position
Key input
Debug Function
The same debug function as that for the FP script is provided in Ruby script as a tool to help with script
development.
In this subsection, only the differences from the debugging function of FP script are described.
4.1.7.1
Setting the Break Types
When debugging Ruby scripts, select "Specified steps of specified scripts" for "Break occurs at:" and set the
breakpoints and break conditions.
If you select "First and last step of all scripts" or "All steps of all scripts," debugging of Ruby scripts cannot be
performed. For FP scripts, debugging can be performed with any break type settings, as before.
4.1.7.2
[Debug settings] Dialog Box
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
In the [Debug settings] dialog box, you can set breakpoints in Ruby scripts, as well as in FP scripts.
For the [Debug settings] dialog box, refer to "Fig. 4.1.7.2 (a) [Debug settings] dialog box (scripts other than
timed scripts)" and "Fig. 4.1.7.2 (b) [Debug settings] dialog box (timed scripts)."
230/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 4.1.7.2 (a) [Debug settings] dialog box (scripts other than timed scripts)
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 4.1.7.2 (b) [Debug settings] dialog box (timed scripts)
231/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 4.1.7.2 (a) Changes made to the [Debug setting] dialog box
Before change
After change
Location
-
Contents of the script list
Display contents of the
script list on the [Timed
script] tab
-
Setting breakpoints
-
-
Contents of the debug list
[Debug operation signal]
combo box on the [Script
called from object] tab
[Debug operation signal]
combo box on the [Timed
script] tab
Settings for [Variable
display language setting]
[Debug setting file
operation] combo box
-
The display also includes Ruby scripts and
displays them in order of script number.
(Refer to "Contents of Script List."
All the scripts registered as timed scripts in the
All the FP scripts with script numbers
Script List are displayed.
900 to 999 are displayed.
(Refer to "Contents of Script List."
FP script: Set by the step address
Set by the step address.
Ruby script: Set by the line number
(Refer to "Breakpoint setting.")
The contents set in Ruby scripts are also
displayed.
The contents set in FP scripts are
The Display Variable field has been added.
displayed.
This field is blank for FP scripts as display variables
cannot be set for FP scripts.
(Refer to "Contents of the debug list.")
Only WORD type and DWORD type symbols
All registered symbols are displayed.
are displayed.
Editable.
Not editable.
FP scripts are displayed in order of
script number.
All registered symbols are displayed. Editable.
-
Only WORD type symbols are displayed.
Not editable.
-
(No setting item)
-
-
The font used for displaying temporary variables
can be set by each multi-language key.
Only WORD type symbols are displayed.
Not editable.
All registered symbols are displayed. Editable.
-
Contents of the script list
Ruby scripts are displayed in addition to FP scripts.
Scripts are displayed in order of script number, as in the case of the Script List dialog box.
On the [Timed script] tab, all the scripts registered as timed scripts are displayed in the script list.
Fig. 4.1.7.2 (c) Script list
Setting breakpoints
In FP scripts, breakpoints are set by the step addresses. In Ruby scripts, they are set by line numbers including
comment lines and blank lines.
NOTE
Breaks do not occur if a comment line or blank line is specified as a breakpoint.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 4.1.7.2 (d) Breakpoint setting
232/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Contents of the debug list
In addition to the step address, condition of arguments, condition of execution count, and debug target enable
signal that were displayed for FP scripts, the temporary variables that are output during the debug execution
when the break occurs (Display Variable) are displayed separated by commas.
This field is displayed for Ruby scripts when the variables are set; however, it is always left blank for FP scripts
because these variables cannot be set for FP scripts.
For how to set the display variables, refer to "4.1.7.3 [Break detail settings] Dialog Box."
Fig. 4.1.7.2 (e) Breakpoint setting
Debug operation signal / Debug setting file operation signal combo box
In the [Debug operation signal]/[Debug setting file operation signal] combo box, where all the symbols
registered in FP Script, only WORD type symbols are displayed in Ruby Script.
DWORD type symbols are also displayed only in the [Debug operation signal] combo box, which is displayed
when the [Script called from object] tab is selected.
These combo boxes cannot be edited.
Fig. 4.1.7.2 (f)
Debug operation signal pull-down contents
Changes made to the debug screen for Ruby scripts depending on the debug
operation signal setting
When performing step execution when debugging Ruby scripts, create the debug setting file by setting a
DWORD type symbol for the debug operation signal.
When using this debug setting file, the [STEP] button appears in the debug window when debugging Ruby
scripts.
For information on the debug window, refer to "Debug Window and Log Output ."
For detailed information on the debug operation signal, refer to "4.1.7.5 Extension of the Debug Signal."
When breakpoints in Ruby scripts are enabled and a WORD type symbol is set as the debug operation signal, a
warning appears when [Output debug setting file...] is selected in the [Debug setting] dialog box.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Warning dialog box
Drawing
number
Fig. 4.1.7.2 (g)
233/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Select [OK] to continue creation of the debug setting file.
Select [Cancel] to stop creation of the debug setting file.
Table 4.1.7.2 (b) Output content of the new warning displayed at the time of debug setting file output
Warning message
Output timing
How to cancel the
warning
Target script
Ruby script STEP execution
cannot be performed
because the debug
operation signal symbol in
the script called from object
is WORD.
When the break
points in the Ruby
script set as the
script called from
object are enabled
and a WORD type
symbol is set as the
debug operation
signal.
Set a DWORD type
symbol as the debug
operation signal.
Only for Ruby
scripts
4.1.7.3
[Break detail settings] Dialog Box
To set the break conditions, double-click the target line of the step list of the break list in the [Debug settings]
dialog box to display the [Break detail settings] dialog box.
The script type is displayed in the title of this dialog box.
For Ruby scripts, temporary variables to be output during the debug execution can be specified in addition to the
break conditions.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 4.1.7.3 (a) [Break detail settings] dialog box (Ruby script)
234/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Location
Table 4.1.7.3 (a) Changes made to the [Break detail settings] dialog box
FP script
Ruby script
Specification of [Condition of
Specify inside the (
arguments]
) separated by commas.
[Debug target enable signal] Only BOOL type symbols are displayed.
combo box
Not editable.
Specification of temporary
Cannot be specified (same as the previous
variables ([Display variable]) dialog box).
Up to 10 variables to be output by the CNC
can be specified.
*It is not required to specify these variables.
Specification of the condition of arguments
The condition of arguments is set in [Condition of arguments] in the [Break detail settings] dialog box, as in the
existing dialog box. However, the method for specifying argument reference variables has been changed to
surround them in round brackets and separate each of them by a comma.
If the specification of the condition of arguments is incorrect, an error occurs when [Output debug setting file...]
is selected in the [Debug settings] dialog box.
Fig. 4.1.7.3 (b)
The debug setting file output error dialog boxes
Setting of the temporary variables to be displayed
To output temporary variables to the debug window log file when the break occurs, set the variable names in
Display Variable 1 through 10 in the [Break detail settings] dialog box.
4.1.7.4
Debug Window and Log Output
Debug window
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
When the specified break conditions are satisfied, the debug window is displayed if the log file output signal is
0 and the debug target is something other than timer scripts.
235/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Ruby script number and
the number of the line at which a break
occurred are displayed.
The values of the specified temporary
variables are displayed in the specified
font.
The execution history
is displayed using
line numbers.
The [CONTINUE] button shrinks and
the [STEP] button is displayed.
Fig. 4.1.7.4 (a) Debug window in the "Small(14inch)" font (extension signal ON)
Ruby script number and
the number of the line at which a break
occurred are displayed.
The values of the specified temporary
variables are displayed in the specified
font.
The execution history
is displayed using
line numbers.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 4.1.7.4 (b) Debug window in the "Small(14inch)" font (extension signal OFF)
236/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Ruby script number and
the number of the line at which a break
occurred are displayed.
The values of the specified temporary
variables are displayed in the specified font.
The [STEP] button is displayed.
Fig. 4.1.7.4 (c) Debug window in the "Big(9inch)" font (extension signal ON) - Page 1
The execution history
is displayed using
line numbers.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 4.1.7.4 (d) Debug window in the "Big(9inch)" font (extension signal ON) - Page 2
237/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Ruby script number and
the number of the line at which a break
occurred are displayed.
The values of the specified temporary
variables are displayed in the specified font.
Fig. 4.1.7.4 (e) Debug window in the "Big(9inch)" font (extension signal OFF) - Page 1
The execution history
is displayed using
line numbers.
Fig. 4.1.7.4 (f) Debug window in the "Big(9inch)" font (extension signal OFF) - Page 2
Table 4.1.7.4 (a) List of differences between the debug window contents
FP script
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
step address
Ruby script
RBS#
Line number 65535 is displayed for the debug information after
execution of the last line.
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
FPS#
Drawing
number
Displayed content
Item name at the beginning
Execution history or
breakpoints
238/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
FP script
Ruby script
General
Only the variables specified in [Display variable] in the
[Break detail settings] dialog box are displayed.
Variable name and variable value are divided by a colon ":".
When the number of variables specified in [Display variable]
is less than 10, "-:-" is displayed in the line for the unset
items.
-
Content displayed for variable names
Characters are left-aligned up to eight characters.
When the variable name has more than eight characters, the
eighth and subsequent characters are abbreviated as "˜".
Content displayed for variable values
Up to 56 characters are displayed for the "Small(14inch)"
font, and 26 characters for the "Big(9inch)" font, aligned to
the left. The portion exceeding the display range is
abbreviated as "˜".
If variables exist in the script but are not defined, they are
displayed as nil.
When no variables exist in the script, the following is
displayed.
NoMethodError: undefined method '(variable name)' for
(object name)
When the extension signal is ON
[STEP] button
[COUNT] button
When the extension signal is OFF
[CONT.] button
When the extension signal ls ON
[STEP] button
[CONT.] button
[PG-DW] button
[PG-UP] button
When the extension signal ls OFF
[CONT.] button
[PG-DW] button
[PG-UP] button
Buttons in ‘Small(14inch) ’font [CONTINUE]
display
button
-
[CONT.] button
[PG-DW] button
[PG-UP] button
Buttons in ‘Big(9inch) ’font
display
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
-
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
-
Name
All the temporary
variables are
displayed.
Temporary variables
-
Drawing
number
Displayed content
239/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Changes to the button content and button operations
If the extension signal is ON when the debug window for Ruby scripts is displayed, you can select operations
with the [STEP] and [CONT.] button.
Select [STEP]: The processing proceeds to the following step and the debug window is displayed.
Select [CONT.]: The processing proceeds to the next breakpoint and the debug window is displayed.
Valid range of the displayed temporary variables
The content of the temporary variables displayed when the [STEP] button is selected are those that were set for
the breakpoint at which a break occurred before starting the STEP execution.
However, if the destination reached after the STEP execution is set as another breakpoint, the content changes to
that that was set for the breakpoint at the destination.
At this time, even if the settings of the condition of arguments, condition of execution count, and debug target
enable signal are different, the break is performed without applying them.
Log file output
When the specified break condition is satisfied, the log file is output in text format to the memory card in the
following cases.
When the log file output signal is 1
When the target is timer scripts
The output of the log file is the same as the content displayed in the "Small(14inch)" font.
Unicode is used as the character code.
Log file name
The log file name is different for each script type.
Table 4.1.7.4 (b) Types and log file names for Ruby scripts
Script type
Log file name (*)
FP script: FPSxxx.nnn
Ruby script: RBSxxx.nnn
FP script: TFPSxxx.nnn
Ruby script: TRBSxxx.nnn
Other than timer scripts
Timer scripts
xxx: Script number
nnn: The extension is a three-digit serial number combining numbers starting from 000 and alphabetical
letters.
Each time the break condition is satisfied, a separate log file is output.
When a file with the same name already exists or the log file could not be output to the memory card, the
information of the first line of the first three items (FPS#... or RBS#…) is retained without outputting the file,
and the debug processing is continued.
4.1.7.5
Extension of the Debug Signal
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
When using the extension signal for the debug operation signal, the debug operation signal is extended to the
DWORD type.
The content of the extended range is as follows.
No change has been made to the content of the first and second byte of the debug operation signal.
240/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
STEP
3rd byte
(Input signal)
-
Upper stage: Signal for the screen display scripts
Lower stage: Signal for timer-activated scripts
Step execution signal STEP
[Category] Input signal
[Function]
Advance the processing to the next step.
[Operation] When this signal is set to 0 1 0, the current debug window is closed and the processing is
advanced to the next step. After that, the debug window is displayed again.
The following shortcut key also performs the same operation.
Shortcut key: MDI key <1>
4.1.8
Changes Due to Edition 8.0
The following changes were made to the [Create project] and [Open project] menu items.
Extension
The new FP Editor supports the following extensions.
Target mode
Table 4.1.8 (a) Mode and Extension Correspondence Table
Create project
Open project
Standard display
iHMI
.fp2
.fp2x
.fpp *, .fp2
.fppx *, .fp2x
*: Extension for projects created with the old FP Editor. If selected with the new editor, they will be converted.
For more information on coversion, refer to "Conversion Function."
Error when executing "Open project"
When opening a project with FP Editor, if the project is not supported, an error occurs and the project cannot be
opened.
The [Open project] operation performed by FP Editor will be as follows.
Table 4.1.8 (b) Editor and Project Correspondence Table
Type of project to be opened
Projects created with an old
edition of FP Editor
Projects created with the new FP
Editor
Support for [Open project]
× Not supported
Supported
× Not supported
Supported
Operation
Open error *
Conversion performed
Open error *
Open
* If a script file is operated on directly from Explorer or some other program, a script not supported by
the FP Edit or may be included in the project. A script version error occurs for the project and it
cannot be opened with the FP Editor.
Open error
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
If an attempt is made to use FP Editor to open an unsupported project, an open error occurs and the following
dialog is shown. In this case, the project cannot be opened.
241/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 4.1.8 (a) Project Open Error Dialog
Script version error
If an attempt is made to use FP Editor to open a project that includes an unsupported FP script, a script version
error occurs and the following dialog is shown. In this case, the project cannot be opened.
Fig. 4.1.8 (b) Script Version Error Dialog
4.1.9
Other Functions
Function name symbol function
FP function symbols can be used from Ruby scripts as well.
Formats for FP function symbols are shown below. If the format is not followed, an error occurs.
Location used
Table 4.1.9 (a) FP Function Symbol Formats for the New FANUC PICTURE
Symbol format
Example
Value format
symbol
FP script
End it with “[“
TEST[
Ruby script
control action
End it with “(“
TEST(
Example value
rdpmc[5_100_
rdpmc(5,100,
If an FP function symbol is already registered at the time of project conversion, the FP function symbol is
additionally registered in the format for Ruby script control action.
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
-
- Only one “[“ exists
- Arguments are separated with ”_”
- Only one “(“ exists
- Arguments are separated with ”,”
Drawing
number
-
242/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
FP function for reading and writing character strings and character string variables
In Ruby scripts, FP functions (rdstr, wrstr) for reading and writing character strings and character string
variables (SVAL0 to SVAL9) can be used.
This allows character strings stored in the PMC area, P-CODE variable, or key-in buffer to be read with Ruby
scripts by using the FP function for reading character strings (rdstr). Once the character strings are edited within
the Ruby script, the character string can be stored in the PMC area, P-CODE variable, or key-in buffer again by
using the FP function for writing character strings (wrstr). Additionally, edited character strings can be
displayed in the numerical value character string display control.
There were no changes to the function specifications for the FP functions for reading and writing character
strings. For details, refer to FANUC PICTURE MANUAL (Edition 06.2 to less than 08.0)(A-40712).
The following syntaxes can be used in Ruby scripts using the FP functions for reading and writing character
strings and character string variables.
Syntax
Table 4.1.9 (b) Examples of Supported Ruby Script Syntaxes
Description
Difference compared to FP
script
temp = rdstr(400, 0, 0, 10, 99, 0)
SVAL0 = rdstr(105, 1000, 0, 20, 9, 3000)
SVAL1 = SVAL0 + "123" + temp.to_s
DISP_VAL = SVAL1
wrstr(300, 10000, 0, 50, 1, 99, 0)
Read 10 bytes from the key-in buffer and
store in the temporary variable "temp."
Yes
Read 1 byte each of character strings from
R1000 to R1021 and store in the character
string variable "SVAL0." Notify D3000 of
the processing results.
Add "123" to the content of the temporary
variable temp and the character string
variable SVAL0, then store the resultant
character string in character string variable
SVAL1.
Store the content stored in character string
variable SVAL1 in variable DISP_VAL for
displaying the numerical value/character
string display control.
Write 1 byte each of the character string
stored in the character string variable
SVAL1 to P-CODE variables 10000 to
10049.
Yes
Character strings can be
stored in an arbitrary
temporary variable.
Character strings can be
stored in SVAL0 to 9.
Yes
The read character string
can be edited.
No
No
Syntaxes that are normally supported in Ruby script but that return an error (there is code that cannot be used in
the program) when creating MEM in Ruby script using the FP functions for reading and writing character
strings and character string variables, and response examples are shown below.
Table4.1.9 (c) Examples of Ruby Script Syntaxes that Return a Script Error
Description
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Store temp.to_s + "123" in SVAL1
and store SVAL1 in DISP_VAL.
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Do not omit this part.
SVAL0 = SVAL0 + "123"
Drawing
number
DISP_VAL = temp.to_s + "123"
Examples of responses to errors
Write the script by omitting the "store the
character string resulting from adding "123"
to the current content of the character string
variable SVAL0 in SVAL0."
Store the character string resulting from
adding "123" to the content stored in the
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Syntax
SVAL0 += "123"
243/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Syntax
DISP_VAL = SVAL0 + "123"
DISP_VAL = "123"
Description
Examples of responses to errors
temporary variable temp directly in variable
DISP_VAL for displaying the numerical
value/character string display control.
Store the character string resulting from
adding "123" to the character string variable
SVAL0 directly in variable DISP_VAL for
displaying the numerical value/character
string display control.
Store "123" directly in variable DISP_VAL for
displaying the numerical value/character
string display control.
SVAL1 = temp.to_s + "123"
DISP_VAL = SVAL1
Store SVAL0 + "123" in SVAL1 and
store SVAL1 in DISP_VAL.
SVAL1 = SVAL0 + "123"
DISP_VAL = SVAL1
Store "123" in SVAL1 and store
SVAL1 in DISP_VAL.
SVAL1 = "123"
DISP_VAL = SVAL1
NOTE
If a character string-type temporary variable other than character string variables SVAL0
to 9 is stored in DISP_VAL, an error is returned when the script is executed.
Syntax example)
temp=”123”
DISP_VAL=temp
Character string variables are SVAL0 to SVAL9 in Ruby script. If they were described as SVAL[0] to SVAL[9]
in an FP script, they are converted to SVAL0 to SVAL9.
NOTE
SVAL0 to SVAL9 are reserved words indicating "character string variables." Therefore,
they cannot be used in Ruby scripts as constants.
Normally, Ruby scripts can handle character strings. SVAL0 to 9 exist so that compatibility with FP script
syntaxes is maintained when conversion to a Ruby script is performed. For Ruby scripts, we recommend the
following usage when reflecting character strings in the control using the FP functions for reading or writing
character strings (rdstr, wrstr).
[Examples of use in Ruby script]
Overview: Periodically reflect the character string written in the PMC in the label control caption.
1
Place the label control "FPLabel1" on the screen. The screen on which it was placed is screen 1.
2
Create a script to read the character string from the key-in buffer control, save it in the PMC, and register it
to start from button control.
Syntax example)
wrstr(105, 1000, 0, 50, 400, 99, 0) # Read characters from key-in buffer and write 50 bytes from R1000
3
Read the character string saved in the PMC, create a script to change the label control caption, and register
it as a startup script so that it starts up periodically as a timer-activated script.
Syntax example)
str = rdstr(105, 1000, 0, 50, 99, 0)
# Read 50 bytes from R1000 to variable str.
FpSetProperty(1, "FPLabel1", SET_ONCAPTION, str, 0) # Change the caption for "FPLabel1" on screen
1 to the content of the variable str
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
NOTE
The way of handling the line feed code and the character code that can be used are the
same as in FANUC PICTURE MANUAL (Edition 06.2 to less than 08.0)(A-40712) Chapter
24 "Function for handling the string in FP script".
244/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
4.1.10
Remarks
The function to take out partial numerical value of PMC symbol
The function to take out partial numerical value of PMC symbol can be used from Ruby scripts as well.
However, the address type “C” (08) and “D” (09) occur an error because ruby format treats numbers with an
initial “0” as octal. In ruby script, add “0d” which means decimal number in ruby format.
Example)
FP script: BVAL[0] = :TEST(1):; // Address area of PMC symbol “TEST” is read, and assigned to a variable.
Ruby script: BVAL0 = 0d:TEST(1): #Address area is treated as decimal numbers by adding “0d” at the
beginning.
Devide by zero
In ruby script, division by zero causes a system alarm or application error. Please be careful.
Return Execution
In ruby script, the script execution error occurs if “return” is executed without being functionalized and so on.
Fig. 4.1.10 (a) Script Execution Error Dialog
Please consider one of the following measures when you use “return”.
A) Functionalization (converting to submethod)
B) Replacing “return” with “break”
Examples of the above-mentioned measures are shown below.
[Example of causing the script execution error]
“return” is executed without being functionalized and so on.
# reading R1000
ret = rdpmc(5,1000,2)
# checking the value
if( ret == 0 ) then
return
###
end
causing the script execution error
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
# writing R1100
wrpmc(5,1000,2,ret)
245/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Measures]
A) Functionalization (converting to submethod)
# functionalization (converting to submethod)
def dataProc
# reading R1000
ret = rdpmc(5,1000,2)
# checking the value
if( ret == 0 ) then
return
end
# writing R1100
wrpmc(5,1000,2,ret)
end
# main
dataProc()
B) Replacing with “break” (when using the repetitive processing)
# return -> break
loop = 0
while( loop == 0 ) do
# setting the end condition
loop = 1
# reading R1000
ret = rdpmc(5,1000,2)
# checking value
if( ret == 0 ) then
break
end
# writing R1100
wrpmc(5,1000,2,ret)
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
end
246/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
4.2
Functional Difference with FP Script
4.2.1
List of FP functions that can be used in Ruby scripts
Refer to the following list of functions to find out whether or not an FP function can be used in a Ruby script.
NOTE
1 For function specifications and compatible models, see "FANUC PICTURE
OPERATOR'S MANUAL (B-66284EN_09.pdf)."
2 If an error occurs in the function call from a Ruby script, a pop-up is not displayed within
the function, but the information about the error is returned with the return value of the
function. When creating a Ruby script, implement the error handling based on the return
value of the function.
[FP function for CNC window]
8.
machine
9.
relative
10.
distance
11.
skip
12.
srvdelay
13.
accdecdly
14.
15.
statinfo
alarm
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
×
×
×
×
×
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Control
script
acts
absolute
×
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
6.
7.
Event
script
actf
Timer
script
5.
Startup
script
rdseqnum
Ruby
script
4.
Reads the CNC system information
Reads the program information
Reads the program number of the
program being executed
Reads the sequence number of the
sequence being executed
Reads the actual feed rate (F) of a
controlled axis
Reads actual spindle speed (S)
Reads the absolute position of a
controlled axis
Reads the machine position of a
controlled axis
Reads the relative position of a
controlled axis
Reads the distance-yet-to-go of a
controlled axis
Reads the skip position of a controlled
axis
Reads the servo delay amount of a
controlled axis
Reads the acceleration/deceleration
delay amount for a controlled axis
Reads CNC status information
Reads alarm status
Script call
FP
script
sysinfo
rdproginfo
rdprgnum
Name
1.
2.
3.
Created
Table4.2.1 (a) List of FP Functions for CNC Window
Description
Script
usability
API name
Drawing
number
No.
247/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
rdlife
rdcount
28.
rd1length
29.
rd2length
30.
rd1radius
31.
rd2radius
32.
t1info
33.
t2info
34.
toolnum
35.
36.
37.
38.
setpath
rdpmacro
wrpmacro
loadtorq
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
getpath
wrtofs
wrset
rdmacro
wrmacro
rdmodal
rdopmsg
rdprgdir
progdel
progsrch
rdexecprog
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Control
script
26.
27.
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
rdntool
Event
script
25.
Timer
script
rdngrp
Startup
script
24.
Reads tool offset amount
Reads work zero offset
Reads parameter
Reads setting parameter
Reads pitch error compensation data
Reads diagnostics data
Reads A/D conversion data
Reads tool life management data (tool
group number)
Reads tool life management data
(number of tool groups)
Reads tool life management data
(number of tools)
Reads tool life management data (tool life)
Reads tool life management data (tool
life counter)
Reads tool life management data (tool
length compensation number 1)
Reads tool life management data (tool
length compensation number 2)
Reads tool life management data (tool
radius compensation number 1)
Reads tool life management data (tool
radius compensation number 2)
Reads tool life management data (tool
information 1)
Reads tool life management data (tool
information 2)
Reads tool life management data (tool
number)
Writes path index (multi-path system)
Reads P-CODE variable
Writes P-CODE variable
Reads abnormal load torque (estimated
load torque) data
Reads path index (multi-path system)
Writes tool offset amount
Writes setting parameter
Reads custom macro variable
Writes custom macro variable
Reads modal data
Reads operator's message
Reads program directory
Deletes specified program
Searches specified program
Reads the program being executed
Script call
Ruby
script
rdtofs
rdzofs
rdparam
rdset
rdpitchr
diagnoss
adcnv
rdgrpid
Script
usability
FP
script
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
Description
Name
API name
Drawing
number
No.
248/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
56.
idwrmac
57.
idprogdel
58.
idprogsrch
59.
idrdset2
60.
idwrset
61.
idrdpmac2
62.
idwrpmac2
63.
absolute2
64.
relative2
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
settimer
rdalminfo
msghis
rdprgdir2
setrdprgtop
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
copyval
movrlap
rdopmsg2
setproperty
GetFPinfo
swscreen
rdcursor
wrcursor
acts2
actf3
80.
absolute3
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Control
script
idrdmac
×
×
×
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
55.
Event
script
idwrtofs
Timer
script
54.
Reads CNC status information (2)
Reads D-RAM memory usage
Reads FP driver version
Reads tool offset amount (specified
indirectly)
Writes tool offset amount (specified
indirectly)
Reads custom macro variable
(specified indirectly)
Writes custom macro variable
(specified indirectly)
Deletes specified program (specified
indirectly)
Searches specified program (specified
indirectly)
Reads setting parameter (specified
indirectly)
Writes setting parameter (specified
indirectly)
Reads P-CODE variable (specified
indirectly)
Writes P-CODE variable (specified
indirectly)
Reads the absolute position of a
controlled axis (type 2)
Reads the relative position of a
controlled axis (type 2)
Presets the calendar/clock
Reads the CNC alarm
Reads the history message display data
Reads program directory (2)
Increments/decrements the rdprgdir2
display pointer
Copies the variable data
Reads manual overlapped motion value
Reads operator's message (2)
Reads/sets the control property
Reads the FANUC PICTURE edition
Switches the screen
Reads the cursor number
Writes the cursor number
Reads actual spindle speed (S) (2)
Reads the actual feed rate (F) of a
controlled axis (3)
Reads the absolute position of a
controlled axis (type 3)
Startup
script
rdncstats
rdmemsize
GetDrvVersion
idrdtofs2
Script call
Ruby
script
50.
51.
52.
53.
Script
usability
FP
script
Description
Name
API name
Drawing
number
No.
249/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
83.
distance3
84.
skip3
85.
srvdelay3
86.
accdecdly3
87.
88.
89.
rdtofs3
rdzofs3
movrlap3
90.
91.
swpath
rdspload
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.
98.
99.
fetchtool
rdtool
unfetchtool
wrtool
deltool
scroll
chgtxtmsg
wrparam
Control
script
relative3
Event
script
82.
Reads the machine position of a
controlled axis (type 3)
Reads the relative position of a
controlled axis (type 3)
Reads the distance-yet-to-go of a
controlled axis (type 3)
Reads the skip position of a controlled
axis (type 3)
Reads the servo delay amount of a
controlled axis (type 3)
Reads the acceleration/deceleration
delay amount for a controlled axis (type 3)
Reads tool offset amount (type 3)
Reads work zero offset (type 3)
Reads manual overlapped motion value
(type 3)
Switches the CNC/PMC path
Reads information about the load on
the serial spindle
Fetches the tool management data
Reads the tool management data
Releases the tool management data
Writes the tool management data
Deletes the tool management data
Scrolls the message
Inputs/outputs text messages
Writes parameters
Script call
Timer
script
machine3
Script
usability
Startup
script
81.
Description
Ruby
script
API name
FP
script
No.
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
[FP function for PMC window]
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Event
script
Control
script
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
×
×
×
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Timer
script
idwrpmc
Startup
script
8.
Writes PMC (bit)
Reads PMC (1/2/4 bytes)
Writes PMC (1/2/4 bytes)
Reads PMC (bit)
Reads PMC (bit) (specified indirectly)
Writes PMC (bit) (specified indirectly)
Reads PMC (1/2/4 bytes) (specified
indirectly)
Writes PMC (1/2/4 bytes) (specified
indirectly)
Ruby
script
wrpmcb
rdpmc
wrpmc
rdpmcb
idrdpmcb
idwrpmcb
idrdpmc
Script call
FP
script
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Name
API name
Drawing
number
No.
Table4.2.1 (b) List of FP Functions for PMC Window
Description
Script
usability
250/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Event
script
Control
script
Script call
Timer
script
rdpmcbr
wrpmcbr
Script
usability
Startup
script
9.
10.
Description
Ruby
script
API name
FP
script
No.
×
×
Reads the PMC arbitrary bit length
Writes the PMC arbitrary bit length
[FP function for input/output of array type record variable data]
Table4.2.1 (c) List of FP functions for Input/Output of Array Type Record Variable Data
idxwrvalbr2
Control
script
8.
Reads the array type record variable data
Reads the array type record variable bit data
Writes the array type record variable data
Writes the array type record variable bit data
Copies the array type record variable data
Writes the array index number
Reads the array type record variable
arbitrary bit data
Writes the array type record variable
arbitrary bit data
Event
script
idxrdval
idxrdvalb
idxwrval
idxwrvalb
idxmvval
idxwridx
idxrdvalbr2
Script call
Timer
script
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Script
usability
Startup
script
Description
Ruby
script
API name
FP
script
No.
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
[Script-specific FP Functions]
Table4.2.1 (d) List of Script-specific FP Functions
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Event
script
Control
script
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Timer
script
setmaxlimit
setminlimit
getmacval
setmacval
errno
seterrno
isnan
acos
asin
atan
atan2
ceil
cos
cosh
Startup
script
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Changes the number of decimal places
of the control
Changes the maximum value of the control
Changes the minimum value of the control
Reads macro variable
Writes macro variable
Reads the error code
Sets the error code
Determines if it is NaN
Calculates the arc cosine
Calculates the arcsine
Calculates the arctangent
Calculates the arctangent (type 2)
Rounds upward to an integer
Calculates the cosine
Calculates the hyperbolic cosine
Script call
Ruby
script
setdecimal
Script
usability
FP
script
1.
Description
Name
API name
Drawing
number
No
.
251/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
floor
fmod
20.
frexp_mantissa
21.
frexp_exponent
22.
23.
24.
25.
ldexp
log
log10
modf_integer
26.
modf_decimal
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
pow
sin
sinh
sqrt
tan
tanh
set_handler
34.
remove_handler
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
settenkeypos
rdstr
wrstr
str_keyinput *
sleep
Control
script
18.
19.
Calculates an exponential function
Calculates the absolute value of a
floating-point number
Discards decimal places
Calculates the remainder of a
floating-point number
Reads the mantissa part of a
floating-point number
Reads the exponent part of a
floating-point number
Calculates the product of 2 raised to a power
Calculates the natural logarithm
Calculates the common logarithm
Reads the integer part of a floating-point
number
Reads the fractional part of a
floating-point number
Calculates the power
Calculates the sine
Calculates the hyperbolic sine
Calculates the square root
Calculates the tangent
Calculates the hyperbolic tangent
Executes the FP script after every
specified time period
Remove the FP script number setting set
in set_handler
Changes the ten key display position
Function for reading strings
Function for writing strings
Inputs keys
Stops tasks for a specific time period (msec)
Event
script
exp
fabs
Script call
Timer
script
16.
17.
Script
usability
Startup
script
Description
Ruby
script
API name
FP
script
No
.
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
* str_keyinput can only be used in FANUC PICTURE for iHMI version. For the function specification, refer to
"Section 1.3 ADDING THE FP FUNCTION" of "FANUC PICTURE for iHMI Virtual MDI/Machine
Operator’s Panel Template Specification (A-41700E)".
If specifying directly to control, use “_” as a delimiter of arguments instead of “,” (comma).
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Ruby Script-specific FP Functions]
252/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
4.2.2
Control
script
5.
Event
script
4.
Function for showing the message box
Function for setting a property
Function for reading a property (reading
numerical values)
Function for reading a property (reading
strings)
Reads strings corresponding to the
language set by the system
Timer
script
MsgBoxShow
FpSetProperty
FpGetProperty
Value
FpGetProperty
Str
LangCaption
Startup
script
1.
2.
3.
Script call
Ruby
script
API name
FP
script
Table4.2.1 (e) List of Ruby Script-specific FP Functions
Description
Script
usability
No.
×
×
×
×
×
Using User Functions in Ruby Script
User functions can be used in the same way as in FP script.
For details on how to use user functions, see "FANUC PICTURE OPERATOR'S MANUAL
(B-66284EN_09.pdf)."
4.2.3
Specifying Path to FP Function Argument in Ruby Script
Unlike FP script, specifying the path to FP function argument is possible in each Ruby script of startup script /
event script / control script.
However, specifying the paths every time calling multiple FP functions is inefficient for processing, executing
FP functions of the same path altogether by switching the paths with setpath function / swpath function like FP
script without specifying the path to FP function argument would be recommended.
Please switch the paths with swpath function in each Ruby script of asynchronous activation / timer activation
like FP script.
4.3
mruby LICENSE DISPLAY
4.3.1
Overview
FP driver is equipped with mruby, which is under MIT license. Therefore, the "copyright notice and this license
display" for mruby must be shown to the user.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
In the FANUC PICTURE, "copyright notice and this license display" can be displayed by default, but if "No
setting" is selected for the License Key Code, the license screen will not be displayed. In this case, "copyright
notice and this license display" for mruby must be performed separately to meet the conditions of the MIT
license.
253/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
4.3.2
Diagram
The license display screen pops up in the center of the screen.
The full MIT license text (MITL.txt) is copied to the memory card when [OUTPUT] is selected or the input
<INPUT> key is selected.
The license display screen is hidden when [Close] is selected or the cancel <CAN> key is selected.
Fig. 4.3.2 (a) License Display Screen (Small Font)
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Fig. 4.3.2 (b) License Display Screen (Big Font)
254/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 4.3.2 (c) License Display Screen (iHMI version)
4.3.3
Operation
Selecting the license screen display key (set value) multiple times (set value) consecutively within 3 seconds
displays the license display screen.
The license screen will not be displayed while the message box is displayed.
NOTE
When switching to another screen while displaying the license display screen and
returning to the same custom screen again, whether the license display screen is
displayed or not is the same as switching to another screen while displaying the popup
screen. Refer to FANUC PICTURE Specification (Edition 06.2 to less than 08.0)
APPENDIX D, "Switching screens while displaying Popup screen" for more detail.
4.3.4
Properties
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The setting for displaying the license display screen is described below.
255/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
License display screen setting
The items that can be set in the [Setting of Project] dialog related to the license display screen are shown below.
Fig. 4.3.4 (a) Image Diagram of License Display Screen Setting
Table 4.3.4 (a) List of License Display Screen Setting Properties
Entry type
Setting value
Initial value
Remarks
Setting item
License Key Code
Selection
No setting,
A to Z, 0 to 9
O
License Key Push
Count
Selection
5 to 10
5
Select the key for displaying the license screen.
If "No setting" is selected, the license display screen
will not be displayed.
Select the push count required for displaying the
license screen.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
NOTE
1. If "No setting" is selected for the License Key Code, the license screen will not
be displayed. In this case, "copyright notice and this license display" for mruby
must be performed separately to meet the conditions of the MIT license.
2. The license screen size is nessesary to set the following size or larger if the
screen is displayed.
Width : 546 Height : 310
256/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
5
LIBRARY FUNCTIONS CAN BE USED FROM
RUBY SCRIPT
The following library functions can be used in Ruby script. The library function list is shown from the next
chapter.
・CNC window library
・PMC window library
・File operation library
・Serial library
・F-ROM library
・Network library
・ANSI C standard library
・MS-C extended C standard library
・mruby extension library
NOTE
Ruby script error might occur if “Example” described in "5.3 FUNCTION REFERENCE"
including “return” is executed as it is. Please refer to "4.1.10 Return Execution" for details.
5.1
LISTS OF FUNCTIONS
The available library functions are listed below.
[List of functions related to CNC window library controlled axis/spindle]
O = available × = not available
cnc_rdsrvspeed
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
×
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Control
script
1.8
Event script
cnc_clr5axpls
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
1.7
Timer script
cnc_exaxisname2
cnc_rdaxisdata
cnc_rd5axmandt
cnc_rd5axovrlap
Start up
script
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
Reads dynamic data.
Clears or presets relative position of
controlled axis.
Reads extended axis name (2).
Reads controlled axis/spindle-related data.
Reads three-dimensional manual feed data.
Reads machine axis travel distance in
three-dimensional manual feed.
Clears three-dimensional manual feed
pulses.
Reads servo actual speed
Script call
iHMI
cnc_rddynamic
cnc_wrrelpos
Name
1.1
1.2
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
Non
PMi-A
Description
PMi-A
API name
Drawing
number
No.
257/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
×
1.10
cnc_rdsrvtcmd
Reads servo data TCMD
×
Note
Note
Control
script
Reads servo data TSA
Event script
cnc_rdsrvtsa
Timer script
1.9
Script call
Start up
script
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
iHMI
Description
Non
PMi-A
API name
PMi-A
No.
×
×
NOTE
Not available in Series 30i/31i/32i-A
[List of functions related to CNC window library program]
O = available × = not available
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
2.13
2.14
2.15
2.16
2.17
2.18
2.19
2.20
2.21
cnc_rdpdf_inf
cnc_rdpdf_curdir
cnc_wrpdf_curdir
cnc_rdpdf_subdir
cnc_rdpdf_alldir
cnc_pdf_add
cnc_pdf_del
cnc_pdf_rename
cnc_pdf_slctmain
cnc_wrpdf_attr
cnc_rdpdf_subdirn
cnc_pdf_rdmain
cnc_dwnstart4
cnc_download4
cnc_dwnend4
cnc_upstart4
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Control
script
2.5
Event script
cnc_seqsrch
cnc_rdpdf_drive
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2.4
Timer script
2.3
Start up
script
cnc_verify
cnc_vrfend
Ruby script call
iHMI
2.2
Starts output of NC program to be
compared.
Outputs NC program to be compared.
Stops output of NC program to be
compared.
Searches for a sequence number.
Reads program storage drive
information.
Reads program storage file information.
Reads current directory information.
Sets current directory.
Reads subdirectory information.
Reads file list information.
Creates a directory or file.
Deletes a directory or file.
Renames a directory or file.
Selects the main program.
Changes attributes of a folder or file.
Gets the number of folders and files in
the specified directory.
Gets the main program information.
Starts output of NC program to be
registered (4).
Outputs NC program to be registered (4).
Stops output of NC program to be
registered (4).
Starts reading NC program (4).
Name
cnc_vrfstart
2.1
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
Non
PMi-A
Description
PMi-A
API name
Drawing
number
No.
258/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
2.28
2.29
2.30
2.31
2.32
2.33
2.34
2.35
2.36
2.37
2.38
2.39
cnc_wrmdipntr
cnc_rdpdf_line
cnc_wrpdf_line
cnc_pdf_delline
cnc_pdf_rdactpt
cnc_pdf_wractpt
cnc_saveprog_start
cnc_saveprog_end
cnc_file_cpmv_st
art
cnc_file_cpmv_po
ll
cnc_file_cpmv_en
d
cnc_file_cpmv_re
start
Control
script
2.27
cnc_wrmdiprog
cnc_rdmdipntr
Event script
2.26
cnc_exeprgname2
Timer script
2.25
Reads NC program (4).
Stops reading NC program (4).
Reads name of the program being
executed.
Reads name of the program being
executed (full path format).
Writes the MDI program.
Reads the execution pointer for MDI
operation.
Writes the execution pointer for MDI
operation.
Reads a program line by line.
Writes a program line by line.
Deletes a program line by line.
Gets the program execution pointer.
Sets the program execution pointer.
Starts saving the NC program.
Ends saving the NC program.
Start copying arbitrary files / folders
Note
Note
Note
Note
×
Get the result of copying arbitrary files /
folders
End of copying arbitrary files / folders
×
×
Resume copying arbitrary files / folders
Ruby script call
Start up
script
cnc_upload4
cnc_upend4
cnc_exeprgname
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
iHMI
2.22
2.23
2.24
Description
Non
PMi-A
API name
PMi-A
No.
×
NOTE
Not available in Series 30i/31i/32i-A
[List of functions related to CNC window library data files for NC]
O = available × = not available
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Timer script
Event script
Control
script
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Start up
script
Reads parameters (range specified).
Writes parameters (multiple output).
Reads workpiece coordinate system shift.
Script call
iHMI
cnc_rdparar
cnc_wrparas
cnc_rdwkcdshft
Non
PMi-A
3.1
3.2
3.3
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
PMi-A
Description
Name
API name
Drawing
number
No.
259/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.7
cnc_rdparanum
3.8
cnc_rdsetnum
3.9
cnc_rdtofsinfo2
Control
script
cnc_rdmacroinfo
Event script
3.6
Writes workpiece coordinate system shift.
Reads pitch error compensation data
information
Reads custom macro variable
information.
Reads the minimum parameter number,
maximum parameter number, and total
number of parameters.
Reads the minimum setting parameter
number, maximum setting parameter
number, and total number of setting
parameters.
Reads tool offset information (2).
Timer script
cnc_wrwkcdshft
cnc_rdpitchinfo
Script call
Start up
script
3.4
3.5
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
iHMI
Description
Non
PMi-A
API name
PMi-A
No.
[List of functions related to CNC window library tool life management data]
O = available × = not available
4.7
4.8
4.9
cnc_rdusetlno
cnc_rd1tlifedat2
cnc_rd2tlifedata
cnc_wr1tlifedat2
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Control
script
4.6
Event script
cnc_rdmaxtool
4.5
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
cnc_rdmaxgrp
4.4
Timer script
cnc_rdusegrpid
Start up
script
4.3
cnc_wrcountr
Script call
iHMI
4.2
Reads tool life management data
(number of tools, tool life, life counter)
(range specified).
Writes tool life management data (life
counter) (range specified).
Reads tool life management data
(number of the tool group to be used).
Reads tool life management data
(maximum number of tool groups that
can be registered).
Reads tool life management data
(maximum number of tools that can be
registered in a group).
Reads tool life management data (ordinal
number of the tool to be used in a group).
Reads tool life management data (tool
data 1) (2).
Reads tool life management data (tool
data 2).
Writes tool life management data (tool
Name
cnc_rdtoolrng
4.1
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
Non
PMi-A
Description
PMi-A
API name
Drawing
number
No.
260/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
cnc_wrgrpinfo3
cnc_deltlifegrp
Control
script
cnc_wrgrpinfo2
Event script
4.14
cnc_wrgrpinfo
Timer script
4.13
data 1) (2).
Writes tool life management data (tool
data 2).
Writes tool life management data (tool
group information).
Writes tool life management data (tool
group information 2).
Writes tool life management data (tool
group information 3).
Deletes tool life management data (tool
group information).
cnc_wr2tlifedata
Script call
Start up
script
4.12
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
iHMI
4.11
Description
Non
PMi-A
4.10
API name
PMi-A
No.
[List of functions related to CNC window library tool management data]
O = available × = not available
5.10
5.11
5.12
5.13
5.14
5.15
5.16
cnc_wrtoolgeom_tlm
cnc_rdtoolgeom_tlm
cnc_rdtlgeomsize_ext
cnc_wrtlgeomsize_ext
cnc_rdmag_property
cnc_wrmag_property
cnc_delmag_property
cnc_rdpot_property
cnc_wrpot_property
cnc_delpot_property
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Control
script
5.7
5.8
5.9
Event script
5.6
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
cnc_delmagazine
cnc_rdmagazine
cnc_wrmagazine
Timer script
5.4
5.5
Start up
script
cnc_regmagazine
5.3
Script call
iHMI
cnc_wrtool_f2
5.2
Registers tool management data as a
new entry (when customization data
items 21 to 40 are used).
Writes tool management data (when
customization data items 21 to 40 are
used).
Registers magazine management data
as a new entry.
Deletes magazine management data.
Reads magazine management data.
Writes individual items in magazine
management data.
Writes tool geometry data.
Reads tool geometry data.
Reads the tool geometry size data.
Writes/Deletes the tool geometry size
data.
Reads the magazine property data.
Writes the magazine property data.
Deletes the magazine property data.
Reads the pot property data.
Writes the pot property data.
Deletes the pot property data.
Name
cnc_regtool_f2
5.1
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
Non
PMi-A
Description
PMi-A
API name
Drawing
number
No.
261/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Control
script
Event script
×
×
Timer script
5.18
Moves the tool data.
Searches the free pot for the oversize
tool.
Script call
Start up
script
cnc_tool_move
cnc_btlfpotsrh
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
iHMI
5.17
Description
Non
PMi-A
API name
PMi-A
No.
[List of functions related to CNC window library history data]
O = available × = not available
6.5
cnc_rdomhisno
6.6
cnc_rdalmhisno3
6.7
6.8
cnc_rdalmhistry4
cnc_rdomhistry2
6.9
Control script
cnc_clearophis
cnc_rdalmhisno
Event script
6.4
Timer script
6.3
Stops history data sampling.
Resumes history data sampling.
Reads the number of operation history
data items.
Clears history data.
Reads the number of alarm history data
items.
Reads the number of external operator's
message history data items.
Reading the number of alarm history
data items (3)
Reading alarm history data (4)
Reading external operator’s message
history data (2)
Script call
Start up
script
cnc_stopophis
cnc_startophis
cnc_rdophisno
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
iHMI
6.1
6.2
Description
Non
PMi-A
API name
PMi-A
No.
[List of functions related to the CNC window library data server]
O = available × = not available
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
iHMI
Start up
script
Timer script
Event script
Control
script
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Script call
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Gets file list information.
Gets the current folder.
Changes the current folder.
Makes a folder.
Deletes a folder.
Non
PMi-A
cnc_rddsfile
cnc_rddsdir
cnc_dschdir
cnc_dsmkdir
cnc_dsrmdir
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
PMi-A
Description
Name
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
API name
Drawing
number
No.
262/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Control
script
cnc_dsrename
cnc_dscopyfile
Event script
7.8
7.9
Timer script
7.7
Deletes a file.
Gets memory device information on the
data server.
Changes a folder name or file name.
Copies a file on the data server.
Script call
Start up
script
cnc_dsremove
cnc_rddsdevinfo
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
iHMI
7.6
Description
Non
PMi-A
API name
PMi-A
No.
[List of other functions in the CNC window library]
O = available × = not available
8.5
cnc_rdsyshard
8.6
8.7
8.8
8.9
8.10
cnc_sysinfo_ex
cnc_rdalmmsg
8.11
8.12
8.13
8.14
8.15
8.16
8.17
cnc_getdtailerr
cnc_statinfo2
cnc_rdcncid
cnc_mcdp_create
cnc_mcdp_mount
cnc_mcdp_unmount
cnc_mcdp_mountch
k
cnc_rdope_lvl
cnc_prot_pswinp
cnc_prot_pswcan
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Note
Note
Note
Note
×
×
×
×
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Control
script
cnc_rddiagnum
Event script
8.4
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
cnc_rddiaginfo
Timer script
8.3
Start up
script
cnc_rdsyssoft3
Script call
iHMI
8.2
Reads the maximum number of
significant figures and the number of
decimal places.
Reads the series and version of the
CNC system software (3).
Reads the diagnostics data information.
Reads the minimum diagnostics data
number, maximum diagnostics data
number, and total number of diagnostics
data items.
Reads CNC hardware configuration
information.
Reads CNC system information (2).
Reads all alarm messages at once.
Gets CNC error details.
Reads CNC status information (2).
Reads the CNC identification number.
Creating a new program storage file
(FANUCPRG.BIN)
Program storage memory card
installation recognition
Cancellation of program storage
memory card installation recognition
Checking the recognition status of the
program storage memory card
Acquiring the current operation level
Setting/changing the operation level
Changing the operation level to a level
Name
cnc_getfigure
8.1
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
Non
PMi-A
Description
PMi-A
API name
Drawing
number
No.
263/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
cnc_diagnosr
Control
script
8.21
cnc_rdprt_data
Event script
cnc_wrprt_lvl
8.19
Timer script
8.18
Script call
Start up
script
from 0 to 3
Acquiring the change protection
level/output protection level of each data
item
Changing the change protection
level/output protection level of each data
item
Acquiring the use permission information
of each data item
Reads diagnostic data (range specified)
cnc_rdprt_lvl
8.20
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
iHMI
Description
Non
PMi-A
API name
PMi-A
No.
NOTE
Not available in Series 30i/31i/32i-A
[List of PMC window library functions]
O = available × = not available
pmc_kpmsiz
9.8
9.9
9.10
9.11
9.12
pmc_rdpmcinfo
pmc_rdprmstart
pmc_rdpmcparam
pmc_rdprmend
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Control
script
pmc_wrkpm
9.7
Event script
9.6
Gets PMC unit types.
Reads data from the extended
nonvolatile memory.
Writes data to the extended nonvolatile
memory.
Reads the maximum size of the
extended nonvolatile memory.
Gets PMC address information.
Starts reading parameters.
Reads parameters.
Ends reading parameters.
×
×
×
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
9.5
Timer script
9.4
Start up
script
pmc_get_current_p
mc_unit
pmc_get_number_o
f_pmc
pmc_get_pmc_unit_
types
pmc_rdkpm
9.3
iHMI
pmc_wrpmcrng
9.2
Script call
Program storage memory card
installation recognition
Outputs desired PMC data (specify
output
range).
Gets the unit type of the PMC currently
being operated.
Gets the number of PMC paths.
Name
pmc_rdpmcrng
9.1
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
Non
PMi-A
Description
PMi-A
API name
Drawing
number
No.
264/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Control
script
×
×
×
Event script
Starts writing parameters.
Writes parameters.
Ends writing parameters.
Gets PMC error details.
Timer script
pmc_wrprmstart
pmc_wrpmcparam
pmc_wrprmend
pmc_getdtailerr
Script call
Start up
script
9.13
9.14
9.15
9.16
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
iHMI
Description
Non
PMi-A
API name
PMi-A
No.
[List of file operation library functions]
O = available × = not available
_dos_findnext32
10.6
Control
script
10.5
Event script
Mounts memory card/USB memory.
Unmounts memory card/USB memory.
Gets memory card information.
Gets the state of the USB memory.
Finds the first file whose attributes
match the specified ones (supports up to
32 characters for file names).
Finds the next file whose attributes
match the specified ones (supports up to
32 characters for file names).
Timer script
aux_file_mount
aux_file_unmount
aux_file_memcinfo
aux_file_usbinfo
_dos_findfirst32
Script call
Start up
script
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
iHMI
Description
Non
PMi-A
API name
PMi-A
No.
×
×
×
×
×
×
[List of serial library functions]
O = available × = not available
Created
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Control
script
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Event script
Date
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Edition
Timer script
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
11.6
rs_write
Start up
script
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
11.5
rs_getc
iHMI
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
11.4
Script call
Non
PMi-A
rs_read
Initializes the communication device.
Terminates communication.
Puts one character in the
communication buffer.
Gets one character from the
communication buffer.
Writes block data to the communication
buffer.
Reads block data from the
11.3
rs_open
rs_close
rs_putc
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
PMi-A
Description
Name
11.1
11.2
API name
Drawing
number
No.
265/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Control
script
rs_wait
Event script
rs_status
Timer script
communication buffer.
Tests or manipulates the
communication buffer.
Gets the status of the communication
line and buffer.
Waits for a communication event.
rs_buffer
Script call
Start up
script
11.9
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
iHMI
11.8
Description
Non
PMi-A
11.7
API name
PMi-A
No.
[List of F-ROM library functions]
O = available × = not available
12.7
12.8
12.9
aux_from_getinfo
aux_from_getc
aux_from_gets
Control
script
12.6
Event script
Opens the specified F-ROM file.
Closes the F-ROM file.
Selects data in the F-ROM file.
Moves the read pointer.
Reads data from the F-ROM file.
Reads directory information of a F-ROM
file.
Reads F-ROM file information.
Reads a character from the F-ROM file.
Reads a line from the F-ROM file.
Timer script
aux_from_open
aux_from_close
aux_from_select
aux_from_moveptr
aux_from_read
aux_from_getdir
Script call
Start up
script
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
iHMI
Description
Non
PMi-A
API name
PMi-A
No.
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
[List of network library functions]
O = available × = not available
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Event script
Control
script
×
×
×
×
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Timer script
eth_getopen
Start up
script
eth_put
eth_putclose
iHMI
13.4
Opens the communication line in the
transmission mode.
Transmits data to the host.
Closes the communication line opened
in the transmission mode.
Opens the communication line in the
reception mode.
Script call
Non
PMi-A
13.3
eth_putopen
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
PMi-A
13.2
Description
Name
13.1
API name
Drawing
number
No.
266/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
13.15
13.16
13.17
13.18
13.19
13.20
13.21
13.22
13.23
eth_rddsmode
eth_wrdsmode
eth_rdhost
eth_wrhost
eth_comopen
eth_comclose
eth_comsend
eth_comrecv
eth_comstatus
eth_put_ftp2
eth_get_ftp2
Control
script
13.13
13.14
eth_wrparam
Event script
13.12
eth_open_ftp
eth_put_ftp
eth_get_ftp
eth_close_ftp
eth_rdparam
Timer script
13.11
Receives data from the host.
Closes the communication line opened
in the reception mode.
Opens the FTP communication line.
Transmits data to the host.
Receives data from the host.
Closes the FTP communication line.
Reads parameters for the Ethernet
function.
Writes parameters for the Ethernet
function.
Reads the mode of the data server.
Changes the mode of the data server.
Reads the connection host number of
the Ethernet function.
Sets the connection host number of the
Ethernet function.
Opens the communication line.
Closes the communication line.
Sends data.
Receives data.
Reads the status of the communication
line.
Transmits data to the host (2).
Receives data from the host (2).
Script call
Start up
script
13.7
13.8
13.9
13.10
eth_get
eth_getclose
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
iHMI
13.6
Description
Non
PMi-A
13.5
API name
PMi-A
No.
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
[List of ANSI C standard library functions]
O = available × = not available
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
Timer script
Event script
Control
script
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Start up
script
mktime
time
asctime
iHMI
Deletes a file.
Changes a file name.
Generates a temporary file name.
Generates a pseudo-random number.
Seeds the pseudo-random number
generator.
Converts local time to calendar time.
Gets the current time.
Converts the time to a string.
Script call
Non
PMi-A
14.6
14.7
14.8
remove
rename
tmpnam
rand
srand
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
PMi-A
14.5
Description
Name
14.1
14.2
14.3
14.4
API name
Drawing
number
No.
267/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Event script
Control
script
localtime
difftime
Timer script
14.12
Converts the time to a string.
Converts the time to Greenwich mean
time.
Converts the time to local time.
Computes the difference between two
times.
Script call
Start up
script
14.11
ctime
gmtime
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
iHMI
14.10
Description
Non
PMi-A
14.9
API name
PMi-A
No.
[List of MS-C extended C standard library functions]
O = available × = not available
15.17
15.18
15.19
15.20
15.21
mkdir
open
read
rmdir
tell
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Control
script
15.16
close
creat
lseek
Event script
15.14
15.15
hypot
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
15.13
Timer script
15.12
findclose
_dos_getdiskfree
getdiskfree
_chdrive
_getdrive
chdir
getcwd
cabs
Start up
script
15.5
15.6
15.7
15.8
15.9
15.10
15.11
findfirstfile
findnextfile
iHMI
15.4
_dos_findnext
Finds the first file whose attributes match
the specified ones.
Finds the next file whose attributes
match the specified ones.
Finds the specified file.
Finds the next instance of the specified
file.
Closes the handle for finding files.
Acquires disk information.
Acquires disk information.
Changes the current drive.
Acquires the current drive.
Changes the current directory.
Acquires the current directory.
Calculates the absolute value of a
complex number.
Calculates the square root of the sum of
two squares.
Closes a file.
Creates a file.
Moves the file pointer to a specified
position.
Creates a new directory.
Opens a file.
Reads data from a file.
Deletes a directory.
Acquires the current position of the file
pointer.
Script call
Non
PMi-A
15.3
_dos_findfirst
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
PMi-A
15.2
Description
Name
15.1
API name
Drawing
number
No.
268/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Control
script
Event script
Timer script
Writes data to a file.
Script call
Start up
script
write
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
iHMI
15.22
Description
Non
PMi-A
API name
PMi-A
No.
[List of iHMI operation library functions]
O = available × = not available
Control
script
×
×
×
Event script
×
×
×
Timer script
Display iHMI common status.
Lock / Unlock the screen switch
Execute the iHMI application
Script call
Start up
script
StatusDisplay
ScreenLock
ExecuteApp
Applicable
equipment
Standard
display
iHMI
16.1
16.2
16.3
Description
Non
PMi-A
API name
PMi-A
No.
[List of mruby extension library]
Currently, mruby extension library that can be used is as follows. Please refer to the Ruby reference manual for
the specification of the method that can be used in each library.
O = available × = not available
eql?
5.
size
6.
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Control
script
members
4.
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
new
Event
script
mruby-struct
Timer
script
format
2.
Script call
Start up
script
This method equivalent
to sprintf (3) in C
language.
This method equivalent
to sprintf (3) in C
language.
Create a new subclass
and return it.
Returns an array of
structure member
names.
It compares each
member and returns
ture if it is equal.
Otherwise it returns
false.
Returns the number of
members of the
structure.
1.
3.
Applicable
equipment
iHMI
sprint
Description
Standard
display
mruby-sprintf
Method
Name
Extension library
name
Drawing
number
No.
269/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
each
12.
each_pair
13.
select
14.
inspect
15.
16.
17.
mruby-numeric-ex
t
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
chr
div
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Control
script
11.
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
values_at
Event
script
to_h
10.
Timer
script
values
9.
Returns the number of
members of the
structure.
It returns the value of
the member of the
structure in an array.
It returns the value of
the member of the
structure in an array.
Returns the member
name and value pair as
Hash.
Return an array of the
value of the member
specified by the
argument.
Repeat for each
member of the
structure.
Repeat execution of
block with argument of
member name and
value pair of structure
as argument.
Get elements that
match the condition
expression
Returns the contents of
the structure as a
human-readable string
Retrieve the first letter.
Arithmetic operator.
Returns the quotient.
Script call
Start up
script
to_a
8.
Applicable
equipment
iHMI
length
7.
Description
Standard
display
Method
Name
Extension library
name
Drawing
number
No.
270/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
CAUTION
1 Use sufficient care when you write NC data which can influence how the machine
works. There is a possibility that the NC may run with settings from the wrong NC
data. In this case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools,
machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the NC data is safe and correct when doing so
as it can influence how the machine works.
The NC data that can influence how the machine works is as follows. It may not
all be listed below after new applications or functions are released.
NC data that can influence how the machine works:
NC parameter, NC program, Tool offset value, Pitch error compensation data,
Work zero offset value, Custom macro variables, P-CODE variables,
Interference check data, Work coordinate shift value, Tool management data,
Tool life management data, Tool geometry size data
2 Use sufficient care when you write PMC data.
There is a possibility that the NC may run with the wrong PMC signal. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the PMC signal is safe and correct when
doing so.
3 The number of times machining programs can be written to the non-volatile
memory is limited.
You must use "High-speed program management" when registration and deletion
of the machining programs are frequently repeated in cases such as when the
machining programs are automatically downloaded from a personal computer at
each machining.
In "High-speed program management," the program is not saved to the
non-volatile memory during registration, modification, or deletion of programs.
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Make no guarantees about return values and retrieved data when execute not
available functions.
Drawing
number
4
271/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
5.2
RETURN VALUES OF FUNCTIONS
CNC window library return values
Return value
EW_HSSB(-9)
EW_HANDLE(-8)
EW_VERSION(-7)
EW_UNEXP(-6)
EW_SYSTEM(-5)
EW_PARITY(-4)
EW_MMCSYS(-3)
EW_RESET(-2)
EW_BUSY(-1)
EW_BUS(-1)
EW_OK(0)
EW_FUNC(1)
EW_LENGTH(2)
EW_SYSTEM2(2)
EW_NUMBER(3)
EW_ATTRIB(4)
EW_DATA(5)
EW_NOOPT(6)
EW_PROT(7)
EW_OVRFLOW(8)
EW_PARAM(9)
EW_BUFFER(10)
EW_PATH(11)
EW_MODE(12)
EW_REJECT(13)
EW_DTSRVR(14)
EW_ALARM(15)
EW_STOP(16)
EW_PASSWD(17)
Meaning
HSSB communication error (HSSB version only)
Wrong handle number
Version mismatch between the CNC/PMC and library
Abnormal library internal status
System error
Shared RAM parity error (HSSB version only)
Incomplete installation of FANUC driver (HSSB version only)
Request for a reset or stop
Busy
Bus error (HSSB version only)
Normal termination
The function is not executed or is disabled.
Error in the data block length or number of data items
System error (HSSB version only)
Data number error
Data attribute error
Data error (the specified program is not found when you are going to
delete the program, when you search for the program, or when you
start entering NC data).
No CNC options
Write protection
CNC memory overflow
CNC parameter error
The buffer is empty or full.
Path number error
CNC mode error
CNC processing is rejected.
Data server error
Alarm state
Stopped state
Data protection state
PMC window library return values
Return value
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Version mismatch between the CNC/PMC and library
System error
Normal termination
No PMC
Error in the data block length or number of data items
Address range error
Error in the address type or data type
Data error
Drawing
number
EW_VERSION(-7)
EW_SYSTEM(-5)
EW_OK(0)
EW_NOPMC(1)
EW_LENGTH(2)
EW_RANGE(3)
EW_TYPE(4)
EW_DATA(5)
Meaning
272/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Return value
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
No CNC options
The buffer is empty or full.
Data protection state
Drawing
number
EW_NOOPT(6)
EW_BUFFER(10)
EW_PASSWD(17)
Meaning
273/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
5.3
FUNCTION REFERENCE
[Function reference related to CNC window library controlled axis/spindle]
1.1 Reading dynamic data
[Function]
cnc_rddynamic
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rddynamic(axis)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (1) Arguments of the cnc_rddynamic function
Description
Name
Type
axis
Numerical value
Axis number
Specify the following value:
(1) For each axis: 1 to maximum controlled axis number
(2) For all axes as axis number: -1
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (2) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rddynamic function
Type
Description
1st element
Numerical value
2nd element
Array of 8
elements
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Data block length error
EW_ATTRIB
A value other than values from 1 to the maximum controlled axis
number or -1 has been specified for the axis number.
Dynamic data that has been read
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to be stored
in read dynamic data."
Table 5.3 (3) Values to be stored in read dynamic data
Description
Type
1st
element
Numerical value
2nd
element
3rd
element
4th
element
5th
element
Numerical value
Axis number
(1) For each axis: Axis number that has been read
(2) For all axes as axis number: -1
Alarm status
Numerical value
Number of the program being executed
Numerical value
Program number of the main program
Numerical value
Sequence number
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Element
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Element
274/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
6th
element
7th
element
8th
element
Numerical value
Actual feed rate
Numerical value
Actual spindle speed
Array of 4
elements
Coordinate information (for each data type)
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to be stored in
the coordinate information (for each data type)."
Element
1st
element
2nd
element
3rd
element
4th
element
Description
Table 5.3 (4) Values to be stored in the coordinate information (for each data type)
Type
Meaning
Array of m elements
(1) For each axis: m = 1
(2) For all axes as axis number: m = Maximum
axis number
(Data for the current controlled axes is
valid.)
Array of m elements
Coordinate information (absolute coordinates)
For details on the value, refer to the
following table "Values to be stored in the
coordinate information."
Array of m elements
Coordinate information (relative coordinates)
Array of m elements
Coordinate information (distance to go)
Coordinate information (machine coordinates)
Table5.3 (5) Values to be stored in the coordinate information
Element
1st to mth element
Type
Numerical value
Meaning
Coordinates (for each axis)
The image of the return value that will actually be returned is as follows.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
(1) When 1 is specified for the axis number (For each axis)
[
0,
# Return value of the function (0 = EW_OK)
[
# Dynamic data that has been read
1,
# Axis number
0,
# Alarm status
0,
# Number of the program being executed
3,
# Program number of the main program
0,
# Sequence number
0,
# Actual feed rate
0,
# Actual spindle speed
[
# Coordinate information (for each data type)
[-2182005],
# Coordinate information (absolute coordinates,
coordinates where the number of elements is 1)
[0],
# Coordinate information (machine coordinates, same as
above)
[0],
# Coordinate information (relative coordinates, same as
above)
[0]
# Coordinate information (distance to go, same as above)
]
]
275/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
]
(2) When -1 is specified for the axis number (For all axes as axis number)
[
0,
# Return value of the function (0 = EW_OK)
[
# Dynamic data that has been read
-1,
# Axis number
0,
# Alarm status
0,
# Number of the program being executed
3,
# Program number of the main program
0,
# Sequence number
0,
# Actual feed rate
0,
# Actual spindle speed
[
# Coordinate information (for each data type)
[-2182005, 3233365, 1232230, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ..., 0],
# Coordinate information (absolute coordinates,
coordinates of the number of elements = maximum
number of controlled axes)
# (Data for the current controlled axes is valid.)
[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ..., 0],
# Coordinate information (machine coordinates, same as
above)
[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ..., 0],
# Coordinate information (relative coordinates, same as
above)
[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ..., 0]
# Coordinate information (distance to go, same as above)
]
]
]
[Description]
Reads different kinds of data that changes with the operation of the NC program at the same time.
This function is used for getting data to display the current position screen or the monitoring screen, etc.
Relationship between read dynamic data and the functions used for reading individually is as follows.
Table 5.3 (6) Relationship between read dynamic data and the functions used for reading individually
Data
Function used for reading individually
Axis number
Alarm status
Number of the program being executed
Program number of the main program
Sequence number
Actual feed rate
Actual spindle speed
Absolute position data of controlled axis
Machine position data of controlled axis
Relative position data of controlled axis
Distance to go of controlled axis
None
alarm
rdprgnum
rdprgnum
rdseqnum
actf
acts
absolute
machine
relative
distance
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The formats of each data item are the same as those shown in "Function used for reading individually".
[Example]
When -1 is specified as the axis number (axis) and dynamic data for all axes as axis number are read
276/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
ret= cnc_rddynamic(-1)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
# ret[0]: Return value of the function
1.2 Clearing or presetting the relative position of the controlled axis
[Function]
cnc_wrrelpos
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrrelpos(preset)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (7) Arguments of the cnc_wrrelpos function
Type
Description
Name
preset
Array of 2
elements
Preset data
For details on the value to be specified, refer to the following table
"Values to be set to preset data."
Table 5.3 (8) Values to be set to preset data
Type
Description
Element
1st element
Numerical value
2nd
element
Array of m elements
(1) Specifies one axis: m = 1
(2) Specifies all axes: m =
maximum number of
controlled axes
Axis number
Specify the following value:
(1) Specifies one axis: 1 to maximum controlled axis
number
(2) Specifies all axes: -1
Values to be preset (for each axis)
The preset values at the relative position are stored in
order starting from the first element of the array. If 0 is
specified as the preset value, it will be the origin of the
relative position.
[Return]
The return values from this function are as follows.
Table 5.3 (9) Return values from the cnc_wrrelpos function
Type
Description
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
The number of elements for the value to be preset (for each axis)
is incorrect.
EW_ATTRIB
A value other than values from 1 to maximum controlled axis
number or -1 has been specified for the axis number.
EW_DATA
The preset value is out of the specifiable range.
EW_REJECT
Drawing
number
Numerical value
277/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Type
Description
NC execution rejected.
[Description]
Presets (resets) the relative position of the axis specified for the first element of the preset data.
[Example]
(1) When 1 is specified as the axis number and 20000 is set as the preset value at the relative position of
the first axis
data=Array.new(1,20000)
# Creates an array of the value to be preset (for each axis)
(number of elements = 1, preset value = 20000).
preset = Array.new
preset.push(1)
preset.push(data)
# Creates an array of the preset data.
# 1st element: Axis number = 1
# 2nd element: Values to be preset (for each axis)
ret=cnc_wrrelpos(preset)
if ret != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end
# ret: Return value of the function
(2) When -1 is specified as the axis number and the relative positions of the 1st to maximum controlled
axis number are all set at once
MAX_AXIS=32
# When the maximum number of controlled axes is 32.
data=Array.new(MAX_AXIS,0)
# Creates an array of the values to be preset (for each axis)
(number of elements = MAX_AXIS, preset value = 0).
data[0]=20000
# Specifies 20000 as the preset value for the 1st axis (data[0]).
data[1]=30000
# Specifies 30000 as the preset value for the 2nd axis (data[1]).
data[2]=30000
# Specifies 30000 as the preset value for the 3rd axis (data[2]).
data[3]=10000
# Specifies 10000 as the preset value for the 4th axis (data[3]).
data[4]=10000
# Specifies 10000 as the preset value for the 5th axis (data[4]).
# 0 (origin of the relative position) is specified as the preset value for axes other than
the 1st to 5th axes.
preset = Array.new
# Creates an array of the preset data.
preset.push(-1)
# 1st element (preset[0]): Axis number = -1
preset.push(data)
# 2nd element (preset[1]): Array of the values to be preset
ret=cnc_wrrelpos(preset)
if ret != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end
# ret: Return value of the function
1.3 Reading extended axis name (2)
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Function]
cnc_exaxisname2
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_exaxisname2(type, absolute, num)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
278/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (10)
Type
Name
type
Numerical value
absolute
Numerical value
num
Numerical value
Arguments of the cnc_exaxisname2 function
Description
Specify the type of axis names to be read.
0: Controlled axis name
1: Spindle name
Set whether to specify axes as relative axes or absolute axes.
0: Specifies relative axes.
1: Specifies absolute axes.
Specify the number of axes to be read.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Element
Table 5.3 (11)
Type
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_exaxisname2 function
Description
1st
element
Numerical value
2nd
element
Numerical value
3rd
element
Array of n
elements (n =
number of axes
actually acquired)
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
The number of axes (num) is 0 or less.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error. The specified data type (type) is invalid.
The number of axes actually read is set.
When a value larger than the current number of axes is specified in the
num argument
The number of currently valid axes actually read is set.
When a value smaller than the number of valid axes is specified in the
num argument
As many data items as the specified number of axes are read, and the
number of axes specified in the num argument is set.
Array of axis names (up to three characters)
The acquired axis name is in the form of an ASCII string.
[Description]
This function reads as many controlled axis and spindle axis names as specified in (num), starting with the
first axis.
This function allows the user to specify whether to acquire information from only the current path in the
CNC or from the entire CNC.
In the absolute argument, whether the information acquisition is limited to the current path (relative) or is
performed through the entire CNC (absolute) can be specified.
[Example]
When the controlled axis name and relative axis are specified and 6 is set as the number of axes to acquire
the axis name
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
ret = cnc_exaxisname2( 0, 0, 6 )
if ret[0] != 0 then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
end
279/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
1.4 Reading controlled axis/spindle-related data
[Function]
cnc_rdaxisdata
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdaxisdata(cls, type, num, len)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (12)
Description
Numerical value
type
Array of n
elements (up to
4)
num
Numerical value
Specify the class of data to be read.
1: Coordinates
2: Servo
3: Spindle
4: Spindle currently selected
5: Speed
Array for which the type of data to be read is specified
The following values can be specified according to the value of cls:
<cls = 1 (coordinate value)>
0: Absolute coordinates
1: Machine coordinates
2: Relative coordinates
3: Distance to go
4: Handle interrupt amount (input unit)
5: Handle interrupt amount (output unit)
6: Program restart position
7: Distance to go at the time of program restart
8: Block restart position
9: Distance to go at the time of block restart
10: Absolute coordinate value (for offset and graphic screens)
11: Relative coordinate value (for offset and graphic screens)
* 0 and 2 follow bit 0 (MDXx) of parameter No. 8163.
10 and 11 are always equivalent to 0 without following bit 0 (MDXx) of
parameter No. 8163.
<cls = 2 (servo)>
0: Servo load meter
1: Load current (%)
2: Load current (A)
<cls = 3 (spindle)>
0: Spindle load meter
1: Spindle motor speed
2: Spindle speed (value set according to bit 2 (ASDs) of parameter No. 3799)
3: Spindle speed (value obtained from the spindle motor speed)
4: Spindle load meter (average of values obtained every 250 ms)
<cls = 4 (spindle being selected)>
* (Same as the specifications as those of cls = 3)
<cls = 5 (speed)>
0: Composite feedrate (F)
1: Spindle speed (S)
2: Jog feedrate/dry run feedrate
Specify the number of type arrays.
len
Numerical value
Specify the number of axes to be read.
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Type
cls
Drawing
number
Name
Arguments of the cnc_rdaxisdata function
280/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (13)
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdaxisdata function
Element
Type
Description
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
Numerical
value
Array of n
elements
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Error in the data block length. Alternatively, the number of axes (len) is 0 or
less.
EW_NUMBER
Data attribute error. The specified data class (cls) is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error. The specified data type (type) is invalid.
Alternatively, the number of types (num) exceeds 4.
EW_NOOPT
A required option is not provided.
The number of axes actually read is set.
Array of various axis- and spindle-related data
Array of as many data items as the number of axes specified by "num × len"
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Various axis- and
spindle-related data."
Table 5.3 (14)
Type
String
2nd element
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
3rd element
4th element
Numerical
value
5th element
Numerical
value
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Axis name (up to three characters)
Axis names are stored in ASCII format.
Data
Decimal point position of the data
When the 4th element (unit of data) explained below is 5 (rpm) or 8 (%), there is
no data in decimal positions, and 0 is stored.
Unit of data
0: Millimeters (coordinate value)
1: Inches (coordinate value)
2: Degrees (coordinate value)
3: Millimeters/minute (composite feedrate, jog/dry run feedrate)
4: Inches/minute (composite feedrate, jog/dry run feedrate)
5: rpm (spindle speed, spindle motor speed)
6: Millimeters/time (composite feedrate, jog/dry run feedrate)
7: Inches/time (composite feedrate, jog/dry run feedrate)
8: % (load meter, load current)
9: Ampere (load current)
Flags
Flags are set according to the cls value as follows:
<cls = 1 (coordinate value)>
#0: Display status
1 = Displayed on the CNC screen
0 = Not displayed on the CNC screen
#1: Axis detachment
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
1st element
Various axis- and spindle-related data
Description
Name
Element
Drawing
number
3rd element
281/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
Description
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
#2: Interlock
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
#3: Machine lock
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
#4: Servo off
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
#5: In-position check
1 = Not in the in-position check state
0 = In the in-position check state
#6: Mirror image
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
#7 to 31: Not used
<cls = 5 (speed)>
#0: Spindle speed
1 = Spindle present
0 = Spindle not present
#1: Jog feedrate/dry run feedrate
1 = Dry run feedrate
0 = Jog feedrate
#2 to 31: Not used
<cls = Other>
Not used
[Description]
This function reads axis- and spindle-related data.
Specify the class of data to be read in the cls argument, and specify the type of data to be read in a short
array (type[]).
The number of arrays is specified in the num argument. Up to four types of data can be read at a time. If an
attempt is made to read more than four types of data, the EW_ATTRIB error results.
The number of axes to be read is specified in the (len) argument. According to the value of data class cls,
(len) is set as follows:
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
1. When cls is set to a coordinate value (=1), servo (=2), or spindle (=3)
Data for as many axes as specified in (len), starting with the first axis is read.
After the function is executed, if (len) is greater than the number of currently valid axes, the number
of actual axes is set to the 2nd element of the return value.
If (len) is smaller than the number of currently valid axes, data for as many axes as specified in (len)
is read.
2. When cls is set to the selected spindle (=4) or speed (=5)
Data for one axis is read at all times.
However, if no spindle is selected when the selected spindle is specified, 0 is set to the 2nd element of
the return value.
The read data are stored in the array of the 3rd element of the return value.
The read data is stored in units of the size specified in (len) in the order specified in type[] as follows:
(* 3rd element of the return value: Described as axdata)
282/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
type[0] data: axdata[ 0] to axdata[ len-1]
type[1] data: axdata[ len] to axdata[ 2×len-1]
type[2] data: axdata[ 2×len] to axdata[ 3×len-1]
type[3] data: axdata[ 3×len] to axdata[ 4×len-1]
Even if the number specified in (len) is smaller than the actual number of axes, data is stored according to
the value specified in (len) when the function is called.
The following parameters are related to this function:
Parameter Nos. 1020, 1025, and 1026
Parameter Nos. 3131, 3132, and 3133
Bits 0, 4, 5, 6, and 7 (MCN, DRL, DRC, DAL, and DAC) of parameter No. 3104
Bits 0 and 1 (NDPx and NDAx) of parameter No. 3115
Bit 2 (ASDs) of parameter No. 3799
Bit 0 (MDXx) of parameter No. 8163
For details on parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When the coordinate value is specified as the class of data, absolute coordinates (for one data) as the type,
and 6 as the number of axes to acquire various axis- and spindle-related data
ret = cnc_rdaxisdata( 0, [0], 1, 6 )
if ret[0] != 0 then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
end
1.5 Reading three-dimensional manual feed data
[Function]
cnc_rd5axmandt
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rd5axmandt()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (15)
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rd5axmandt function
Type
Description
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
Array of 14
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
No options
Related option: Three-dimensional manual feed function
Machine axis travel distance in three-dimensional manual feed of each controlled axis
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Element
283/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
Description
elements
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Three-dimensional manual
feed information."
Table 5.3 (16) Three-dimensional manual feed information
Description
Element
Type
1st element
2nd element
3rd element
4th element
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
5th element
Numerical value
6th element
Numerical value
7th element
Numerical value
8th element
Numerical value
9th element
10th element
11th element
12th element
13th element
14th element
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Axis number of the first linear axis
Axis number of the second linear axis
Axis number of the third linear axis
Tool tip position of the first linear axis
The coordinates of the tool tip are set.
The unit for the absolute coordinates of the axis that is set for the 1st element is used.
Tool tip position of the second linear axis
The coordinates of the tool tip are set.
The unit for the absolute coordinates of the axis that is set for the 2nd element is used.
Tool tip position of the third linear axis
The coordinates of the tool tip are set.
The unit for the absolute coordinates of the axis that is set for the 3rd element is used.
The number of pulses at tool tip center C1 is set.
The unit for the absolute coordinates of the axis that is set for parameter No. 19681 is
used.
The number of pulses at tool tip center C2 is set.
The unit for the absolute coordinates of the axis that is set for parameter No.19686 is
used.
The number of pulses at tool axis reference position TD is set.
The number of pulses at tool axis reference position R1 is set.
The number of pulses at tool axis reference position R2 is set.
The number of pulses at table reference position VR is set.
The number of pulses at table reference position H1 is set.
The number of pulses at table reference position H2 is set.
[Description]
Reads three-dimensional manual feed data.
Various types of information items are stored in the 2nd element array of the return value.
The unit of the machine axis travel distance is the same as for that of absolute coordinates.
The units of td, r1, r2, vr, h1, and h2 differ depending on the value of parameter No. 19697.
The unit for the absolute coordinates of the corresponding axis that is set for type1, type2, or type3 is used.
Table 5.3 (17) Correspondence between parameters and types
Parameter No. 19697
td and vr
r1 and h1
r2 and h2
setting
1
2
3
type1
type2
type3
type2
type3
type1
type3
type1
type2
[Example]
When three-dimensional manual feed data are to be acquired
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
ret = cnc_rd5axmandt()
if ret[0] != 0 then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
end
284/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
1.6 Reading machine axis travel distance in three-dimensional manual feed
[Function]
cnc_rd5axovrlap
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rd5axovrlap(axis)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (18)
Name
axis
Arguments of the cnc_rd5axovrlap function
Type
Description
Numerical
value
Specifies the axis number for which to read the distance.
ALL_AXES: Specifies all axes (ALL_AXES: -1)
1 to m: Specifies one axis (m: Current number of controlled axes)
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (19)
Element
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rd5axovrlap function
Type
1st
element
Numerical
value
2nd
element
Array of 2
elements
Description
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_ATTRIB
The specified axis is invalid.
EW_NOOPT
No options. Related option: - Three-dimensional manual feed function
Machine axis travel distance in three-dimensional manual feed of each controlled axis
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Information on machine
axis travel distance in three-dimensional manual feed."
Table 5.3 (20) Machine axis travel distance in three-dimensional manual feed
Element
1st
element
2nd
element
Type
Description
Numerical value
Axis number
Numerical value
array with number of
elements n (n = See
the Description
column.)
Array of machine axis travel distance data
n = Maximum axis number when specification of all axes (-1) is made for
axis (Data for the current controlled axes is valid).
n = 1 when specification of one axis (1 to m (m: current number of
controlled axes)) is made for axis.
[Description]
Reads the machine axis travel distance in three-dimensional manual feed.
Specify one of the values from 1 to the maximum controlled axis number for each axis or -1 for all axes as
axis number in "axis".
[Example]
When specifying all axes to acquire the machine axis travel distance in three-dimensional manual feed
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
ret = cnc_rd5axovrlap( -1 )
if ret[0] != 0 then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
285/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
end
1.7 Clearing three-dimensional manual feed pulses
[Function]
cnc_clr5axpls
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_clr5axpls(type)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (21)
Name
Arguments of the cnc_clr5axpls function
Type
type
Numeric
al value
Description
Specify the number of pulses to be cleared.
1: Tool tip center C1
2: Tool tip center C2
3: Tool axis reference position TD
4: Tool axis reference position R1
5: Tool axis reference position R2
6: Table reference position VR
7: Table reference position H1
8: Table reference position H2
-1: All pulses
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (22)
Type
Numerical
value
Return value of the cnc_clr5axpls function
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
The specified type is invalid.
EW_NOOPT
No options.
Related option: Three-dimensional manual feed function
[Description]
Clears three-dimensional manual feed pulses.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you clear the three-dimensional manual feed pulses.
There is a possibility that the NC may run with the wrong three-dimensional
manual feed pulses. In this case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior,
and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged. You have to make sure that
clearing the three-dimensional manual feed pulses is safe and correct when
doing so.
286/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
1.8 Reads servo actual speed data
[Function]
cnc_rdsrvspeed
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdsrvspeed()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (23)
Element
Type
1st
element
Numerical
value
2nd
element
Array with m
number of
elements(m=
maximum
number of
control axes)
Return value of the cnc_rdsrvspeed function
Description
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_SYSTEM
Not available
This function cannot be used with iHMI.
The value of servo tuning actual speed of each control axis.
Only elements from the top of the array that are equal to the current number of
control axes are valid.
[Description]
This function reads the servo tuning actual speed.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Example]
MAX_AXIS=32
# When the maximum number of controlled axes is 32.
ret = cnc_rdsrvspeed()
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
else
for i in 0..(MAX_AXIS-1) do
no = 100 + i
#[no] = ret[1][i]
end
end
287/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
1.9 Reads servo data TSA
[Function]
cnc_rdsrvtsa
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_ rdsrvtsa ()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (24)
Element
Type
1st
element
Numerical
value
2nd
element
Array with m
number of
elements(m=
maximum
number of
control axes)
Return value of the cnc_rdsrvtsa function
Description
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_SYSTEM
Not available
This function cannot be used with iHMI.
Or the version of connected CNC is not supported.
The value of the servo data TSA of each control axis.
Only elements from the top of the array that are equal to the current number of
control axes are valid.
[Description]
This function reads the value of servo data TSA.
[Example]
MAX_AXIS=32
# When the maximum number of controlled axes is 32.
ret = cnc_rdsrvtsa()
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
else
for i in 0..(MAX_AXIS-1) do
no = 100 + i
#[no] = ret[1][i]
end
end
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
: STEP1 series Edition 23.0 or later
: STEP2 series Edition 01.0 or later
: since the first Edition
: since the first Edition
: since the first Edition
Drawing
number
[Available CNC]
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i-MODEL B
FANUC Series 35i-MODEL B
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i-MODEL B Plus
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F Plus
1.10 Reads servo data TCMD
288/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Function]
cnc_rdsrvtcmd
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdsrvtcmd()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (25)
Element
Type
1st
element
Numerical
value
2nd
element
Array with m
number of
elements(m
=maximum
number of
control
axes)
Return value of the cnc_rdsrvtcmd function
Description
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_SYSTEM
Not available
This function cannot be used with iHMI.
Or the version of connected CNC is not supported.
The value of the servo data TCMD for each control axis.
Only elements from the top of the array that are equal to the current number of
control axes are valid.
[Description]
This function reads the value of servo data TCMD.
[Example]
MAX_AXIS=32
# When the maximum number of controlled axes is 32.
ret = cnc_rdsrvtcmd()
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
else
for i in 0..(MAX_AXIS-1) do
no = 100 + i
#[no] = ret[1][i]
end
end
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
: STEP1 series Edition 23.0 or later
: STEP2 series Edition 01.0 or later
: since the first Edition
: since the first Edition
: since the first Edition
Drawing
number
[Available CNC]
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i-MODEL B
FANUC Series 35i-MODEL B
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i-MODEL B Plus
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F Plus
289/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[CNC window library program-related function reference]
2.1 Starting output NC program to be compared
[Function]
cnc_vrfstart
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_vrfstart()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (26)
Type
Numerical
value
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_vrfstart function
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Start command for output of NC program to be compared has been rejected.
This code is returned under one of the following conditions.
- The CNC is performing other command processing (downloading, collating, uploading, or
program number list reading).
- Background editing is in progress or the MDI mode has been entered.
- Alarm PW0000 or alarm PS0101 is issued.
[Description]
It is possible to compare an NC program already registered with the CNC and a program that is output by
the application program.
This function requests CNC to start comparing the NC programs.
[Example]
Refer to example of "Output NC program to be compared (cnc_verify function)."
2.2 Outputting NC program to be compared
[Function]
cnc_verify
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_verify(data, number)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (27)
Name
Type
data
number
Numerical value
Numerical value
Arguments of the cnc_verify function
Description
NC program data (ASCII string)
Character number of NC program data (1 to 256)
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
290/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (28)
Type
Numerical
value
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_verify function
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
The start-up procedure for output of the NC program to be compared has not been
completed on the CNC, or no start-up command has been issued.
EW_LENGTH
The specified data length is invalid.
EW_DATA
Incorrect NC program data. This code is returned under one of the following conditions.
- A difference was detected during the comparison process.
- The program on the CNC that is to be compared has been selected in the foreground.
- A character that cannot be used in NC programs has been detected.
- When TV check is enabled, a block that includes odd characters (including "LF" at the end
of the block) is detected.
[Description]
Outputs the NC program to be compared with one already registered with the CNC.
If data cannot be output because the CNC data processing is delayed, this function waits in the library until
data can be output.
Moreover, "Stopping output NC program to be compared. (cnc_vrfend function)" is returned as an error of
the data for several-times before the end.
The following shows the comparison procedure.
Fig. 5.3 (a) Procedure for outputting the NC program to be compared
[Example]
O1234 program
O1234 ;
G1F0.3W10.;
M30;
%
When the above program and an NC program already registered with the CNC are compared
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
data = "¥nO1234¥nG1F0.3W10.¥nM30¥n%"
number = 27
291/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
ret = cnc_vrfstart()
if ret == EW_OK then
ret = cnc_verify(data, number)
end
cnc_vrfend()
2.3 Stopping output of NC program to be compared
[Function]
cnc_vrfend
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_vrfend()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (29)
Type
Numerical value
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_vrfend function
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
The start-up procedure for output of the NC program to be compared has not been
completed on the CNC, or no start-up command has been issued.
EW_DATA
The previously output NC program data is incorrect. This code is returned under one of
the following conditions.
- A difference was detected during the comparison process.
- The program on the CNC that is to be compared has been selected in the
foreground.
- A character that cannot be used in NC programs has been detected.
- When TV check is enabled, a block that includes odd characters (including "LF" at
the end of the block) is detected.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
Sends notification of the end of the comparison of the NC programs to the CNC.
'%' must be output as NC program data before calling this function.
An error (such as EW_DATA or EW_OVRFLOW) in the cnc_verify function may be returned by this
function.
Control is not returned from this function until the registration of data output by the cnc_verify function is
completed.
Control is not returned from this function until the CNC comparison process completes.
The comparison process is completed even if the return code is not 0.
[Example]
Refer to example of "Output NC program to be compared (cnc_verify function)."
292/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
2.4 Searching for a sequence number
[Function]
cnc_seqsrch
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_seqsrch(seq_no)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (30)
Name
Arguments of the cnc_seqsrch function
Type
seq_no
Description
Numerical value
Sequence number
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (31)
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_seqsrch function
Type
Numerical
value
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
The specified sequence number does not exist.
EW_MODE
CNC mode error
The function can only be used in MEM mode.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
- Being edited
- No machining program is registered.
[Description]
Searches the machining program currently selected in the CNC for the sequence number specified by
"seq_no".
2.5 Reading program storage drive information
[Function]
cnc_rdpdf_drive
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdpdf_drive()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (32)
Numerical
value
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Description
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
1st
element
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdpdf_drive function
Name
Type
Drawing
number
Element
293/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
2nd
element
Element
1st
element
2nd
element
Type
Description
Array
Program storage drive information
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to be stored in program
storage drive information."
Table 5.3 (33)
Type
Numerical
value
Array
Values to be stored in program storage drive information
Description
Number of drives that have been read
Up to 16 drives can be returned.
Drive name string
As many drive name strings as drives that have been read are stored.
(Array[0] to Array[maximum number of drive names - 1]) is valid.
Up to 8 characters can be used as a drive name.
[Description]
Reads the program storage drive information.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
wait state.
[Example]
When the first drive name string that has been read is displayed
ret_values = cnc_rdpdf_drive()
if ret_values [0] == EW_OK then
array = ret[1]
# Program storage drive information
drive_name = array[1] # Drive name string
if array[0] > 0 then
MsgBoxShow(drive_name[0], 0)
# First drive name string that has been read
end
end
2.6 Reading program storage file information
[Function]
cnc_rdpdf_inf
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdpdf_ inf(drive, size_kind)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (34)
Name
Type
drive
String
size_kind
Numerical
value
Arguments of the cnc_rdpdf_inf function
Description
Drive name string
Up to 8 characters can be used.
Unit of data
0: Page
1: Byte
2: kByte(1kByte=1024Byte)
3: MByte(1MByte=1024kByte)
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
294/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (35)
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdpdf_inf function
Element
Type
Description
1st
element
Numerical
value
2nd
element
Array
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
The drive specified by the data "drive" does not exist.
Program storage drive information
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to be stored in program
storage drive information."
Table 5.3 (36)
Values to be stored in program storage drive information
Element
Type
Description
1st element
2nd element
Numerical value
Numerical value
3rd element
4th element
Numerical value
Numerical value
Program storage in use
Total program storage
The unused program storage is obtained by (2nd element - 1st element).
Number of directories being used
Total number of directories
The number of unused directories is obtained by (4th element - 3rd element).
[Description]
Reads the information about the program storage file on the specified drive.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
wait state.
[Example]
When the program storage drive information in the "CNC_MEM" drive is read
drive = "CNC_MEM"
# Name of the drive to be read
size_kind = 1
# Unit of data (byte)
ret_values = cnc_rdpdf_inf( drive, size_kind )
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0 )
end
2.7 Reading current directory information
[Function]
cnc_rdpdf_curdir
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdpdf_curdir(dir_kind)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (37)
Name
Type
dir_kind
Numerical
value
Arguments of the cnc_rdpdf_curdir function
Description
Type of current directory to be read
1: Foreground
2: Background
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
295/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (38)
Element
Type
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
String
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdpdf_curdir function
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_ATTRIB
Incorrect data "dir_kind".
Information of the acquired current directory
String of the read current directory drive + directory
Up to 210 characters can be used.
If a problem has occurred, null characters are set.
[Description]
Reads current directory information.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
wait state.
[Example]
When the foreground current directory information is read
dir_kind = 1
ret = cnc_rdpdf_curdir(dir_kind)
#[100] = ret[0].to_i
MsgBoxShow(ret[1],0)
2.8 Setting the current directory
[Function]
cnc_wrpdf_curdir
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrpdf_curdir(dir_kind, dir_name)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (39)
Name
Arguments of the cnc_wrpdf_curdir function
Type
Description
dir_kind
Numerical
value
dir_name
Numerical
value
Type of current directory to be set
1: Foreground
2: Background
String of the current directory drive + directory to be set
Up to 210 characters can be used.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (40)
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrpdf_curdir function
Type
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_ATTRIB
Incorrect data "dir_kind".
Drawing
number
Numerical
value
296/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Type
Description
EW_DATA
The directory specified by the data "dir_name" does not exist.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
[Description]
Sets the current directory.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
wait state.
2.9 Reading subdirectory information
[Function]
cnc_rdpdf_subdir
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdpdf_subdir(num_dir, path, req_num)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (41)
Name
Type
num_dir
Numerical
value
String
path
req_num
Numerical
value
Arguments of the cnc_rdpdf_subdir function
Description
Maximum number of subdirectories to be read(1 to 128)
Path name character string
Set the drive name + directory name string.
Up to 212 characters can be used.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following path as the program directory of the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
Required entry number
"req_num" sets the ordinal number of the subdirectory for which you want to get
information.
Normally, start with 0 and increment the number by 1. (The first subdirectory is
0.)
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
297/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (42)
Type
Element
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdpdf_subdir function
Description
1st element
Numerical value
2nd element
3rd element
Numerical value
Array of n
elements (n =
number of
subdirectories
that have
actually been
read)
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
The CNC is in use.
EW_NUMBER
Data error
No subfolder for the required entry number (req_num) exists.
EW_DATA
Data error
Incorrect format for the path name character string "path".
EW_PROT
Protect
The specified directory cannot be displayed.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
EW_LENGTH
“Maximum number of subdirectories to be read” is not 1 to 128.
Number of subdirectories that have actually been read
Subdirectory information
Subdirectory information for the number of “Number of subdirectories that
have actually been read” is stored in an array.
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to be stored in
the subdirectory information."
Table 5.3 (43)
Type
Element
1st element
Numerical value
2nd element
String
Values to be stored in the subdirectory information
Description
Whether a subdirectory exists or not
Whether a subdirectory (sub-subdirectory) exists or not in the subdirectory
that has been output is expressed using a bit.
#0 :
0 = No subdirectory exists.
1 = A subdirectory exists.
#1 :
0 = No file exists.
1 = A file exists.
Subdirectory name string
Up to 36 characters can be used.
[Description]
Reads information on subdirectories in the specified directory.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
wait state.
When subdirectory editing such as creation or deletion is performed during the time from the first request
until the last request, data is returned based on the data present when a request is made.
[Example]
When up to 5 pieces of subdirectory information in the "//CNC_MEM/USER/" path are read and the first
piece of the information is returned
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
# Maximum number of directories to be read
Drawing
number
num_dir = 5
298/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
path = "//CNC_MEM/USER/"
# Path name character string
req_num = 1
# Required entry number
ret_values = cnc_rdpdf_subdir(num_dir, path, req_num)
# Executes reading of the subdirectory information.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
2.10 Reading file list information
[Function]
cnc_rdpdf_alldir
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdpdf_alldir(num_prog, path, req_num, size_kind, type)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (44)
Name
Type
num_prog
Numerical
value
String
path
Arguments of the cnc_rdpdf_alldir function
Description
req_num
Numerical
value
size_kind
Numerical
value
type
Numerical
value
Maximum number of programs to be read(1 to 128)
Path name character string
Set the drive name + directory name string.
Up to 212 characters can be used.
Set the string of drive name + directory name to "path".
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths when selecting a program in the program directory
of the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
Required entry number
"req_num" sets the ordinal number of the directory/file for which you want to get
information.
Normally, start with 0 and increment the number by 1. (The first subdirectory is
0.)
Size output method
Set the unit of data.
0: Page
1: Byte
2: kByte(1kByte=1024Byte)
3: MByte(1MByte=1024kByte)
Format of program list
Specify the format of a list of programs to be read.
0: Does not acquire the size, comment, and machining time stamp.
1: Acquires the size, comment, and machining time stamp.
(Specifying 0 allows faster operation.)
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
299/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (45)
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdpdf_alldir function
Element
Type
Description
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
Numerical
value
Array of n
elements
(n =
number of
programs
that have
actually
been read)
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
The CNC is in use.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
No subdirectory for the required entry number (req_num) exists.
EW_ATTRIB
The specified size output method (size_kind) or type of program list (type)
is invalid.
EW_DATA
The path name character string (path) data is invalid.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
EW_LENGTH
“Maximum number of programs to be read” is not 1 to 128.
Number of programs that have actually been read
Directory list information
Directory list information for the number of “Number of programs that have
actually been read” is stored in an array.
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to be stored in the
directory list information."
Table 5.3 (46)
2nd element
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
3rd element
4th element
5th element
6th element
7th element
8th element
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Description
Data type
0: Folder
1: File
Last Edit Year
It is valid only for files.
Last Edit Month
It is valid only for files.
Last Edit Day
It is valid only for files.
Last Edit Hour
It is valid only for files.
Last Edit Minutes
It is valid only for files.
Last Edit Seconds
It is valid only for files.
File size (0 to 99999999)
It is valid only for files.
It is valid when the type argument is set to 1.
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Type
Numerical
value
Name
Element
1st element
Values to be stored in the directory list information
Drawing
number
3rd element
300/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
Description
9th element
Numerical
value
File/folder attribution
Folder attribute
#0: Editing disable attribute
0: Enabled, 1: Disabled
#1: Editing/display disable attribute 0: Enabled, 1: Disabled
File attribute
#0: Editing disable attribute
0: Enabled, 1: Disabled
#1: Editing/display disable attribute 0: Enabled, 1: Disabled
#2: Encryption attribute
0: OFF
1: ON
#8 to #10: Change protection level
Numeric value from 0 to 7 where #10 is the MSB and #8 is the
LSB
#12 to #14: Output protection level
Numeric value from 0 to 7 where #14 is the MSB and #12 is the
LSB
10th
element
11th
element
String
12th
element
String
Folder/file name character string
Up to 35 characters can be used.
Comment
A comment recorded immediately after the program number is stored.
A comment consists of up to 48 characters (up to 50 characters when the
parentheses before and after the comment are included).
If a comment consisting of more than 48 characters is recorded, the 49th and
subsequent characters of the comment are not output.
When a program has no comment, only parentheses ("()") are stored.
It is valid only for files.
It is valid when the type argument is set to 1.
Machining time stamp
The machining time stamp (a comment in the format of "(xxxHxxMxxS)")
recorded immediately after the program number is stored.
It is valid only for files.
It is valid when the type argument is set to 1.
The bits other than the bits described above are ignored.
String
[Description]
Reads file list information in a folder.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
wait state.
When folder or file editing such as creation or deletion is performed during the time from the first request
until the last request, data is returned based on the data present when a request is made.
[Example]
When up to 2 pieces of file list information in the "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/" path are read and the
first piece of the information is returned
num_prog = 2
# Maximum number of programs to be read
path = "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/" # Path name character string
req_num = 1
# Required entry number
size_kind = 1
# Unit of data (byte)
type = 0
# Program list type
ret_values = cnc_rdpdf_alldir(num_prog, path, req_num, size_kind, type)
# Executes reading of the file list information.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
301/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
2.11 Creating a directory or file
[Function]
cnc_pdf_add
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_pdf_add(file_path)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (47)
Arguments of the cnc_pdf_add function
Name
Type
Description
file_path
String
Path of the directory/file to be created
Set the drive name + directory name + file name string.
Up to 241 characters can be used.
When specifying a directory name, place "/" at the end of the string.
If "/" is not present, it assumes a file name is being specified.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths when selecting a program in the program directory of the
CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (48)
Type
Nume
rical
value
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_pdf_add function
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
1: File or directory name format error
2: The specified directory name is not found.
3: The maximum allowable number of registered files is exceeded.
4: The same file name is already present.
5: The specified file or directory name is selected by the NC.
EW_PROT
Write protection
The specified file or directory is write-protected.
EW_OVRFLOW
Memory overflow
File or folder creation is impossible because of insufficient memory space.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
Creates a directory or file in a specified directory.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
302/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
wait state.
The directory or file cannot be created in the following cases:
A file with an existing number or name
A directory with an existing name
Directory in write-protected attribute
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the NC program. There is a possibility that the
NC may run the wrong NC program.
In this case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the NC program is safe and correct when
doing so.
2.12 Deleting directory or file
[Function]
cnc_pdf_del
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_pdf_del(file_path)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (49)
Name
Type
file_path
String
Arguments of the cnc_pdf_del function
Description
Path of the directory/file to be deleted
Set the drive name + directory name + file name string.
Up to 241 characters can be used.
When specifying a directory name, place "/" at the end of the string.
If "/" is not present, it assumes a file name is being specified.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths when selecting a program in the program directory of the
CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
303/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (50)
Type
Numerical
value
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_pdf_del function
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
1: File or directory name format error
2: The specified directory name is not found.
5: The specified file or directory name is selected by the NC. Alternatively, when a directory
is deleted, the directory is not empty.
EW_PROT
Write protection
The specified file or directory is write-protected.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
The NC is operating.
[Description]
Deletes a directory or file in a specified directory.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
wait state.
The directory or file cannot be deleted in the following cases:
The specified file is being used for operation or is selected in the foreground.
The specified file is protected.
The specified directory is selected as the current directory.
The specified directory is not empty.
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you delete the NC program. There is a possibility that
the NC may run the wrong NC program. In this case, it may cause unexpected
machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that deleting the NC program is safe and correct when
doing so.
2.13 Renaming directory or file
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Function]
cnc_pdf_rename
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_pdf_rename(file_path, after_name)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
304/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (51)
Name
Type
file_path
String
after_name
String
Arguments of the cnc_pdf_rename function
Description
Path of the directory/file to be renamed
Set the drive name + directory name + file name string.
Up to 241 characters can be used.
When specifying a directory name, place "/" at the end of the string.
If "/" is not present, it assumes a file name is being specified.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths when selecting a program in the program directory of the
CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
String of the directory/file name after the change
Up to 32 characters can be used.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (52)
Type
Numerical
value
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_pdf_rename function
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
1: File or directory name format error
2: The specified directory name is not found.
4: The same file name is already present.
5: The specified file or directory name is selected by the NC.
EW_PROT
Write protection
The specified file or directory is write-protected.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
- The CNC is operating.
- The emergency stop state is engaged.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
Renames a directory or file in a specified directory.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
wait state.
The directory or file cannot be renamed in the following cases:
The specified file is being used for operation or is selected in the foreground.
The specified file is protected.
The specified directory is selected as the current directory or a directory above the current directory.
305/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the NC program. There is a possibility that the
NC may run the wrong NC program.
In this case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the NC program is safe and correct when
doing so.
2.14 Selecting the main program
[Function]
cnc_pdf_slctmain
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_pdf_slctmain(file_path)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (53)
Name
Arguments of the cnc_pdf_slctmain function
Type
file_path
String
Description
Program path with drive-name + path-name + file-name.
Up to 241 characters can be used.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths for the program folder of the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (54)
Type
Numerical
value
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_pdf_slctmain function
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
1: File or folder name format error
2: The specified folder name is not found.
EW_MODE
CNC mode error
This function can be used only in the EDIT/MEM mode.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
Selects a file in a specified folder as the main program.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
wait state.
306/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Example]
When the program "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234" is set as the main program
ret = cnc_pdf_slctmain("//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234")
if ret != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end
2.15 Changing attribute of folder or file
[Function]
cnc_wrpdf_attr
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrpdf_attr(file_path, slct, attr)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (55)
Name
file_path
String
slct
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
attr
Arguments of the cnc_wrpdf_attr function
Type
Description
Drive name + directory name + file name
Up to 241 characters can be used.
When specifying a directory name, place "/" at the end of the string.
If "/" is not present, it assumes a file name is being specified.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths when selecting a program in the program directory of
the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
Selection
Set 1 only to the bits to be changed. Set bits other than the described bits to 0.
Setting data
Attribute data applied after the change is set. The bit that is set to 1 in slct is
changed to the data set in attr.
Directory attribute
#0: Editing disable attribute
0: Enabled, 1: Disabled
#1: Editing/display disable attribute
0: Enabled, 1: Disabled
File attribute
#0: Editing disable attribute
0: Enabled, 1: Disabled
#1: Editing/display disable attribute
0: Enabled, 1: Disabled
#2: Encryption attribute
0: OFF
1: ON
#8 to #10: Change protection level
Numeric value from 0 to 7 where #10 is the MSB and #8 is the LSB.
#12 to #14: Output protection level
Numeric value from 0 to 7 where #14 is the MSB and #12 is the LSB.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
307/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (56)
Type
Numerical
value
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrpdf_attr function
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
1: File or directory name format error
2: The specified directory name is not found.
5: The specified file or directory name is selected by the NC.
EW_PROT
Write protection
The specified file or directory is write-protected.
Alternatively, the file or directory is protected with a protection level.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
[Description]
Changes the attribute of a directory or file in the specified directory.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
wait state.
When a specified directory is selected as the current directory, its attribute cannot be changed.
When changing the change protection level or output protection level, set all three of the relevant bits in
slct to 1.
[Example]
When the attribute of the "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O0001" file is changed to "Editing/display disable
attribute"
file_path = "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O0001"
# Path name character string
slct = 1 # Bit of the attribute to be changed
attr = 1 # Attribute data applied after the change
ret_values = cnc_wrpdf_attr( file_path, slct, attr) # Executes the change of directory/file attribute.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
2.16 Getting the number of folders and files in the specified directory
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Function]
cnc_rdpdf_subdirn
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdpdf_subdirn(dir_name)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
308/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (57)
Name
Type
dir_name
String
Arguments of the cnc_rdpdf_subdirn function
Description
String of the current drive + directory to be acquired
Up to 210 characters can be used.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths when selecting a program in the program directory
of the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table5.3 (58)
Element
Type
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
Array
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
1: File or directory name format error
2: The specified directory name is not found.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
The NC is operating.
List of the number of directories/files
For details on the value, refer to the following table "List of the number of
directories/files."
Table 5.3 (59) List of the number of directories/files
Description
Element
Type
1st element
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
2nd element
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdpdf_subdirn function
Description
Number of directories
Number of files
[Description]
Gets the number of subdirectories and files in the specified directory.
[Example]
When the number of subdirectories and files in the "//CNC_MEM/USER/" path is acquired.
dir_name = "//CNC_MEM/USER/"
ret_values = cnc_rdpdf_subdirn( dir_name )
# Path name character string
# Gets the number of folders and files in the specified
directory.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
309/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
2.17 Getting main program information
[Function]
cnc_pdf_rdmain
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_pdf_rdmain()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (60)
Element
Type
1st element
Numeric
al value
2nd element
String
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_pdf_rdmain function
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
Main program information that has been acquired
It is a string of the current drive + folder.
Up to 242 characters can be used.
If a problem has occurred, null characters are set.
[Description]
Reads information about the file currently selected as the main program.
[Example]
When the main program name is output to the message box
ret = cnc_pdf_rdmain()
if ret[0] == EW_OK then
msg_txt = "Program name:" + ret[1]
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end
2.18 Starting output of the NC program to be registered (4)
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Function]
cnc_dwnstart4
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_dwnstart4(type, file_name)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
310/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (61)
Name
Type
type
Numerical
value
file_name
String
Arguments of the cnc_dwnstart4 function
Description
Specify the type of CNC data to be registered.
0: NC program
1: Tool offset amount
2: Parameter
3: Pitch error compensation amount
4: Custom macro variable value
5: Work origin offset
Drive name and folder name (up to 241 characters) of a program.
Valid only when type = 0 (NC program).
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following path as the program directory of the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (62)
Type
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Start command for output of NC program to be compared has been rejected.
Cnc_dwnstart4 function (cnc_vrfstart function) has already been executed.
Use cnc_dwnend4 function (cnc_vrfend function) to end the previous output operation.
EW_ATTRIB
The specified type is invalid.
EW_DATA
The data is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
1: Folder name error
EW_NOOPT
A required option is not provided.
When a custom macro variable, work origin offset, or pitch error data is registered, an option
is required.
EW_PARAM
CNC parameter error
When parameter data is registered, parameter writing must be enabled by setting.
EW_MODE
The mode of the CNC is incorrect.
- When registering tool offset or custom macro variable data, set the emergency stop state.
- When registering parameter, pitch error, or work origin offset data, set the emergency stop
state.
- When background editing (NC program) is being performed in the CNC, end the
background editing.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
The CNC is operating. Registration of data except NC programs is not permitted during
Drawing
number
Numerical
value
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_dwnstart4 function
Description
311/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Type
Description
operation.
EW_ALARM
Alarm state
Alarm PW0000 is issued in the CNC. Cancel the alarm in the CNC.
[Description]
Requests the CNC to start registering (downloading) NC data (such as an NC program, tool offsets, or
parameters).
(This function must be executed before downloading is performed.)
If the cnc_download4 or cnc_dwnend4 function is executed without executing this function, EW_FUNC is
returned.
The basic downloading procedure is shown below.
Fig. 5.3 (b) Procedure for outputting NC programs to be registered
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Specify a program with a folder and a file name.
So, it is impossible to download more than one program by specifying a range.
When data is to be output to a memory card or data server, the full path of an output destination folder
must be set in the 'file_name' argument of the cnc_dwnstart4 function.
To access a data server, specify and execute the function as shown in the following example:
Example) Output to DATA_SV
ret = cnc_dwnstart4(0, "//DATA_SV/")
[Example]
Refer to the example of "Output NC program to be registered (4) (cnc_download4 function)."
312/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the NC data which can influence how the
machine works. There is a possibility that the NC may run with values from the
wrong NC data. In this case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and
tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the NC data is safe and correct when doing so
as it can influence how the machine works.
The NC data that can influence how the machine works is as follows. It may not
all be listed below after new applications or functions are released.
NC data that can influence how the machine works:
NC parameter, NC program, Tool offset value, Pitch error compensation data,
Work origin offset value, Custom macro variables
2.19 Outputting an NC program to be registered (4)
[Function]
cnc_download4
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_download4(length, data)
[Arguments]
Table 5.3 (63)
Name
Arguments of the cnc_download4 function
Type
length
data
Numerical value
Numerical value
Description
Number of characters of the NC data to be output
NC program to be output
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_RESET
The CNC has been reset.
Call the cnc_dwnend4 function.
EW_FUNC
The start processing for outputting the NC program to be registered has
not been completed in the CNC or the cnc_dwnstart4 function has not
been executed.
EW_LENGTH
The specified data length is invalid. A negative value is specified as the
number of output characters.
EW_DATA
The data is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
1: Syntax error in NC data
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Numerical
value
Name
1st element
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_download4 function
Description
Drawing
number
Table 5.3 (64)
Type
Element
313/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
2nd element
Numerical
value
Description
2: When the TV check is enabled, a block that consists of an odd
number of characters (including LF at the end of the block) is detected.
3: The maximum allowable number of registered NC programs has
been exceeded.
4: The same program number has already been registered.
5: The same program number is selected by the NC.
EW_PROT
Write protection is applied.
CNC parameters (protection or encryption of programs in the eight or
nine thousands) are write-protected. For the timing of the occurrence of
this error, see [Description].
EW_OVRFLOW
The part program storage area of the CNC becomes full, so data cannot
be registered any more.
For the timing of the occurrence of this error, see [Description].
EW_BUFFER
Buffer full The buffer is full. Retry.
For the timing of the occurrence of this error, see [Description].
Number of characters of the NC data that has actually been output
If the free space of the buffer for data transfer to the CNC is smaller than the
number of characters specified, an amount of data equivalent to the size of
the free space is output and set.
[Description]
Outputs (downloads) an NC program to be registered.
If even one character cannot be output, EW_BUFFER is returned to the first place in the return value list.
When this value is returned, the function must be called again.
Return of the error (EW_DATA and EW_OVRFLOW, etc.) is generally delayed because priority is given
to the transfer speed of the data to the CNC. This means that an error output at a certain point in time is
sometimes due to data that was output in several data output operations preceding that point.
An error that occurs in several data output operations preceding the end of the function is returned by
cnc_dwnend4.
[Example]
O1234 program
O1234 ;
G1F0.3W10.;
M30;
%
When the above program is output as many times as the number of specified characters
type = 0
file_name = "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
length = 27
data = "¥nO1234¥nG1F0.3W10.¥nM30¥n%"
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
ret1 = cnc_dwnstart4(type, file_name)
if ret1 == EW_OK then
ret2 = cnc_download4(length, data)
end
cnc_dwnend4()
if ret2[0] == EW_OK then
#[100] = ret2[0].to_i # Execution result
314/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
#[101] = ret2[1].to_i # Number of characters of the NC data that has actually been output
end
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the NC data which can influence how the
machine works. There is a possibility that the NC may run with values from the
wrong NC data. In this case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and
tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the NC data is safe and correct when doing so
as it can influence how the machine works.
The NC data that can influence how the machine works is as follows. It may not
all be listed below after new applications or functions are released.
NC data that can influence how the machine works:
NC parameter, NC program, Tool offset value, Pitch error compensation data,
Work origin offset value, Custom macro variables
2.20 Stopping output of NC program to be registered (4)
[Function]
cnc_dwnend4
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_dwnend4()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (65)
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_dwnend4 function
Description
Numerical
value
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
The start processing for outputting the NC program to be registered has not been
completed in the CNC or the cnc_dwnstart4 function has not been executed.
EW_DATA
The data is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
1: Syntax error in NC data
2: When the TV check is enabled, a block that consists of an odd number of characters
(including LF at the end of the block) is detected.
3: The maximum allowable number of registered NC programs has been exceeded.
4: The same program number has already been registered.
5: The same program number is selected by the NC.
EW_PROT
Write protection is applied.
CNC parameters (protection or encryption of programs in the eight or nine thousands) are
write-protected. For the timing of the occurrence of this error, see [Description].
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Type
315/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Type
Description
EW_OVRFLOW
The part program storage area of the CNC becomes full, so data cannot be registered any
more.
For the timing of the occurrence of this error, see [Description].
[Description]
Notifies the CNC of the end of NC data registration. (This function must be used after downloading ends.)
An error (such as EW_DATA or EW_OVRFLOW) in the cnc_download4 function may be returned by this
function.
Control is not returned from this function until the registration of data output by the cnc_download4
function is completed.
[Example]
Refer to the example of "Output NC program to be registered (4) (cnc_download4 function)."
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the NC data which can influence how the
machine works. There is a possibility that the NC may run with values from the
wrong NC data. In this case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and
tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the NC data is safe and correct when doing so
as it can influence how the machine works.
The NC data that can influence how the machine works is as follows. It may not
all be listed below after new applications or functions are released.
NC data that can influence how the machine works:
NC parameter, NC program, Tool offset value, Pitch error compensation data,
Work origin offset value, Custom macro variables
2.21 Starting reading NC program (4)
[Function]
cnc_upstart4
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_upstart4(type, file_name)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (66)
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Description
Specify the type of CNC data to be read.
0: NC program
1: Tool offset amount
2: Parameter
3: Pitch error compensation amount
4: Custom macro variable value
5: Work origin offset
7: Operation history data
8: Maintenance information
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Numerical
value
Name
type
Arguments of the cnc_upstart4 function
Type
Drawing
number
Name
316/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Name
file_name
Type
String
Description
Drive name, folder name, and file name (up to 241 characters) of a program
Valid only when type = 0 (NC program).
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following path as the program directory of the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (67)
Type
Numerical
value
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_upstart4 function
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Start command for output of NC program to be compared has been rejected.
Cnc_upstart4 function has already been executed. Use cnc_upend4 function to end the
previous output operation.
EW_ATTRIB
The specified type is invalid.
EW_DATA
The data is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
1:
File or folder name error
EW_NOOPT
A required option is not provided.
When a custom macro variable, work origin offset, or pitch error data is registered, an option
is required.
EW_MODE
The mode of the CNC is incorrect.
Set the CNC mode to something other than the MDI mode.
End background editing in the CNC.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
The CNC is operating. Reading data other than NC programs is not permitted during
operation.
EW_ALARM
Alarm state
Alarm PW0000 is issued in the CNC. Cancel the alarm in the CNC.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
Requests the CNC to start reading (uploading) NC data (such as an NC program, tool offsets, or
parameters) specified with a path name and file name. (This function must be executed before
downloading is performed.)
If the cnc_upload4 function or cnc_upend4 function is executed without executing this function,
EW_FUNC is returned.
The basic uploading procedure is shown below.
317/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Fig. 5.3 (c) Procedure for reading NC program (4)
Specify a program with a folder and a file name. So, it is impossible to upload more than one program by
specifying a range. When data is to be read from a memory card or data server, the full path of a program
name must be set in the 'file_name' argument of the cnc_upstart4 function.
To access a data server, specify and execute the function as shown in the following example:
Example) Read program O1234:
ret = cnc_upstart4(0, "//DATA_SV/O1234") ;
[Example]
Refer to the example of "Reading NC program (4) (cnc_upload4 function)."
2.22 Reading NC program (4)
[Function]
cnc_upload4
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_upload4(length)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (68)
Name
length
Arguments of the cnc_upload4 function
Type
Description
Numerical
value
Number of characters to be read
In this variable (length), set the number of characters to be input by one read
operation.
The number of characters must be a multiple of 256.
If a value smaller than 256 is specified as the number of characters to be read,
EW_LENGTH is returned.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
318/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (69)
Type
Element
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
String
3rd element
Numerical
value
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_upload4 function
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_RESET
The CNC has been reset. Call the cnc_upend4 function.
EW_FUNC
The start processing for outputting the NC program to be registered has not
been completed in the CNC or the cnc_upstart4 function has not been
executed.
EW_LENGTH
The specified data length is invalid.
The specified number of NC data characters to be read (length) is less than
256.
EW_DATA
The data is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
2: No program is registered within a specified range.
3: The NC program area is corrupt.
EW_PROT
Write protection is applied.
CNC parameters (protection or encryption of programs in the eight or nine
thousands) are read-protected. For the timing of the occurrence of this
error, see [Description].
EW_BUFFER
The buffer is empty. Retry.
For the timing of the occurrence of this error, see [Description].
Number of NC data characters that have actually been read
After the end of a read operation, the number of characters actually read is set
again.
NC data that has actually been read
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
Reads (uploads) NC data.
This function inputs as many characters as specified in length. When the CNC data processing is delayed,
and data that can be read is shorter than the specified number of characters, the data that can be read is read,
and the number of characters of the read data is set in the second place in the list.
The actually read data is stored in the third place in the list of the return value. If even one character cannot
be read, EW_BUFFER is returned as the return value to the first place in the list. When this value is
returned, the function must be called again.
Because priority is given to the speed of data transfer to the CNC, an error (such as EW_DATA) is
generally returned with a delay. This means that an error output at a certain point in time is sometimes due
to data that was output in several data output operations preceding that point. An error that occurs in
several data output operations preceding the end of the function is returned by the cnc_upend4 function.
When read, NC data ends with '%'. Use this character, '%', as the condition for ending a read operation.
When an attempt is made to perform a read operation after '%' is received, the function ends with an error
(EW_RESET).
319/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Input data format
The format of the NC data that is read from CNC is as follows:
% LF bloc-1 LF block-2 LF ... LF block-n LF %
where, LF = 0x0A('¥n')
Or
% LF CR CR block-1 LF CR CR ... LF CR CR block-n LF CR CR %
where, CR = 0x0D ('¥r') and LF = 0x0A ('¥n')
The format to be used is determined by the setting of bit 3 (NCR) of NC parameter No. 0100.
Because of the TV check, a space (' ') may be added before LF.
For details, refer to Section 13.2, "PROGRAM SECTION CONFIGURATION" in "OPERATOR’S
MANUAL (Common to Lathe System/Machining Center System)" (B-63944EN, B-64484EN,
B-64604EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When up to 256 characters of the NC program O1234 are read
type = 0
file_name = "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234"
length = 256
ret1 = cnc_upstart4(type, file_name)
if ret1 == EW_OK then
ret2 = cnc_upload4(length)
end
cnc_upend4()
#[100] = ret2[0].to_i # Execution result
#[101] = ret2[1].to_i # Number of NC program characters that have actually been read
MsgBoxShow(ret2[2].to_s, 0) # NC program that has actually been read
2.23 Stopping reading NC program (4)
[Function]
cnc_upend4
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_upend4()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (70)
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_upend4 function
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
The start processing for outputting the NC program to be registered has not been
completed in the CNC or the cnc_upstart4 function has not been executed.
EW_DATA
The data is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Type
Numerical
value
320/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Type
Description
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
2: No program is registered within a specified range.
3: The NC program area is corrupt.
EW_PROT
Write protection is applied.
CNC parameters (protection or encryption of programs in the eight or nine thousands) are
write-protected.
For the timing of the occurrence of this error, see [Description].
[Description]
Posts the end of reading (uploading) of NC data. (This function must be executed after uploading.)
An error (such as EW_DATA) in the cnc_upload4 function may be returned by this function.
[Example]
Refer to the example of "Reading NC program (4) (cnc_upload4 function)."
2.24 Reading the name of the program being executed
[Function]
cnc_exeprgname
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_exeprgname()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (71)
Type
Element
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
Array
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_exeprgname function
Description
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Not available
Name of program being executed
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Name of program being
executed."
Table 5.3 (72)
Element
Type
1st element
2nd element
String
Numerical
value
Name of program being executed
Description
Name of program being executed (Up to 31 characters can be used.)
Number of the program being executed
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
Reads the name of a machining program currently selected in the CNC.
A program name is stored as a string consisting of up to 31 characters.
Storage of the "Name of program being executed" array for O-number programs:
1st element (string):
An ASCII code indicating "O" and a number such as "O123" is stored.
2nd element (numerical value): Binary data indicating an "O" number such as "123" is stored.
321/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
-
Storage of the "Name of program being executed" array for programs other than O-number programs:
1st element (string):
An ASCII code indicating a program name such as "ABC" is stored.
2nd element (numerical value): Binary data indicating an 0 is stored.
[Example]
When the name of the program being executed and program number are acquired
ret_values = cnc_exeprgname()
# Executes reading of the name of the program being executed.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
2.25 Reading the name of the program being executed (full path format)
[Function]
cnc_exeprgname2
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_exeprgname2()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (73)
Type
Element
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
String
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_exeprgname2 function
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Not available
Full path of the name of the program being executed
Up to 256 characters can be used.
[Description]
Reads the name of a machining program currently selected in the CNC in the full path format.
A program name consists of up to 256 characters and is stored in the second place in the list.
O-number programs:
"//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O123"
Programs other than O-number programs:
"//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/ABC"
[Example]
When the name of a machining program currently selected in the CNC is acquired in the full path format
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
ret = cnc_exeprgname2()
#[100] = ret[0].to_i # Execution result
MsgBoxShow(ret[1].to_i, 0) # Number of characters of the NC data that has actually been output
322/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
2.26 Writing MDI program
[Function]
cnc_wrmdiprog
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrmdiprog(length, data)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (74)
Name
Arguments of the cnc_wrmdiprog function
Type
length
Description
Numerical
value
String
data
Number of characters in the MDI program to be written
MDI program data to be written
Up to 499 characters can be used as a string of MDI program data.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (75)
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrmdiprog function
Type
Description
Numerical
value
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
The number of characters in the MDI program (length) is invalid.
EW_DATA
A character that is unavailable for NC programs is detected.
EW_MODE
The function is executed in an unavailable CNC mode.
Set the CNC mode to MDI.
EW_REJECT
MDI operation is being executed or the CNC is in the emergency stop status.
[Description]
Writes an MDI program to the CNC. This function must be used in the MDI mode.
The written data format is shown below.
MDI program data registered to the CNC is an ASCII code string in the following format:
LF Block1 LF Block2 LF ... LF %
[Example]
MDI program
M03 S2000 ;
G28 U0 W0 ;
T0101 ;
G00 X35.0 Z-10.0 ;
When the above program is written to the CNC
length = 45
data = "¥nM03S2000¥nG28U0W0¥nT0101¥nG00X35.0Z-10.0¥n%"
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
ret = cnc_wrmdiprog(length, data)
#[100] = ret # Execution result
323/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the MDI program. There is a possibility that the
NC may run with the wrong MDI program. In this case, it may cause unexpected
machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the MDI program is safe and correct when
doing so.
2.27 Reading an execution pointer for MDI operation
[Function]
cnc_rdmdipntr
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdmdipntr()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (76)
Type
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdmdipntr function
Description
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
Array
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_MODE
The function is executed in an unavailable CNC mode.
Set the CNC mode to MDI.
Execution pointer information
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Execution pointer
information."
Element
Table 5.3 (77)
Element
Type
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
3rd element
4th element
Numerical
value
Execution pointer information
Description
Number of program being executed
For MDI operation, this value is basically 0.
When the program being executed is a subprogram, the subprogram number is
indicated.
Execution block pointer
Pointer to the block currently being executed.
Buffered program number
Number of the buffered program.
For MDI operation, this value is basically 0. When a subprogram is buffered, the
subprogram number is indicated.
Buffered block pointer
Pointer to the last block of the program that is buffered.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
Reads the execution pointer for MDI operation.
This function must be used in the MDI mode.
324/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Example]
When the execution pointer for MDI operation is acquired
ret_values = cnc_ rdmdipntr() # Executes reading of the execution pointer for MDI operation.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
2.28 Writing an execution pointer for MDI operation
[Function]
cnc_wrmdipntr
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrmdipntr(crntpntr)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (78)
Name
crntpntr
Arguments of the cnc_wrmdipntr function
Type
Description
Numerical
value
Execution start block pointer
Specify the execution start block pointer with an absolute pointer value (block
number indicated when the number of the first block of the program is 0).
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (79)
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrmdipntr function
Type
Numerical
value
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
The specified execution start block pointer (crntpntr) is invalid.
EW_MODE
The function is executed in an unavailable CNC mode.
Set the CNC mode to MDI.
EW_REJECT
MDI operation is being executed or the CNC is in the emergency stop status.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
Specifies the execution pointer for MDI operation. (The pointer cannot be directly manipulated while a
program is being executed.)
Before executing this function, register an MDI program using the cnc_wrmdiprog function.
This function must be used in the MDI mode.
325/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the execution pointer for MDI operation. There
is a possibility that the NC may run with the wrong execution pointer for MDI
operation. In this case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools,
machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the execution pointer for MDI operation is safe
and correct when doing so.
2.29 Reading programs line by line
[Function]
cnc_rdpdf_line
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdpdf_line(prog_name, line_no, line_len, data_len)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (80)
Name
Type
prog_name
String
line_no
Numerical
value
line_len
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
data_len
Arguments of the cnc_rdpdf_line function
Description
Program path with drive-name + path-name + file-name.
When prog_name data is "" (null character), the name of the last
accessed program is assumed to be specified.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths for the program folder of the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Patch 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/”
For an MDI program, specify "MDI".
Line number from which reading starts
For the first line of the program, specify 0.
If the specified number exceeds the number of registered lines, an error
(EW_DATA) is returned.
Number of lines to be read in the program
Number of characters to be read in the program
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 4 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Busy
- During the execution of a search.
EW_DATA
Data error
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Type
Numerical
value
Name
Element
1st element
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdpdf_line function
Drawing
number
Table 5.3 (81)
326/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
2nd element
String
3rd element
Numerical
value
4rd element
Numerical
value
Description
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function. The following is set to "Detail status" of the return
value array:
1: Program path (prog_name) error.
2: Read start line number (line_no) error.
3: Error in the number of lines to be read (line_len).
EW_PROT
Write protection
- CNC parameters No. 8000 to No. 8999 or No. 9000 to No. 9999 (for
protection or encryption) are write-protected.
EW_MODE
CNC mode error.
The emergency stop engaged.
Contents of the program that have been read
Strings of the specified line, number of lines, and number of characters
If a problem occurs, a NULL character is set.
Number of lines that have been read
The number of lines that have actually been read.
If a problem has occurred, -1 is set.
Number of characters that have been read
The number of characters that have actually been read.
If a problem has occurred, -1 is set.
[Description]
Reads the specified program line by line.
This function attempts to read the number of lines in the program as is specified by (line_len). However, if
the number of characters that is specified for (data_len) is reached, the function stops reading the program.
When the end of the line (EOB (‘¥n’)) is not read, the line is not counted as having been read, however.
Example) If you want to read lines 1 to 3 of the following program, you must specify at least 33 for the
number of characters to be read. If a value of 30 is specified for the number of characters to be read, a
value of 2 is set for the number of read lines because line 3 cannot be read to the end. However, the return
value is 30 (characters).
O1234 ;
N001 G01 X0. F100 ;
N002 X20. ;
N003 X50. ;
N004 X80. ;
N005 M30 ;
%
The following table shows the relationships between each CNC mode and target program (MDI program,
selected program, and unselected program):
Table 5.3 (82)
CNC modes and target programs
MDI mode
Other modes
MDI program
Selected program
Unselected program
×
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
: Can be executed. ×: Cannot be executed (EW_MODE is returned).
327/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
When this function is executed for an MDI program or selected program, the execution pointer goes to the
beginning of the line specified for line_no in the following cases:
When an MDI program is specified in the MDI mode
When the selected program is specified in the EDIT mode
When the selected program is specified in the TJOG/THND mode with a playback option
[Example]
When 30 characters between the 1st and 3rd lines of the program "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234"
are read.
ret = cnc_rdpdf_line("//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234",1,3,30)
if ret[0] == EW_OK then
msg_txt = "Contents to be read:" + ret[1] + "¥n" + "Lines to be read:" + ret[2].to_s + "¥n" + "Number
of characters to be read:" + ret[3].to_s
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end
2.30 Writing programs line by line
[Function]
cnc_wrpdf_line
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrpdf_line( prog_name, line_no, prog_data, data_len)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (83)
Description
line_no
Numerical
value
prog_data
String
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Specify the program path with drive-name + path-name + file-name.
When prog_name data is "" (null character), the name of the last accessed
program is assumed to be specified.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths for the program folder of the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
For an MDI program, specify "MDI".
Line number to be written
Line 0 is the first line (line containing a program name and program number) of a
program.
Program string to be written
Pay attention to the following points when making this specification:
- Codes other than those significant to the NC are ignored.
- Lowercase alphabetic characters are ignored.
- '%' (EOR) is ignored.
Even when the specified string contains multiple EOB characters ('¥n'), the
registered line with the specified line number is replaced with the specified string.
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
String
Name
prog_name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Arguments of the cnc_wrpdf_line function
Type
Drawing
number
Name
328/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Name
data_len
Type
Description
Numerical
value
Number of characters to be written
Before data is written, the unused space in the NC is checked. If the size of the
space is smaller than that for the number of characters to be written + 100
characters, data is not written and an error (EW_OVRFLOW) is returned.
The maximum number of characters that can be written at a time is 200
characters in Series 30i/31i/32i-A, and 1740 characters in Series 30i/31i/32i/35i
-B, Series 0i -F, and PMi -A.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (84)
Type
Numerical
value
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrpdf_line function
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Busy
- During the execution of a search.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
1: Program path (prog_name) error.
2: Write start line number (line_no) error.
3: Error in the number of characters to be written (data_len).
4: An attempt was made to change the O number at the beginning.
5: The first character of the string is invalid.
6: An error occurred during deletion of the write start line.
7: An error occurred during writing.
EW_PROT
Write protection
- CNC parameters No. 8000 to No. 8999 or No. 9000 to No. 9999 (for protection or
encryption) are write-protected.
EW_OVRFLOW
Memory overflow
- There is insufficient unused space on the NC. Allocate the required space.
EW_MODE
CNC mode error.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
- During MDI or background editing.
[Description]
Writes the specified program line by line.
The file name on the first line cannot be changed. If an attempt is made to rewrite the file name, an error
(EW_DATA) is returned.
The following table shows the relationships between each CNC mode and target program (MDI program,
selected program, or unselected program):
Table 5.3 (85) CNC modes and target programs
EDIT mode
MDI mode
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
×
×
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
Other modes
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
×
×
Drawing
number
MDI program
Selected program
329/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Unselected program
: Can be executed. ×: Cannot be executed (EW_MODE is returned).
When a playback option is enabled, TJOG/THND mode is assumed to be the same as EDIT mode.
Even when the OP signal is set to 1, this function can be executed if the STL signal is set to 0 (in statuses
such as feed hold stopped or single block stopped).
When this function is executed for an MDI program or selected program, the execution pointer goes to the
beginning of the line specified for line_no in the following cases:
When an MDI program is specified in the MDI mode
When the selected program is specified in the EDIT mode
When the selected program is specified in the TJOG/THND mode with a playback option
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the NC program. There is a possibility that the
NC may run the wrong NC program. In this case, it may cause unexpected
machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the NC program is safe and correct when
doing so.
[Example]
When "TEST" is written on the 2nd line of the program "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234"
ret = cnc_wrpdf_line("//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234",2,"TEST",4)
if ret != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end
2.31 Deleting programs line by line
[Function]
cnc_pdf_delline
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_pdf_delline( prog_name, line_no, line_len)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (86)
Type
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Program path with drive-name + path-name + file-name.
When prog_name data is "" (null character), the name of the last accessed
program is assumed to be specified.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths for the program folder of the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
For an MDI program, specify "MDI".
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
String
Name
prog_name
Arguments of the cnc_pdf_delline function
Description
Drawing
number
Name
330/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Name
Type
Description
line_no
Numerical
value
line_len
Numerical
value
Line number from which deletion starts
For the first line of the program, specify 0.
If the specified number exceeds the number of registered lines, an error
(EW_DATA) is returned.
Number of lines in the program that are to be deleted.
If the specified number exceeds the number of registered lines, all lines from
the specified line number to the line before last are deleted. The last line (%) is
not deleted.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (87)
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_pdf_delline function
Type
Description
Numerical
value
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Busy
- During the execution of a search.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
1: Program path (prog_name) error.
2: Deletion start line number (line_no) error.
3: Error in the number of lines to be deleted (line_len).
EW_PROT
Write protection
- CNC parameters No. 8000 to No. 8999 or No. 9000 to No. 9999 (for protection or
encryption) are write-protected.
EW_MODE
CNC mode error.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
- The emergency stop is engaged.
[Description]
Deletes the specified program line by line.
When the number of the line containing the file name ("Oxxxx" or "<xxxx>") is specified for the deletion
start line number, the data following the file name to the end of the line ('¥n') is deleted, but the file name is
not deleted.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Example)
Deletes the following program line by line:
O1234(TEST PROGRAM) ;
G010. F100 ;
X20. ;
M30 ;
%
331/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
When three lines starting from line 0 in the program are deleted, the result is:
O1234 M30 ;
%
The following table shows the relationships between each CNC mode and target program (MDI program,
selected program, or unselected program):
Table 5.3 (88)
CNC modes and target programs
EDIT mode
MDI mode
Other modes
×
×
×
×
MDI program
Selected program
Unselected program
: Can be executed. ×: Cannot be executed (EW_MODE is returned).
When a playback option is enabled, TJOG/THND mode is assumed to be the same as EDIT mode.
Even when the OP signal is set to 1, this function can be executed if the STL signal is set to 0 (in statuses
such as feed hold stopped or single block stopped).
When this function is executed for an MDI program or selected program, the execution pointer goes to the
beginning of the line specified for line_no in the following cases:
When an MDI program is specified in the MDI mode
When the selected program is specified in the EDIT mode
When the selected program is specified in the TJOG/THND mode with a playback option
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the NC program. There is a possibility that the
NC may run the wrong NC program. In this case, it may cause unexpected
machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the NC program is safe and correct when
doing so.
[Example]
When lines 0 to 3 of the program "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234" are deleted
ret = cnc_pdf_delline("//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234",0,4)
if ret != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end
2.32 Getting program execution pointer
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Function]
cnc_pdf_rdactpt
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_pdf_rdactpt()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
332/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (89) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_pdf_rdactpt function
Element
Type
Description
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
String
3rd element
Numerical
value
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_MODE
CNC mode error
- The function is executed in a mode other than the MDI, MEM,
EDIT, TJOG, or THND mode.
EW_REJECT
Pointer get processing is rejected.
Incorrect parameter number "number".
- Currently, the target program does not exist.
- The CNC is performing DNC or M198 operation.
- The STL signal is on.
- The emergency stop is engaged.
Current program name
When an MDI program is executed, "MDI" is set.
Number of the first block of the program
If a problem has occurred, -1 is set.
[Description]
Gets the current program name and block number in the MDI or MEM mode and EDIT, TJOG, or THND
mode.
The following restrictions apply to execution of this function:
During DNC or M198 operation, EW_REJECT is returned.
When the STL signal is on, EW_REJECT is returned.
When the program is buffered, the number of the block following the buffered block is obtained.
[Example]
When the current program name and block number are obtained and then displayed in the message box
ret = cnc_pdf_rdactpt()
if ret[0] == EW_OK then
msg_txt = "Program name:" + ret[1] + "n" + "Block number:" + ret[2].to_s
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end
2.33 Setting program execution pointer
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Function]
cnc_pdf_wractpt
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_pdf_wractpt(prog_name, type, blk_no)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
333/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (90)
Name
Type
prog_name
String
type
Numerical
value
blk_no
Numerical
value
Arguments of the cnc_pdf_wractpt function
Description
Program that sets the executing block number
Specify it with drive name + path name + file name.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths for the program folder of the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
For an MDI program, specify "MDI".
Execution pointer type.
0: Absolute pointer
(The number of the first block of the program is 0.)
1: Relative pointer
(Relative value to the current execution pointer)
Block number to be set
When type = 0
Specify the block number indicated when the number of the first block of the
program is 0.
When type = 1
Specify the value relative to the current execution pointer.
If 0 is specified, the execution pointer is not changed.
The following table shows values of the absolute pointer and relative pointer when the execution block is
"X20. Z15.;".
Table 5.3 (91) Method for specifying the absolute pointer and relative pointer
Selected NC command program
Absolute pointer
Relative pointer
01234
G00 X0. Z0.;
G01 X10. Z5. F100. ;
X20. Z15.;
X35.;
Z20;
M30;
%
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
-3
-2
-1
0
1
2
3
4
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (92)
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
- An invalid value is specified for type.
EW_DATA
Data error
- The specified program name is invalid or does not exist.
- The specified block number is invalid or does not exist.
Name
Type
Numerical
value
Drawing
number
Element
1st element
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_pdf_wractpt function
334/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
2nd element
Description
Numerical
value
EW_MODE
CNC mode error
- The function is executed in a mode other than the EDIT, MEM, or MDI mode.
- In the EDIT mode, "" (null character) is specified for prog_name.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
- During operation.
- No MDI program exists.
- No program is selected.
- An alarm is issued.
- Emergency stop is engaged.
Execution pointer
When 1 (relative value setting) is set as the execution pointer type and 0 is set as
the block number, the absolute value of the pointer to be executed next is set.
[Description]
Sets the next block number to be executed for a program for MDI or memory operation.
When a block has been buffered, the buffered block is executed before the block number set with this
function is executed.
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the NC program. There is a possibility that the
NC may run the wrong NC program. In this case, it may cause unexpected
machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the NC program is safe and correct when
doing so.
[Example]
When 2 is set as the absolute pointer
ret = cnc_pdf_wractpt("//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234",0,2)
if (ret[0] != EW_OK ) then
MsgBoxShow(ret[0].to_s,0)
# Error display
end
When the absolute value of the pointer to be executed next is to be acquired
ret = cnc_pdf_wractpt("//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234",1,0)
if (ret[0] == EW_OK ) then
MsgBoxShow(ret[1].to_s,0)
# The absolute value of the pointer to be executed next is displayed.
end
2.34 Starting to save NC programs
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Function]
cnc_saveprog_start
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_saveprog_start()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
335/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (93)
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_saveprog_start function
Type
Description
Numer
ical
value
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
The cnc_saveprog_start function has been executed. Finish saving NC programs to nonvolatile
memory by using the cnc_saveprog_end function.
[Description]
Saving NC programs to nonvolatile memory is started when High-speed program management is valid (bit
7 (HPM) of parameter No.11354 is 1).
Although saving NC programs to nonvolatile memory can only be executed when all paths are in EDIT
mode, this function returns "EW_OK" even if one of the paths is not in EDIT mode.
If the NC program is not saved to nonvolatile memory because it is in the wrong operation mode or
because of mistaken parameter settings, the value corresponding to the result of saving the NC program is
set in the second place of the list as the return value of the cnc_saveprog_end function.
The procedure for saving NC programs to nonvolatile memory is shown below.
Fig. 5.3 (d) Flow for saving NC programs
For details about High-speed program management, refer to the "OPERATOR'S MANUAL (Common to
Lathe System/Machining Center System) (B-64484EN, B-64604EN) III.11.16 HIGH-SPEED PROGRAM
MANAGEMENT "
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the NC program. There is a possibility that the
NC may run the wrong NC program. In this case, it may cause unexpected
machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the NC program is safe and correct when
doing so.
336/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
2.35 Ending save of NC programs
[Function]
cnc_saveprog_end
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_saveprog_end()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Element
Table 5.3 (94)
Type
1st
element
Numerical
value
2nd
element
Numerical
value
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_saveprog_end function
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
In a Busy state.
An NC program is being saved to nonvolatile memory.
EW_FUNC
The cnc_saveprog_start function has not been executed.
Result of saving an NC program to nonvolatile memory
If the first return value of this function is "EW_OK", the following values
corresponding to the NC program being saved to nonvolatile memory are set.
EW_OK
Saving the NC program has completed normally.
EW_PARAM
Parameter error
EW_MODE
CNC mode error
EW_REJECT CNC processing is rejected. (If this function cannot be executed
by the CNC, the return value is this error.)
[Description]
Ends saving the NC program to nonvolatile memory.
If an NC program is being saved to nonvolatile memory, "EW_BUSY" is returned as the return value to
the first place in the list. Execute this function repeatedly until the NC program is completely saved to the
nonvolatile memory.
Once the NC program has been saved to nonvolatile memory, "EW_OK" is set to both the first place and
second place in the return value list.
If a value other than "EW_OK" is set to the second place of the list, saving the NC program to the
nonvolatile memory has failed. Confirm the settings of the CNC (for example, operation mode and
parameter settings), execute the cnc_saveprog_start function again, and retry saving the NC program to the
nonvolatile memory.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
CAUTION
If the power supply of the CNC is interrupted while saving an NC program to
nonvolatile memory, alarm (PS0519) is displayed the next time the power supply
is turned, and all NC programs are cleared.
337/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
2.36 Start copying arbitrary files / folders
[Function]
cnc_file_cpmv_start
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_file_cpmv_start (cpmv_mode, src_path, dst_path, attribute)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (95)
Name
Type
cpmv_mode
Numerical
value
src_path
String
dst_path
String
Arguments of the cnc_file_cpmv_start function
Description
Action mode
Specify the following values.
0 : Copy
Copy source file / folder name
Specify [device name]+[file name] or [device name]+[folder name].
Only ASCII characters (half-width alphanumeric characters and half-width
symbols) can be specified.
Example 1) When specifying a file
//DATA_SV/USER/PATH1/O0001
Example 2) When specifying a folder
//DATA_SV/USER/PATH1/WORK_A/
Copy destination path
If "/" is not added at the end of dst_path, the program / folder specified by
src_path is changed to the file / folder specified by dst_path and copied.
If "/" is added to the end of dst_path, dst_path is regarded as a folder, and the
program / folder specified by src_path is copied under the dst_path folder.
Only ASCII characters (half-width alphanumeric characters and half-width
symbols) can be specified.
Example 1) Rename and copy
src_path = //DATA_SV/USER/WORK1/O0001
dst_path = //USB_MEM/USER/WORK1/BBB
In the above case, file O0001 is copied as file BBB in folder WORK1.
Example 2) Copy files into a folder
src_path = //DATA_SV/USER/WORK1/O0001
dst_path = //USB_MEM/USER/WORK1/BBB/
In the above case, file O0001 is copied as file O0001 in the folder BBB.
Example 3) Change the folder name and copy
src_path = //DATA_SV/USER/WORK1/AAA/
dst_path = //USB_MEM/USER/WORK1/BBB
In the above case, the folder AAA is copied into the folder WORK1 as the folder
BBB.
Example 4) Copy a folder into a folder
src_path = //DATA_SV/USER/WORK1/AAA/
dst_path = //USB_MEM/USER/WORK1/BBB/
In the above case, the folder AAA is copied as the folder AAA in the folder BBB.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Numerical
Drawing
number
attribute
When copying from USB_MEM to CNC_MEM / MEMCARD, specify the copy
destination folder (Maximum 240 characters). If dst_path = "" or dst_path =
nil, copied to the foreground folder.
Copy operation mode
338/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Name
Type
Description
value
BIT0: Overwrite all
BIT1: Skip all
Specify the operation in BIT0 and BIT1 when there is a file with the same name
in the copy destination.
Overwriting confirmation (BIT0 = 0, BIT1 = 0)
Copy processing is performed while confirming that the copy source and
copy destination have the same name. If it has the same name, the copy
process is interrupted and suspended until the operation is specified by the
cnc_file_cpmv_restart function.
Overwrite all (BIT0 = 1, BIT1 = 0)
If the copy source and copy destination have the same name, the copy
process is performed while always overwriting.
Skip all (BIT0 = 0, BIT1 = 1)
If the copy source and copy destination have the same name, the copy
process is always performed while skipping the copy of the file / folder with
the same name.
NOTE:
Setting both BIT0 and BIT1 to 1 results in an error.
BIT2: Binary attribute
Text attribute (0) / Binary attribute (1)
This bit is valid only when copying to the data server.
In the case of Text attribute, it is possible to select it as the main program and
perform memory operation and editing. When handling NC data other than NC
programs, specify Binary attribute. Also, when copying multiple programs such
as batch backup of NC programs or data other than NC programs such as NC
parameters, specify Binary attribute.
NOTE:
If you copy a folder, all files under the specified folder have the specified
attribute.
BIT3 to BIT15: Unused
Set the unused bits to 0.
NOTE:
Not used when copying from USB_MEM to CNC_MEM / MEMCARD. Specify
0. Whether or not to overwrite depends on the parameter REP (No.3201 # 2).
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (96)
Type
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Busy
- The cnc_file_cpmv_start function or cnc_file_cpmv_restart function has already been executed.
Use the cnc_file_cpmv_end function to end the previous copy process.
- Other users are accessing the same data window. Try again.
EW_ATTRIB
Incorrect data attribute
EW_VERSION
CNC / PMC and library version mismatch
Drawing
number
Numer
ical
value
Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_file_cpmv_start function
Description
339/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Description]
Starts copying arbitrary files / folders between I / O devices.
This function exits without waiting for the copy to complete.
When this function is executed, execute the cnc_file_cpmv_poll function to get the processing result until
the cnc_file_cpmv_poll function returns other than EW_BUSY.
After that, be sure to execute cnc_file_cpmv_end and exit.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Overall flow of copy processing using this function
Drawing
number
Fig. 5.3 (e)
340/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Executing the cnc_file_cpmv_start function will start the copy process.
The cnc_file_cpmv_start function ends before the copy process is complete.
You can get the result of the copy process by using the cnc_file_cpmv_poll function.
Copying is in progress while EW_BUSY is returned. Continue calling until EW_OK.
When the cnc_file_cpmv_poll function returns EW_OK, the result of the copy process is set in the
argument result.
If result is CPMV_SUCCESS, the copy process is successful.
Call the cnc_file_cpmv_end function to end the copy process.
If result is CPMV_ER_OVERLAPPED, the copy process is interrupted because a file with the same name
as the copy source exists in the copy destination. In this case, use the cnc_file_cpmv_restart function to
overwrite, skip, or select to restart the copy process.
If result is anything other than CPMV_SUCCESS, CPMV_ER_OVERLAPPED, the copy process has
failed completely or partially. Call the cnc_file_cpmv_end function to end the copy process.
About input / output devices
It is possible to copy between different devices.
The devices that can be specified are as follows.
- Data server device (DATA_SV)
- USB memory (USB_MEM)
- CNC built-in memory device (CNC_MEM)
- Memory card program device (MEMCARD)
src: copy source, dst: copy destination
dst
CNC_MEM
src
MEMCARD
CNC_MEM
MEMCARD
DATA_SV
USB_MEM
O: Copy of file/folder is available.
- :Copy of file/folder is not available.
* : Only copy of file is available.
DATA_SV
USB_MEM
-
*
*
O
O
-
[Example]
When copying O0001 file of the data server device to a USB memory.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
# Since it uses the sleep function, it must be run as an asynchronous script.
ret_value = cnc_file_cpmv_start( 0,"//DATA_SV/O0001", "//USB_MEM/", 0)
if ret_value != 0.to_i then
# If an abnormal value is returned
if ret_value == -1.to_i then
# EW_BUSY
Msg = " Copy processing by cnc_file_cpmv_start function is being executed."
elsif ret_value == 4.to_i then
# EW_ATTRIB
Msg = " Incorrect data attribute for cnc_file_cpmv_start."
end
else
# If a normal value is returned
ret = -1.to_i
while ret == -1.to_i do
# EW_BUSY
ret_values = cnc_file_cpmv_poll()
341/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
ret = ret_values[0].to_i
result = ret_values [1].to_i
error_path = ret_values [2].to_s
sleep(10)
if ret == -1.to_i then
# EW_BUSY
Msg = " Copy processing by cnc_file_cpmv_start function is being executed. "
elsif ret == 1.to_i then
# EW_FUNC
Msg = " cnc_file_cpmv_start function not called."
end
if result == 3.to_i then
# CPMV_ER_OVERLAPPE (if a file name with the same name exists)
ret_value = cnc_file_cpmv_restart(1)
# Overwrite execution
if ret_value == -1.to_i then
# EW_BUSY
Msg = " cnc_file_cpmv_start function or cnc_file_cpmv_restart function is already executed. "
elsif ret_value == 1.to_i then
# EW_FUNC
Msg = " cnc_file_cpmv_start function is not called."
elsif ret_value == 4.to_i then
# EW_ATTRIB
Msg = " Incorrect data attributes."
end
sleep(10)
end
end
ret_value = cnc_file_cpmv_end()
if ret_value == 1.to_i then
Msg = " cnc_file_cpmv_start function is not called."
end
# EW_FUNC
end
[Available CNC]
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i-MODEL B
FANUC Series 30i-MODEL B Plus
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F Plus
: STEP1 series Edition 30.0 or later
: since the first Edition
: since the first Edition
: since the first Edition
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Copy between USB memory (USB_MEM) and CNC built-in memory device (CNC_MEM) is available
with the following edition.
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i-MODEL B
: STEP2 series Edition 43.0 or later
FANUC Series 30i-MODEL B Plus
: Edition 08.0 or later
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F
: STEP2 series Edition 36.0 or later
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F Plus
: Edition 17.0 or later
342/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
NOTE
It can be used when all systems are in EDIT mode or in the emergency stop state.
Copy is not performed if the following conditions are met:
- When the copy destination folder has the edit prohibition attribute
- When the copy source file / folder is protected for the following reasons
- Parameters NE8 / NE9
- Display prohibited attribute
- Protected by 8-level data protection function
- BG editing program
- When the copy source or copy destination files is the main program or the running program
- When the copy destination folder is a subfolder of the copy source folder
When you specify a folder as the copy source, you cannot copy any of the files and folders in that
folder that meet the following conditions.
- When the copy source and copy destination files / folders are protected for the following reasons
- Parameters NE8 / NE9
- Display prohibited attribute
- Protected by 8-level data protection function
- If there is a BG editing program under the folder or subfolder you are trying to overwrite
- When the copy source or copy destination program has a higher protection level than the
operation level in 8-level data protection.
- When the copy source or copy destination file is the main program or the running program.
- When copying, the depth of the folder path after copying exceeds the depth of the folder path
allowed by the device.
- When the source folder exists in the initial state (USER, MTB1, etc.)
If you copy “//DATA_SV/DIR1/WORK1/A/” including folders / files that cannot be copied under
“//USB_MEM/DIR1/WORK1/” as shown below, the folders under folder A If C is protected, only the
files / folders before folder C are copied, and copying of the files / folders after folder C are
interrupted.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Do not copy
343/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
2.37 Get result of copying arbitrary files / folders
[Function]
cnc_file_cpmv_poll
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_file_cpmv_poll()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (97)
Element
Type
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
Numerical
value
Arguments of the cnc_file_cpmv_poll function
Description
Function return value
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Busy
- Copy processing by cnc_file_cpmv_start function is being executed.
- Other users are accessing the same data window. Try again.
EW_FUNC
cnc_file_cpmv_start function is not called.
EW_VERSION
CNC / PMC and library version mismatch
Execution result
CPMV_SUCCESS (0)
Copy is successful.
CPMV_ER_FORMAT (1)
File / folder name format is incorrect, could not copy.
If you specify a USB memory path that does not exist, this error occurs.
CPMV_ER_NOT_EXIST (2)
The specified file / folder cannot be found, could not copy.
If you specify a data server path that does not exist, this error occurs.
CPMV_ER_OVERLAPPED (3)
A file with the same name as the copy source has already been registered in
the copy destination, copy process is interrupted.
Stop copying, or overwriting / skipping with cnc_file_cpmv_restart function to
continue.
CPMV_ER_HIERARCHICAL (4)
The hierarchy of the folder tree after copying exceeds the maximum value,
could not copy all files / folders.
CPMV_ER_SUBFOLDER (5)
The copy destination folder is the copy source folder
Therefore, it could not be copied.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
CPMV_ER_MAINPRG (6)
344/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
Description
The copy could not be made because the main program was specified as the
copy destination.
CPMV_ER_MAINPROG_IN_FLDR (7)
The main program was included in the folder specified as the copy destination,
and it was not possible to copy all files / folders.
.
CPMV_ER_PROT_PROG (8)
The copy destination or copy source folder / file was protected for one of the
following reasons and could not be copied.
- Parameters NE8 / NE9
- Edit prohibited attribute
- Display prohibited attribute
- Protected by 8-level data protection function
- BG editing program
CPMV_ER_PROT_PROG_IN_FLDR (9)
Protected folders / files are included in the folder specified as copy source or
copy destination, could not copy all files / folders.
CPMV_ER_MEMORY_OVER (10)
All files / folders could not be copied due to lack of free space.
CPMV_ER_EXECPROG (11)
The program under operation was specified as the copy destination and could
not be copied.
CPMV_ER_EXECPROG_IN_FLDR (12)
The program being operated was included in the folder specified as the copy
destination, could not copy all files / folders.
CPMV_ER_REGSTRY_NUM_OVER (13)
Could not copy all files / folders because the number of registrations was
exceeded.
CPMV_SUCCESS_SKIP(16)
Copied while skipping files / folders with the same name.
CPMV_ER_SAMEPATH(17)
Could not copy because the copy source and copy destination are the same.
CPMV_ER_DEVBUSY(18)
Could not copy because the input / output device of the copy source or copy
destination is in use.
CPMV_ER_DEVINVALID(19)
Could not copy because the input / output device of the copy cource or copy
destination cannot be used.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
CPMV_ER_VERSION(20)
Could not copy because the version of the control software for the input /
output device is not supported.
345/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
Description
CPMV_ER_MODE(21)
Copy was interrupted because it was copyed while operating or CNC mode
was changed to other than EDIT mode or emergency stop while copying.
Copying is possible between the data server and the USB memory only when
the entire system is in EDIT mode, or in the emergency stop state and not in
operation.
CPMV_ER_SAMENAME(22)
The file with the same name is already registered.
3rd element
CPMV_ER_ALARM(23)
Copy was interrupted due to the following NC alarm.
- TH Parity Alarm
- TV Parity Alarm
- Format error in NC program statement
- No Control-in
The program / folder path that caused the error
If the execution result is other than CPMV_SUCCESS, the program / folder path
that caused the error is set.
If the file / folder is 33 characters or more, or the full path is 256 characters or
more, the file / folder name is cut off and stored.
NULL is stored if it is not an error for a particular file / folder.
String
[Description]
Gets the result of the copy process started by the cnc_file_cpmv_start function.
The return value is EW_BUSY during the copy process.
Call this function until the return value is other than EW_BUSY.
If the return value (first element) of the function is EW_OK, the result of copy processing is stored in the
second element.
After that, be sure to execute cnc_file_cpmv_end and exit.
If the second element is other than CPMV_SUCCESS, the program / folder path that caused the error is
stored in the third element.
If the second element is CPMV_ER_OVERLAPPED, you can restart the process by executing the
cnc_file_cpmv_restart function to specify whether to overwrite or skip the file / folder of the third element.
[Example]
See the example of the cnc_file_cpmv_start function.
[Available CNC]
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i-MODEL B
FANUC Series 30i-MODEL B Plus
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F Plus
: STEP1 series Edition 30.0 or later
: since the first Edition
: since the first Edition
: since the first Edition
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
NOTE
It can be used when all systems are in EDIT mode or in the emergency stop state.
346/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
2.38 End of copying arbitrary files / folders
[Function]
cnc_file_cpmv_end
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_file_cpmv_end()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (98) Value stored in the return value of cnc_file_cpmv_end function
Type
Description
Numerical
value
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
The cnc_file_cpmv_start function is not called.
EW_VERSION
CNC / PMC and library version mismatch
[Description]
The copy process started by the cnc_file_cpmv_start function is terminated.
[Example]
See the usage example of the cnc_file_cpmv_start function.
[Available CNC]
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i-MODEL B
FANUC Series 30i-MODEL B Plus
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F Plus
: STEP1 series Edition 30.0 or later
: since the first Edition
: since the first Edition
: since the first Edition
NOTE
It can be used when all systems are in EDIT mode or in the emergency stop state.
2.39 Resume copying arbitrary files / folders
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Function]
cnc_file_cpmv_restart
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_file_cpmv_restart(check_mode)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
347/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (99)
Type
Name
check_mode
Numerical
value
Arguments of the cnc_file_cpmv_restart function
Description
Specify the operation mode when resuming copy processing.
CPMV_OVERWRITE(1) : Overwrite execution
CPMV_SKIP(2) : Skip execution
CPMV_OVERWRITE_ALL(3) : Overwrite all
CPMV_SKIP_ALL(4) : All skip execution
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (100) Value stored in the return value of cnc_file_cpmv_restart function
Description
Type
Numerical
value
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Busy
- The cnc_file_cpmv_start function or cnc_file_cpmv_restart function has already been
executed.
Use the cnc_file_cpmv_end function to end the previous copy process.
- Other users are accessing the same data window.
Try again.
EW_FUNC
The cnc_file_cpmv_start function is not called.
EW_ATTRIB
Incorrect data attribute
The value of the operation mode (check_mode) when resuming copy processing is invalid.
EW_VERSION
CNC / PMC and library version mismatch
[Description]
With the cnc_file_cpmv_poll function, if the result is a suspended state of copy processing by a file with
the same name (result = CPMV_ER_OVERLAPPED), you can specify the subsequent operation
(overwrite / skip, etc.) and restart the copy process.
The execution method that can be specified is as follows.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
- Overwrite execution
Overwrites the file with the same name obtained by the cnc_file_cpmv_poll function.
If there is a file with the same name in the subsequent copy process, the copy process is interrupted
again.
- Skip execution
Skips the file with the same name obtained by the cnc_file_cpmv_poll function.
If there is a file with the same name in the subsequent copy process, the copy process is interrupted
again.
- Overwrite all
Until the copy processing after the file with the same name obtained by the cnc_file_cpmv_poll
function is completed, all the files with the same name are overwritten and the copy processing is
continued.
- All skip execution
348/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
All files with the same name are skipped and the copy process is continued until the copy process
after the file with the same name obtained by the cnc_file_cpmv_poll function is completed.
After executing this function, get the result by using the cnc_file_cpmv_poll function in the same way as
the cnc_file_cpmv_start function.
After that, be sure to execute the cnc_file_cpmv_end function to end the copy process.
[Example]
See the example of the cnc_file_cpmv_start function.
[Available CNC]
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i-MODEL B
FANUC Series 30i-MODEL B Plus
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F Plus
: STEP1 series Edition 30.0 or later
: since the first Edition
: since the first Edition
: since the first Edition
NOTE
It can be used when all systems are in EDIT mode or in the emergency stop state.
[CNC window library NC data file-related function reference]
3.1 Reading parameters (range specified)
[Function]
cnc_rdparar
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdparar(s_number, axis, e_number, length)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (101) Arguments of the cnc_rdparar function
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
axis
e_number
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
length
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Description
Start parameter number
Specifies the parameter number to start reading data.
Axis number
Specifies the following value:
(1) Non-axis parameter: 0
(2) Axis parameter, one axis: 1 to maximum controlled axis number
(3) Axis parameter, all axes: -1
A non-axis parameter is read regardless of which value is specified as the axis
number. When a non-axis parameter (0) is specified and an axis parameter
exists within a range specified with the start parameter number and end
parameter number, however, an error occurs. For the details of an error, refer to
"Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdparar function" for the return
value.
End parameter number
Specifies the parameter number to stop reading data.
Data block length
Specifies the data block length of the parameter to be read. For details on the
values to be specified, refer to the explanation below.
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
s_number
Name
Type
Drawing
number
Name
349/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
The size per parameter is as shown in the table below. Because the sizes are arranged in ascending order
with respect to the number of parameters in the range from the start parameter number to the end parameter
number, the data block length (length) to be specified is the sum of them.
Table 5.3 (102) Formula for calculating the size per piece of parameter data
Specified axis number (axis)
Formula
Non-axis parameter (0),
Axis parameter, one axis (1 to maximum
controlled axis number)
Axis parameter, all axes (-1)
4 + (byte size of the parameter)
4 + (byte size of the parameter) × (maximum number of controlled
axes)
There are the following types of parameters with different type and axis attributes, and the byte size is
different for each parameter to be specified. It is impossible to read a bit parameter one bit at a time. The
values of the specified parameters are read all at once 8 bits (1 byte) at a time.
Table 5.3 (103)
Byte size for each type of Parameter data
Parameter type
Bit parameter
Bit parameter with axis
Byte parameter
Byte parameter with axis
Word parameter
Word parameter with axis
2-Word parameter
2-Word parameter with axis
Real parameter
Real parameter with axis
Description
Byte size
Every bit has a meaning.
Every bit has a meaning (each axis).
1-byte data is stored.
1-byte data is stored (each axis).
2-byte data is stored.
2-byte data is stored (each axis).
4-byte data is stored.
4-byte data is stored (each axis).
4-byte data that indicates the value of a variable
and 4-byte data that indicates the number of
decimal places are stored.
4-byte data that indicates the value of a variable
and 4-byte data that indicates the number of
decimal places are stored (each axis).
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
4
8
8
If the size per parameter is not a multiple of 4, it needs to be made a multiple of 4.
(Example)
When reading word parameters using non-axis parameters (axis = 0), the size of one parameter will
be "4 + 2 bytes = 6", which is not a multiple of 4. Therefore, add the missing 2bytes as a dummy
and specify 8 for the data block length (length).
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Incorrect data block length "length".
EW_NUMBER
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Numerical value
Name
1st
element
Table 5.3 (104) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdparar function
Type
Description
Drawing
number
Element
350/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
Description
2nd
element
Numerical value
3rd
element
Array of m elements
(m = Number of
parameters that
have actually been
read)
Incorrect parameter number "number".
EW_ATTRIB
A value other than 0, values from 1 to maximum controlled axis
number, or -1 has been specified for the axis number. Or, an axis
parameter existed within a range specified with the start
parameter number and end parameter number.
Number of parameters that have actually been read
The number of parameters that have actually been read may not be
the same as the number of parameters in the range from the start
parameter number to the end parameter number.
For example, when 1421 and 1423 are specified as the start
parameter number and the end parameter number, the number of
parameters in this range should be 3. However, there is no parameter
whose number is 1422 so only the two parameters (1421 and 1423)
are read; therefore, the value to be stored will be 2.
Parameters that have been read (per parameter number)
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to be
stored in parameters that have been read (per parameter number)."
Table 5.3 (105) Values to be stored in parameters that have been read (per parameter number)
Element
Type
Description
1st
element
2nd
element
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
3rd
element
Variable array
Parameter number
Data type
(1) Upper byte: Type attribute
Bit type: 0
Byte type: 1
Word type: 2
2-word type: 3
Real type: 4
(2) Lower byte: Axis number
Non-axis parameter: 0
Axis parameter, one axis: Axis number that has been read
Axis parameter, all axes: -1
Values of the parameters that have been read
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to be stored in
parameters that have been read."
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
For the read parameter values, the array elements become variable according to the type attribute and axis
number each parameter has, as shown below. When the all axes specification for axis data (-1) is made and
the type of the parameters that have been read is the axis type, the data for the current controlled axes will
be valid.
In addition, spindle-related parameters are also handled as axis parameters, but the data for the current
spindles will be valid.
351/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Type attribute
that parameters
have
Table 5.3 (106) Values to be stored in parameters that have been read
Specified axis number
Number of
Description
elements in
the array
Bit type (0),
Byte type (1),
Word type (2),
2-word type (3)
Non-axis parameter (0),
Axis parameter, one axis
(1 to maximum controlled
axis number)
1
Axis parameter, all axes
(-1)
Maximum
number of
controlled
axes
2
Real type (4)
Non-axis parameter (0),
Axis parameter, one axis
(1 to maximum controlled
axis number)
Axis parameter, all axes
(-1)
Maximum
number of
controlled
axes
Bit/byte/word/2-word type parameters or axis parameters
(one axis)
For details on the value, refer to the following table
"Values to be stored in bit/byte/word/2-word type
parameters or axis parameters (one axis)."
Bit/byte/word/2-word type axis parameters (for each axis)
For details on the value, refer to the following table
"Values to be stored in bit/byte/word/2-word type axis
parameters (for each axis)."
Real parameters or axis parameters (one axis)
For details on the value, refer to the following table
"Values to be stored in real parameters or axis
parameters (one axis)."
Real parameters with axis (for each axis)
For details on the value, refer to the following table
"Values to be stored in real parameters with axis (for
each axis)."
Table 5.3 (107) Values to be stored in bit/byte/word/2-word type parameters or axis parameters (one axis)
Element
1st element
Type
Description
Numerical
value
Value of the bit/byte/word/2-word type parameter or axis parameter
(one axis)
Table 5.3 (108) Values to be stored in bit/byte/word/2-word type axis parameters (for each axis)
Element
Type
Description
1st to nth elements
(n = Maximum number of
controlled axes)
Numerical
value
Value of the bit/byte/word/2-word type axis parameter (for each axis)
Table 5.3 (109) Values to be stored in real parameters or axis parameters (one axis)
Element
Type
Description
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
Numerical
value
Data of the real parameter or axis parameter (one axis)
For details on the value, refer to the descriptions of real
parameters shown below.
Number of decimal places of the real parameter or axis parameter
(one axis)
Table 5.3 (110) Values to be stored in real parameters with axis (for each axis)
Element
Type
Description
1st to nth elements
Array of 2
elements
Real parameters with axis (for each axis)
The details on the values are the same as those shown in the
above table "Values to be stored in real parameters or axis
parameters (one axis)".
A real parameter contains a data section and a section for the number of decimal places, which are
expressed in the following format:
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Real parameter (data section)×10-(number of decimal places)
352/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
(Example) When the data is 12345 and the number of decimal places is 3, the real parameter is expressed
as "12345×10-3 = 12.345".
A conceptual image of the return value that will actually be returned is shown below.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
(1) When parameter numbers 6080 and 6081 (which are 2-word parameters) are read using non-axis
parameters (axis = 0)
[
0,
# Processing result (0 = EW_OK)
2,
# Number of parameters that have actually been read
[
# Parameters that have been read (per parameter number)
[
# First parameter
6080,
# Parameter number
768,
# Data type (768(dec) = 0x0300(hex), upper byte = 3, lower byte = 0)
[0]
# Value of the bit/byte/word/2-word type axis parameter (array of 1 element)
],
[
# Second parameter
6081,
# Parameter number
768,
# Data type
[0]
# Value of the bit/byte/word/2-word type axis parameter
]
]
]
(2) When parameter numbers 1425 (real parameter with axis) and 1426 (real parameter) are read by
specifying all axes for axis parameters (axis = -1)
[
0,
# Processing result (0 = EW_OK)
2,
# Number of parameters that have actually been read
[
# Parameters that have been read (per parameter number)
[
# First parameter
1425,
# Parameter number
1279,
# Data type (1279(dec) = 0x04FF(hex), upper byte = 4, lower byte = -1)
[
# Real parameter with axis
[100000, 4],
#
Value of the real parameter of the 1st axis (array of 2 elements)
[100000, 4],
#
Value of the real parameter of the 2nd axis (same as above)
[100000, 4],
#
Value of the real parameter of the 3rd axis (same as above)
...
#
The following is repeated to the maximum number of controlled axes.
#
(Data for the current number of controlled axes or spindles will be valid.)
]
],
[
# Second parameter
1426,
# Parameter number
1024,
# Data type (1024(dec) = 0x0400(hex), upper byte = 4, lower byte = 0)
[
# Real parameter
[0, 4]
#
Value of the real parameter (array of 2 elements)
]
]
]
]
[Description]
353/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Reads the parameters in the specified range at the same time based on the start parameter number
(s_number), end parameter number (e_number), and axis number (axis).
Parameters may be added because of, for example, the addition of CNC software functions. For example, if
a parameter is added within the read range, an error may occur (return value of the function:
EW_LENGTH) or the application program may not operate correctly. To prevent these problems, specify a
read range containing only a set of consecutive parameter numbers.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When non-axis parameters (axis = 0) for parameter numbers 6080 and 6081 are read at the same time
sno=6080
eno=6081
axis=0
len=(4+2+2)*2
# Input parameter start number (s_number) = 6080
# Input parameter end number (e_number) = 6081
# Axis number (axis) = 0
# Data block length (length) = (4 + byte size: 2 + dummy: 2) × two parameters
ret = cnc_rdparar(sno, axis, eno, len)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then # ret[0]: Processing result
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end
3.2 Writing parameters (multiple output)
[Function]
cnc_wrparas
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrparas(length, param)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (111) Arguments of the cnc_wrparas function
Type
Description
Name
length
Numerical value
param
Array of m elements
(m = Number of
parameters to be
rewritten)
Data block length
Details of the value to be specified are the same as those of
the data block length shown in "Arguments of the cnc_rdparar
function."
Parameters to be rewritten (for each parameter number)
The number of elements required is the number of parameters
to be rewritten. For details on the value to be specified, refer to
the following table "Values to be set to parameters to be
rewritten (for each parameter number)."
Table 5.3 (112) Values to be set to parameters to be rewritten (for each parameter number)
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Parameters to be rewritten (1st to mth)
For details on the value to be specified, refer to the following
table "Values to be set to parameters to be rewritten."
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Array of 3
elements
Description
Name
1st to mth
elements
Type
Drawing
number
Element
354/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (113) Values to be set to parameters to be rewritten
Element
Type
1st element
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
2nd element
3rd element
Variable array
Description
Parameter number
Specify the number of the parameter to be rewritten.
Data type
Specify a value of the type attribute as an upper byte and a value of the
axis number as a lower byte. Details of the values to be specified are the
same as those of "Values to be stored in parameters that have been
read (per parameter number)" for the cnc_rdparar function.
Value of the parameter to be rewritten
Details of the values to be specified are the same as those of "Values to
be stored in parameters that have been read" for the cnc_rdparar
function.
[Return]
The return values from this function are as follows.
Table 5.3 (114) Return values from the cnc_wrparas function
Type
Description
Numerical value
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
The number of elements for the value to be preset (for each axis) is
incorrect.
EW_NUMBER
Incorrect parameter number "number".
EW_ATTRIB
A value other than 0, values from 1 to maximum controlled axis number, or
-1 has been specified for the axis number.
EW_PROT
Write operation is prohibited.
[Description]
Rewrites multiples parameters in the specified input range at the same time based on the parameter
numbers, data type, and parameter values set to the param argument.
For some parameters, alarm PW0000 "POWER MUST BE OFF" may be issued when the data is rewritten.
If parameters whose write operation is prohibited (for example, parameters whose numbers are in the nine
thousands) exist in the specified parameter range, an error occurs. However, the other parameters are
rewritten.
[Example]
When parameter numbers 6080 and 6081 (which are 2-word parameters) are rewritten at the same time
type=(0x03 << 8 | 0x00)
# Data type (upper byte: 3 and lower byte: 0)
param=Array.new
# Creates an array of parameters to be rewritten.
param.push([6080, type, [[3]]])
# Sets 3 to the 1st parameter (parameter number: 6080).
param.push([6081, type, [[3]]])
# Sets 3 to the 2nd parameter (parameter number: 6081).
len=(4+2+2)*2
# Data block length (length) = (4 + byte size: 2 + dummy: 2) × two parameters
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
ret = cnc_wrparas( len, param )
if ret != EW_OK then
# ret: Processing results
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
355/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
End
3.3 Reading workpiece coordinate system shift
[Function]
cnc_rdwkcdshft
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdwkcdshft(axis)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Name
Table 5.3 (115) Arguments of the cnc_rdwkcdshft function
Description
Type
axis
Numerical
value
Axis number (= (1 to the maximum controlled axis number), or -1)
1~m: Specifies one axis (m: Current number of controlled axes)
-1:
Specifies all axes
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (116) Return value of the cnc_rdwkcdshft function
Type
Description
Element
1st
element
Numerical value
2nd
element
Array of 2
elements
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Not available
This function cannot be used for the M series.
EW_ATTRIB
The specified axis number is invalid.
EW_PARAM
CNC parameter error.
Set bit 6 (NWS) of parameter No. 1201 to 0.
Workpiece coordinate system shift data
For details, refer to "Workpiece coordinate system shift data" below.
Table 5.3 (117) Workpiece coordinate system shift data
Description
Element
Type
1st element
Numerical value
2nd
element
Array of N
elements (N is 1
or maximum
number of
controlled axes.)
Axis number
Tool management data number of the tool to be stored
Workpiece coordinate system shift array (maximum number of controlled
axes)
The number of elements in the array depends on the value specified by
the axis number.
Array of 1 element for one axis (1 to m)
Array of maximum number of controlled axes elements for all axes (-1)
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
Reads the workpiece coordinate system shift of the axis specified by "axis".
The workpiece coordinate system shift data is stored in the workpiece coordinate system shift array in
workpiece coordinate system shift data in signed binary format.
The data of all axes can be read at once by setting -1 for the axis number.
356/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
The decimal point of the workpiece coordinate system shift data is read by using the cnc_getfigure
function.
[Example]
When the workpiece coordinate system shift data of axis number 1 is read
ret = cnc_rdwkcdshft (1)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end
3.4 Writing workpiece coordinate system shift
[Function]
cnc_wrwkcdshft
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrwkcdshft(type, data)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Element
Type
type
Numerical
value
data
Array of N
elements
(N is 1 or
maximum
number of
controlled
axes.)
Table 5.3 (118) Arguments of the cnc_wrwkcdshft function
Description
Axis number
1 to m: Specifies one axis (m: Current number of controlled axes)
-1: Specifies all axes
Workpiece coordinate system shift data (maximum number of controlled axes)
The number of elements in the array depends on the value specified by the
axis number.
Array of 1 element for one axis (1 to m)
Array of maximum number of controlled axes elements for all axes (-1)
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (119) Return value of the cnc_wrwkcdshft function
Type
Description
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Not available
This function cannot be used for the M series.
EW_ATTRIB
The specified axis number is invalid.
EW_DATA
Incorrect NC program data.
The workpiece coordinate system shift is out of the specifiable range.
EW_PROT
Write protection.
Set bit 3 (WZO) of parameter No. 3290 to 0.
Drawing
number
Numerical
value
357/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Type
Description
EW_PARAM
CNC parameter error.
Set bit 6 (NWS) of parameter No. 1201 to 0.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
The automatic operation start signal STL <F0000.5> is 1.
[Description]
Writes the workpiece coordinate system shift of the axis specified by the axis number.
The workpiece coordinate system shift data is set to the workpiece coordinate system shift array in signed
binary format.
The data of all axes can be written at once by setting -1 to the axis number.
The shift units are the same as those of the cnc_rdwkcdshft function described in "Reads workpiece
coordinate system shift." Refer to the explanation of that function.
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the workpiece coordinate system shift data.
There is a possibility that the NC may run with the wrong workpiece coordinate
system shift data. In this case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and
tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the workpiece coordinate system shift data is
safe and correct when doing so.
[Example]
When the workpiece coordinate system shift data "123" is set to axis number 1
ret = cnc_wrwkcdshft (1,123)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end
3.5 Reading pitch error compensation data information
[Function]
cnc_rdpitchinfo
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdpitchinfo()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
No options
The pitch error compensation function is required.
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Numerical
value
Drawing
number
Element
1st element
Table 5.3 (120) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdpitchinfo function
Type
Description
358/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
2nd element
Numerical
value
Description
Number of pitch error compensation data items to be read
[Description]
Reads the number of usable pitch error compensation data items.
[Example]
When the number of usable pitch error compensation data items is read
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
# Reads the number of usable pitch error compensation data items.
Drawing
number
ret_values = cnc_rdpitchinfo()
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
359/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
3.6 Reading custom macro variable information
[Function]
cnc_rdmacroinfo
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdmacroinfo()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (121) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdmacroinfo function
Type
Description
Element
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
Array
Element
Type
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
Numerical
value
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
A required option is not specified.
The custom macro function is required.
Custom macro variable information
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Custom macro variable
information."
Table 5.3 (122) Custom macro variable information
Description
Number of local variables
The number of available local variables is stored.
It is always 33.
Range of common variables
A value indicating the range of available common variables is stored.
0: 100 to 149, 500 to 531
1: 100 to 199, 500 to 999
2: 100 to 199, 500 to 599
[Description]
Reads the number of custom macro local variables and the number of available common variables.
[Example]
When the number of custom macro local variables and the range of available common variables are read
ret_values = cnc_rdmacroinfo()
# Reads the number of custom macro local variables and the number of available common variables.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
3.7 Reading the minimum parameter number, maximum parameter number, and total number of parameters
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Function]
cnc_rdparanum
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_ rdparanum()
360/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (123) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdparanum function
Element
Type
Description
1st
element
Numerical
value
2nd
element
Array
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
Information on the maximum parameter number, minimum parameter number, and total
number of parameters
For details on the value, see the following "Information on the maximum parameter
number, minimum parameter number, and total number of parameters".
Table 5.3 (124) Information on the maximum parameter number, minimum parameter number, and total number of
parameters
Element
Type
Description
1st element
2nd element
3rd element
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Maximum parameter number
Minimum parameter number
Total number of parameters
[Description]
Reads the minimum CNC parameter number, the maximum CNC parameter number, and the total number
of CNC parameters.
The distribution of CNC parameters varies from model to model, and additional parameters may be
provided through function expansion.
[Example]
When the minimum CNC parameter number, the maximum CNC parameter number, and the total number
of CNC parameters are read.
ret_values = cnc_rdparanum()
# Reads the minimum CNC parameter number, the maximum CNC
parameter number, and the total number of CNC parameters.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
3.8 Reading the minimum setting parameter number, maximum setting parameter number, and total number of
setting parameters
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Function]
cnc_rdsetnum
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdsetnum()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
361/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (125) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdsetnum function
Type
Description
Element
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
Array
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
Information on the maximum setting parameter number, minimum setting parameter
number, and total number of setting parameters
For details on the value, see the following "Information on the maximum setting
parameter number, minimum setting parameter number, and total number of
setting parameters".
Table 5.3 (126) Information on maximum setting parameter number, minimum setting parameter number, and total
number of setting parameters
Element
Type
Description
1st element
2nd element
3rd element
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Maximum setting parameter number
Minimum setting parameter number
Total number of setting parameters
[Description]
Reads the minimum CNC setting parameter number, the maximum CNC setting parameter number, and
the total number of CNC setting parameters.
The distribution of CNC setting parameters varies from model to model, and additional parameters may be
provided through function expansion.
[Example]
When the minimum CNC setting parameter number, the maximum CNC setting parameter number, and the
total number of CNC setting parameters are read.
ret_values = cnc_rdsetnum()
# Reads the minimum CNC setting parameter number, the maximum
CNC setting parameter number, and the total number of CNC setting
parameters.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
3.9 Reading tool offset information (2)
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Function]
cnc_rdtofsinfo2
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdtofsinfo2()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
362/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (127) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdtofsinfo2 function
Type
Description
Element
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd
element
Array
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
A required option is not specified.
M series Number of tool offsets: (16)/32/64/99/200/400/499/999/2000 sets
Tool offset memory (A)/B/C
Tool radius and tool-nose radius compensation
T series Number of tool offsets: (16)/32/64/99/200/400/499/999/2000 sets
Tool geometry and wear compensation
Tool radius and tool-nose radius compensation
Y-axis offset
Second geometry tool offset
Tool offset information
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Tool offset information."
Table 5.3 (128) Tool offset information
Description
Element
Type
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd
element
3rd element
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Offset memory type
- Machining center:
0: Memory type A
1: Memory type B
2: Memory type C
- Lathe:
0: No tool geometry or wear compensation performed.
1: Tool geometry or wear compensation performed.
Number of available offsets
0 to 999 sets
Type of usable offsets
#0: X-axis offset
Usable = 1/not usable = 0
#1: Y-axis offset
Usable = 1/not usable = 0
#2: Z-axis offset
Usable = 1/not usable = 0
#3: Tool-nose radius compensation
Usable= 1/not usable = 0
#4: Virtual tool tip
Usable= 1/not usable = 0
#5: Second geometry compensation
Usable= 1/not usable = 0
#6~#15:
(Not used)
[Description]
Reads the tool offset memory type and the number of usable offsets.
The following parameters are related to this function:
Bit 5 of parameter No. 5009 (for the M series only) and parameter No. 5024
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When the tool offset memory type and the number of usable offsets are read
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
# Reads the tool offset information.
Drawing
number
ret_values = cnc_rdtofsinfo2()
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
363/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[CNC window library tool life management data-related function reference]
4.1 Reading tool life management data (number of tools, tool life, life counter) (range specified)
[Function]
cnc_rdtoolrng
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdtoolrng(s_number, e_number)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (129) Arguments of the cnc_rdtoolrng function
Type
Description
Name
s_number
e_number
Numerical value
Numerical value
Read start tool group number.
Read end tool group number.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (130) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdtoolrng function
Element
Type
Description
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
Array
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The tool group number (s_number or e_number) is invalid.
EW_NOOPT
No options.
The tool life management function is required.
Information on the number of tools, tool life value, and tool life counter
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Information on the number
of tools, tool life value, and tool life counter."
Table 5.3 (131) Information on the number of tools, tool life value, and tool life counter
Element
Type
Description
1st element
2nd element
3rd element
Numerical value
Numerical value
Array of N elements
(N = Number of tool
groups that have
been read)
Read start tool group number.
Read end tool group number.
Tool life management data that has been read
As many tool life management data items as tool groups that have been
read are stored in an array. For details on the value, refer to the following
table "Tool life management data that has been read."
Table 5.3 (132) Tool life management data that has been read
Element
Type
1st element
2nd element
3rd element
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Description
Number of tools
Tool life value
Tool life counter
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
Reads the number of tools, tool life value, and tool life counter value of each tool group within the
specified range.
364/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
The units of the tool life value and tool life counter value are [minutes] or [times].
Which unit is used depends on the setting of bit 2 (LTM) of parameter No. 6800 on the CNC.
The number of tools, tool life value, and tool life counter value of each tool group within the specified
range are stored in the number of tools, tool life value, and tool life counter respectively in binary format.
Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.
The following parameters are related to this function:
Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
Parameter No. 6813.
Bit 4 (LFB) of parameter No. 6805.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When the number of tools, tool life value, and tool life counter value of tool groups 10 to 12 are read
s_number = 10
# Read start tool group number
e_number = 12
# Read end tool group number
# Reads the number of tools, tool life value, and tool life counter value of the group.
ret_values = cnc_rdtoolrng( s_number, e_number )
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
4.2 Writing tool life management data (life counter) (range specified)
[Function]
cnc_wrcountr
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrcountr(datano_s, datano_e, data)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (133) Arguments of the cnc_wrcountr function
Description
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
datano_e
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Write start tool group number
Write end tool group number
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
datano_s
Name
Type
Drawing
number
Name
365/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Name
data
Type
Array
Description
Tool life counter of the groups in the specified range
The tool life counter value is stored in the array in binary format.
The number of elements in the array is the number of tool groups in the specified
range.
The unit of the tool life counter value is [minutes] or [times]. Which unit is used
depends on the setting of bit 2 (LTM) of parameter No. 6800 on the CNC.
The maximum life counter value is as follows:
When bit 4 (LFB) of parameter No. 6805 is set to disable the tool life management
B function :
For the count specification : 65535 times
For the time specification : 4300 minutes
When bit 4 (LFB) of parameter No. 6805 is set to enable the tool life management
B function :
For the count specification : 99999999 times
For the time specification : 100000 minutes
60000 minutes (0.1-second life count intervals)
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (134) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrcountr function
Type
Numerical
value
Description
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The tool group number (datano_s or datano_e) is invalid.
EW_DATA
The tool life counter value is beyond the limit.
EW_NOOPT
No options.
The tool life management function is required.
[Description]
Rewrites the tool life counter value of each tool group within the specified range.
Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The following parameters are related to this function:
Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 1 (TC1) of parameter No. 6804.
Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When the tool life counter values of tool group numbers 10 to 12 are rewritten
Each tool life counter type is as shown below.
Tool group number: 10, 12
Tool life counter type: Times
Tool group number: 11
Tool life counter type: Minutes
366/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
datano_s = 10
# Write start tool group number
datano_e = 12
# Write end tool group number
data = [65535, 4300, 65535]
# Tool life counter values of tool group numbers 10 to 12
# Rewrites the tool life counter values of the specified tool groups.
ret_value = cnc_wrcountr( datano_s, datano_e, data )
if ret_value != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the tool life management data. There is a
possibility that the NC may run with the wrong tool life management data. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool life management data is safe and
correct when doing so.
4.3 Reading tool life management data (number of tool group being used or to be used)
[Function]
cnc_rdusegrpid
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdusegrpid()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (135) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdusegrpid function
Element
Type
1st element
Numerical value
2nd element
Array
Description
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
No options.
The tool life management function is required.
Information on the numbers of the tool groups to be used
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Information on the
numbers of the tool groups to be used."
Table 5.3 (136) Information on the numbers of the tool groups to be used
Element
Type
Description
1st element
2nd element
3rd element
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Number of the next tool group to be used.
Number of the tool group being used.
Number of the selected tool group.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
Reads the numbers of the tool groups being used and to be used.
Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
367/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.
The following parameters are related to this function:
Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When the numbers of the tool groups to be used are read
ret_values = cnc_rdusegrpid( )
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
# Reads the numbers of the tool groups to be used.
4.4 Reading tool life management data (maximum number of tool groups that can be registered)
[Function]
cnc_rdmaxgrp
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdmaxgrp()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (137) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdmaxgrp function
Type
Description
Element
1st element
Numerical value
2nd element
Numerical value
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
No options.
The tool life management function is required.
Maximum number of tool groups that can be registered
[Description]
Reads the maximum number of tool groups that can be registered.
Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The following parameters are related to this function:
Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
368/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Example]
When the maximum number of tool groups that can be registered is read
ret_values = cnc_rdmaxgrp( ) # Reads the maximum number of tool groups that can be registered.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
4.5 Reading tool life management data (maximum number of tools that can be registered in a group)
[Function]
cnc_rdmaxtool
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdmaxtool()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (138) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdmaxtool function
Element
Type
1st element
Numerical value
2nd element
Numerical value
Description
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
No options.
The tool life management function is required.
Maximum number of tools that can be registered in a group
[Description]
Reads the maximum number of tools that can be registered in a group.
Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.
The following parameters are related to this function:
Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When the maximum number of tools that can be registered in a group is read
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
ret_values = cnc_rdmaxtool( ) # Reads the maximum number of tools that can be registered in a group.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
369/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
4.6 Reading tool life management data (ordinal number of the tool to be used in a group)
[Function]
cnc_rdusetlno
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdusetlno(s_grp, e_grp)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (139) Arguments of the cnc_rdusetlno function
Name
Type
s_grp
e_grp
Numerical value
Numerical value
Description
Read start tool group number.
Read end tool group number.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (140) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdusetlno function
Type
Description
Element
1st element
Numerical value
2nd element
Array
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
Tool group number (s_grp or e_grp)
EW_NOOPT
No options.
The tool life management function is required.
Ordinal number of tools
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Ordinal number of tools."
Element
Type
1st element
2nd element
3rd element
Numerical value
Numerical value
Array
Table 5.3 (141) Ordinal number of tools
Description
Read start tool group number.
Read end tool group number.
Ordinal number of the tool to be used in each group
As many tool ordinal numbers as tool groups that have been read
are stored in an array.
The number of elements in the array is the number of tool groups.
[Description]
Reads the ordinal numbers of tools to be used in a group.
Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The following parameters are related to this function:
Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
370/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
When the ordinal numbers of tools to be used in tool group numbers 10 to 12 are read
s_grp = 10 # Read start tool group number
e_grp = 12 # Read end tool group number
ret_values = cnc_rdusetlno( s_grp, e_grp ) # Reads the ordinal numbers of tools to be used in the groups.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
4.7 Reading tool life management data (tool data 1) (2)
[Function]
cnc_rd1tlifedat2
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rd1tlifedat2(grp_num, tool_num)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (142) Arguments of the cnc_rd1tlifedat2 function
Description
Name
Type
grp_num
tool_num
Numerical value
Numerical value
Tool group number
Tool number
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (143) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rd1tlifedat2 function
Element
Type
1st element
Numerical value
2nd element
Array
Description
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The tool group number (grp_num) is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
The specified tool number (tool_num) is invalid.
EW_NOOPT
No options.
The tool life management function is required.
All tool information
For details on the value, refer to the table "All tool information" below.
Table 5.3 (144) All tool information
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Description
Tool group number
Tool number
Tool length compensation number (0 is always read for the lathe system (T
series).)
Name
Type
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Drawing
number
Element
1st element
2nd element
3rd element
371/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
Description
4th element
Numerical value
5th element
Numerical value
Tool radius compensation number (0 is always read for the lathe system (T
series).)
Tool information
0: (See below.)
1: The tool is registered.
2: The life of the tool ends.
3: The tool is skipped.
When 0 is specified for grp_num or tool_num, the tool group or tool currently
being used is referenced, respectively. When no tool group number has been
specified since power-on, however, 0 is stored.
[Description]
Reads all tool information.
Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.
The following parameters are related to this function:
Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When all tool information of tool number "1001" in tool group number "10" is read
grp_num = 10
# Tool group number
tool_num = 1001 # Tool number
ret_values = cnc_rd1tlifedat2( grp_num, tool_num )
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
# Acquires all tool information.
4.8 Reading tool life management data (tool data 2)
[Function]
cnc_rd2tlifedata
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rd2tlifedata(grp_no, use_no)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (145) Arguments of the cnc_rd2tlifedata function
Name
grp_no
use_no
Type
Numerical value
Numerical value
Description
Tool group number
Tool ordinal number
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
372/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Table 5.3 (146) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rd2tlifedata function
Type
Description
1st element
Numerical value
2nd element
Array
Element
Type
1st element
2nd element
3rd element
4th element
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
5th element
Numerical value
6th element
Numerical value
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The tool group number (grp_no) is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
The specified tool ordinal number (use_no) is invalid.
EW_NOOPT
No options.
The tool life management function is required.
All tool information
For details on the value, refer to the table "All tool information" below.
Table 5.3 (147) All tool information
Description
Tool group number
Tool ordinal number
Tool number
Tool length compensation number (0 is always read for the lathe system (T
series).)
Tool radius compensation number (0 is always read for the lathe system (T
series).)
Tool information
0: (See below.)
1: The tool is registered.
2: The life of the tool ends.
3: The tool is skipped.
When 0 is specified for grp_no, the tool group currently being used is
referenced. When no tool group number has been specified since
power-on, however, 0 is stored.
When 0 is specified for use_no, the tool currently being used is referenced
for the number of a tool group already used or the first tool is referenced for
the number of a tool group that has not yet been used.
[Description]
Reads all tool information.
Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The following parameters are related to this function:
Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When all tool information of tool ordinal number 3 in tool group number 10 is read
373/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
grp_no = 10
# Tool group number
use_no = 3
# Tool ordinal number
ret_values = cnc_rd2tlifedata( grp_no, use_no ) # Acquires all tool information.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
4.9 Writing tool life management data (tool data 1) (2)
[Function]
cnc_wr1tlifedat2
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wr1tlifedat2(datano, type, tool_num, h_code, d_code, tool_inf)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (148) Arguments of the cnc_wr1tlifedat2 function
Name
Type
Description
datano
type
tool_num
h_code
d_code
tool_inf
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Tool group number
(Current) tool number
(New) tool number
Tool length compensation number (0 is always read for the lathe system (T series).)
Tool radius compensation number (0 is always read for the lathe system (T series).)
Tool information
1: The tool is registered.
2: The life of the tool ends.
3: The tool is skipped.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
374/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Type
Numerical
value
Table 5.3 (149) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wr1tlifedat2 function
Description
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The tool group number (datano) is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
The specified current tool number (type) is invalid.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
1: New tool number (tool_num) error.
2: Tool length compensation number (h_code) error.
3: Tool radius compensation number (d_code) error.
4: Tool information (tool_inf) error.
EW_NOOPT
No options
The tool life management function is required.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
For a normal call :
An attempt was made to rewrite data of the tool group currently being used or the next tool
group to be used.
[Description]
Writes all tool information.
When all of the following conditions are satisfied for a normal call, error EW_REJECT(13) is returned:
During automatic operation (OP = 1).
The tool group with the target number is being used or is to be used next.
Bit 1 (TCO) of parameter No. 6802 = 0.
When all of the following conditions are satisfied for a normal call, the tool status cannot be changed to the
cleared state:
During automatic operation (OP = 1).
The tool group with the target number is being used or is to be used next.
The tool with the target number is being used.
Bit 1 (TCO) of parameter No. 6802 = 1.
Bit 2 (E17) of parameter No. 6802 = 1.
Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The following parameters are related to this function:
Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 1 (TCO) of parameter No. 6802.
Bit 2 (E17) of parameter No. 6802.
Bit 1 (TC1) of parameter No. 6804.
375/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When all tool information of tool number 1001 in tool group number 10 is written
datano = 10
# Tool group number
type = 1001
# Current tool number
tool_num = 1010 # New tool number
h_code = 11
# Tool length compensation number
d_code = 11
# Tool radius compensation number
tool_inf = 2
# Tool information (2: The life of the tool ends.)
ret_value = cnc_wr1tlifedat2( datano, type, tool_num, h_code, d_code, tool_inf )
# Writes all tool information.
if ret_value != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the tool life management data. There is a
possibility that the NC may run with the wrong tool life management data. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool life management data is safe and
correct when doing so.
4.10 Writing tool life management data (tool data 2)
[Function]
cnc_wr2tlifedata
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wr2tlifedata(datano, type, tool_num, h_code, d_code, tool_inf)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (150) Arguments of the cnc_wr2tlifedata function
Name
Type
Description
datano
type
tool_num
h_code
d_code
tool_inf
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Tool group number
Tool ordinal number
(New) tool number
Tool length compensation number (0 is always read for the lathe system (T series).)
Tool radius compensation number (0 is always read for the lathe system (T series).)
Tool information
1: The tool is registered.
2: The life of the tool ends.
3: The tool is skipped.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
376/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Type
Numerical
value
Table 5.3 (151) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wr2tlifedata function
Description
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The tool group number (datano) is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
The specified tool ordinal number (type) is invalid.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
1: New tool number (tool_num) error.
2: Tool length compensation number (h_code) error.
3: Tool radius compensation number (d_code) error.
4: Tool information (tool_inf) error.
EW_NOOPT
No options
The tool life management function is required.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
For a normal call :
An attempt was made to rewrite data of the tool group currently being used or the next tool
group to be used.
[Description]
Writes all tool information.
Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.
The following parameters are related to this function:
Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 1 (TCO) of parameter No. 6802.
Bit 2 (E17) of parameter No. 6802.
Bit 1 (TC1) of parameter No. 6804.
Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When all tool information of tool ordinal number 3 in tool group number "10" is written
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
datano = 10
# Tool group number
type = 3 # Tool ordinal number
tool_num = 1010 # New tool number
h_code = 11
# Tool length compensation number
d_code = 11
# Tool radius compensation number
tool_inf = 2
# Tool information (2: The life of the tool ends.)
377/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
ret_value = cnc_wr2tlifedata( datano, type, tool_num, h_code, d_code, tool_inf )
# Writes all tool information.
if ret_value != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the tool life management data. There is a
possibility that the NC may run with the wrong tool life management data. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool life management data is safe and
correct when doing so.
4.11 Writing tool life management data (tool group information)
[Function]
cnc_wrgrpinfo
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrgrpinfo(s_grp, e_grp, data)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (152) Arguments of the cnc_wrgrpinfo function
Type
Description
Name
s_grp
e_grp
data
Numerical value
Numerical value
Array of N elements
(N = Number of tool
groups to be written)
Element
1st element
2nd element
3rd element
Read start tool group number.
Read end tool group number.
Array of tool group information
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Tool group
information."
Table 5.3 (153) Tool group information
Type
Description
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Tool life value
Tool life counter
Tool life counter type
0:
Number of times
1:
Time
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
378/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Type
Numerical
value
Table 5.3 (154) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrgrpinfo function
Description
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The tool group number (s_grp or e_grp) is invalid.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
1: Tool life value (count_value) error.
2: Tool life counter value (counter) error.
3: Tool life counter type (count_type) error.
5: During automatic operation.
6: Next group to be used or group being used.
(No items other than the life counter value can be changed.)
Moreover, the block number including illegal data (0 or greater) is set in "Error data
number" in the return value array.
The tool group number is set.
EW_NOOPT
No options
The tool life management function is required.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
For a normal call :
An attempt was made to rewrite data of the tool group currently being used or the next tool
group to be used.
[Description]
Writes tool group information.
The maximum life value and life counter value are as follows:
When bit 4 (LFB) of parameter No. 6805 is set to disable the tool life management B function :
For the count specification :
65535 times
For the time specification :
4300 minutes
When bit 4 (LFB) of parameter No. 6805 is set to enable the tool life management B function :
For the count specification :
99999999 times
For the time specification :
100000 minutes
60000 minutes (0.1-second life count intervals)
Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The following parameters are related to this function:
Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 1 (TC1) of parameter No. 6804.
Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
379/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Example]
When the tool group information of tool group numbers "10" and "11" is written
s_grp = 10 # Read start tool group number
e_grp = 11 # Read end tool group number
data = [[10, 5, 0], [11, 5, 1]] # Tool group information to be written
ret_value = cnc_wrgrpinfo( s_grp, e_grp,data ) # Writes tool group information.
if ret_value != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the tool life management data. There is a
possibility that the NC may run with the wrong tool life management data. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool life management data is safe and
correct when doing so.
4.12 Writing tool life management data (tool group information 2)
[Function]
cnc_wrgrpinfo2
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrgrpinfo2(s_grp, e_grp, opt_grpno)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (155) Arguments of the cnc_wrgrpinfo2 function
Type
Description
Name
s_grp
e_grp
opt_grpno
Numerical value
Numerical value
Array
Read start tool group number.
Read end tool group number.
Arbitrary group number
As many arbitrary group numbers as tool group numbers to be written are
stored in the array.
The number of elements is the number of tool groups to be written.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
380/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Type
Numerical
value
Table 5.3 (156) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrgrpinfo2 function
Description
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The tool group number (s_grp or e_grp) is invalid.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
1: Arbitrary group number (opt_grpno) error.
Moreover, the block number including illegal data (0 or greater) is set in "Error data
number" in the return value array.
The tool group number is set.
EW_NOOPT
No options
The tool life management function is required.
EW_PARAM
No parameter
Parameters of the tool life management B function and arbitrary group number function must
be specified.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
For a normal call :
An attempt was made to rewrite data of the tool group currently being used or the next tool
group to be used.
[Description]
Writes tool group information 2.
Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.
The following parameters are related to this function:
Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 2 (LTM) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 1 (TC1) of parameter No. 6804.
Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When arbitrary group numbers of tool group numbers "10" to "11" are written
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
s_grp = 10 # Read start tool group number
e_grp = 11 # Read end tool group number
opt_grpno = [5, 6] # Arbitrary group numbers to be written
ret_value = cnc_wrgrpinfo2( s_grp, e_grp,opt_grpno )
# Writes arbitrary group numbers.
if ret_value != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
381/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
end
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the tool life management data. There is a
possibility that the NC may run with the wrong tool life management data. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool life management data is safe and
correct when doing so.
4.13 Writing tool life management data (tool group information 3)
[Function]
cnc_wrgrpinfo3
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrgrpinfo3(s_grp, e_grp, life_rest)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (157) Arguments of the cnc_wrgrpinfo3 function
Description
Name
Type
s_grp
e_grp
life_rest
Numerical value
Numerical value
Array
Read start tool group number.
Read end tool group number.
Remaining life setting
The remaining life settings for as many tool groups as written are stored in the
array.
The number of elements is the number of tool groups to be written.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
382/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Type
Numerical
value
Table 5.3 (158) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrgrpinfo3 function
Description
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The tool group number (s_grp or e_grp) is invalid.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
1: Remaining life setting (life_rest) error.
Moreover, the block number including illegal data (0 or greater) is set in "Error data
number" in the return value array.
The tool group number is set.
EW_NOOPT
No options
The tool life management function is required.
EW_PARAM
No parameter
Parameters of the tool life management B function must be specified.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
For a normal call :
An attempt was made to rewrite data of the tool group currently being used or the next tool
group to be used.
[Description]
Writes tool group information 3.
Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.
The following parameters are related to this function:
Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 2 (LTM) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 1 (TC1) of parameter No. 6804.
Bit 4 (LFB) of parameter No. 6805.
Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When arbitrary group numbers of tool group numbers "10" to "11" are written
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
# Writes remaining life settings.
Drawing
number
s_grp = 10 # Read start tool group number
e_grp = 11 # Read end tool group number
life_rest = [5, 6]
# Remaining life settings
ret_value = cnc_wrgrpinfo3( s_grp, e_grp, life_rest )
if ret_value != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
383/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the tool life management data. There is a
possibility that the NC may run with the wrong tool life management data. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool life management data is safe and
correct when doing so.
4.14 Deleting tool life management data (tool group information)
[Function]
cnc_deltlifegrp
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_deltlifegrp(number)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (159) Arguments of the cnc_deltlifegrp function
Name
number
Type
Numerical value
Description
Tool group number
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Type
Numerical
value
Table 5.3 (160) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_deltlifegrp function
Description
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The tool group number (number) is invalid.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
5: During automatic operation.
6: Next group to be used or group being used.
EW_NOOPT
No options
The tool life management function is required.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
No data can be written because processing is being executed for the group, the group is
selected, or data of the group is being buffered.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
Deletes a tool group.
Information belonging to the specified group is all cleared.
384/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.
The following parameters are related to this function:
Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When tool group information of tool group number "15" is deleted
number = 15
# Tool group number
ret_value = cnc_wrgrpinfo3( s_grp, e_grp, life_rest )
if ret_value != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
# Deletes the tool group information.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you delete the tool life management data. There is a
possibility that the NC may run with the wrong tool life management data. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that deleting the tool life management data is safe and
correct when doing so.
385/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[CNC window library tool management data-related function reference]
5.1 Registering tool management data as a new entry (when customization data items 21 to 40 are used)
[Function]
cnc_regtool_f2
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_regtool_f2(s_number, data_num, tool)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (161) Arguments of the cnc_regtool_f2 function
Name
Type
Description
s_number
data_num
Numerical value
Numerical value
tool
Array of N elements
(N = Number of
registered data
items)
Start data number for registering data with the tool management data table
Number of registered data items
Set a value larger than 1 as the number of registered data items.
Array of tool management data to be registered
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Tool management
data to be registered/set."
Table 5.3 (162) Tool management data to be registered/set
Description
3rd element
Numerical value
4th element
Numerical value
5th element
Numerical value
6th element
Numerical value
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Numerical value
Tool type number (T)
(Input range: 0 to 99999999)
Tool life counter
(Input range: 0 to 99999999, increment system: time)
(Input range: 0 to 3599999, increment system: second)
Maximum tool life value
(Input range: 0 to 99999999, increment system: time)
(Input range: 0 to 3599999, increment system: second)
Remaining tool life value
(Input range: 0 to 99999999, increment system: time)
(Input range: 0 to 3599999, increment system: second)
State of tool life
0: Life is not managed.
1: Unused tool
2: Life is limited.
3: Life has expired.
4: Tool damaged (skip)
Customization (bits)
Name
2nd element
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Created
Type
Numerical value
Drawing
number
Element
1st element
386/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Description
7th element
Numerical value
8th element
Numerical value
9th element
Numerical value
10th element
Numerical value
11th element
12th element
Numerical value
Numerical value
13th element
Numerical value
14th element
15th element
16th element
17th element
18th element
19th element
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
20th element
Numerical value
21st element
Numerical value
22nd element
Numerical value
23rd element
Numerical value
24th element
Numerical value
25th element
Numerical value
26th element
Numerical value
27th element
Numerical value
28th element
Numerical value
29th element
Numerical value
Tool information
bit 0 : RGS
0: Tool management data is invalid.
1: Tool management data is valid.
bit 1 : TIM
0: Life is counted by counting the number of times.
1: Life is counted by counting the period of time.
bit 2 : BDT
0: Normal tool
1: Tool with a large diameter
bit 3 : LOC
0: Enables data access.
1: Disables data access.
Bits 4 to 15: Reserved
Tool length compensation No. (H)
(Input range: 0 to 999)
Tool radius compensation No. (D)
(Input range: 0 to 999)
Spindle speed (S)
(Input range: 0 to 99999, increment system : /min)
Cutting feedrate (F)
Tool geometry compensation No. (G)
(Valid only for lathe systems)
Tool wear compensation No. (W)
(Valid only for lathe systems)
Tool geometry number
Edge group number
Edge number
Storage destination magazine number
Storage destination pot number
Customizing data 1
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 2
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 3
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 4
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 5
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 6
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 7
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 8
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 9
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 10
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 11
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Type
Drawing
number
Element
387/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Numerical value
31st element
Numerical value
32nd element
Numerical value
33rd element
Numerical value
34th element
Numerical value
35th element
Numerical value
36th element
Numerical value
37th element
Numerical value
38th element
Numerical value
39th element
Numerical value
40th element
Numerical value
41st element
Numerical value
42nd element
Numerical value
43rd element
Numerical value
44th element
Numerical value
45th element
Numerical value
46th element
Numerical value
47th element
Numerical value
48th element
Numerical value
49th element
Numerical value
50th element
Numerical value
51st element
Numerical value
52nd element
Numerical value
53rd element
Numerical value
54th element
Numerical value
55th element
Numerical value
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Customizing data 12
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 13
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 14
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 15
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 16
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 17
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 18
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 19
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 20
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 21
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 22
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 23
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 24
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 25
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 26
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 27
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 28
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 29
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 30
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 31
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 32
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 33
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 34
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 35
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 36
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 37
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
30th element
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Description
Name
Type
Drawing
number
Element
388/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
Description
56th element
Numerical value
57th element
Numerical value
58th element
Numerical value
Customizing data 38
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 39
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
Customizing data 40
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
NOTE
1 For customization 5 through 20, registration and setting operations are permitted
only when equipped with the customization data expansion (5 to 20) option of the
tool management function.
2 For customization 5 through 40, registration and setting operations are permitted
only when equipped with the customization data expansion (5 to 40) option of the
tool management function.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (163) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_regtool_f2 function
Numerical
value
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Another user is accessing the same data window.
Execute this function again.
EW_NUMBER
Start data number error
The start data number (s_number) is invalid. Or, an attempt was made to
exceed the valid number of data items in the tool management data table.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0:
Error other than EW_DATA.
1:
Tool type number error.
2:
Tool life counter error.
3:
Error in the maximum tool life value.
4:
Error in the tool life value reported in advance.
5:
Error in the tool life status.
6:
Customization 0 error.
7:
Tool information error.
8:
Tool length compensation number (H) error.
9:
Tool radius compensation number (D) error.
10:
Spindle speed (S) error.
11:
Cutting feedrate (F) error.
12:
Tool geometry compensation number (G) error.
13:
Tool wear compensation number (W) error.
14:
Tool geometry number error.
15:
Edge group number error.
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
1st element
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Description
Name
Type
Drawing
number
Element
389/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
Description
16:
17:
18:
27:
2nd element
Numerical
value
Edge number error.
Error in the storage destination magazine number.
Error in the storage destination pot number.
The magazine and pot specified as the storage destination have
already been registered.
29:
Multi edge data is illegal.
(There is an inconsistency in the data for a multi-edged tool in the tool
management function.)
31-70:
Customization 1 to 40 error.
EW_NOOPT
Required option not specified.
The tool life management function (64, 240, or 1000 pairs) is required.
EW_PROT
Write protection
The tool management data table is write-protected.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
An attempt was made to register an already existing tool management data
table entry.
Number of data items actually registered
[Description]
In the tool management data table, it registers tool management data in the range specified with the starting
data number and the number of data items.
Tool management data items are sequentially registered one by one. If an error occurs, the subsequent
registration operations are not performed.
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when writing the tool management data. There is a possibility
that the NC may run with the wrong tool management data. In this case, it may
cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be
damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool management data is safe and correct
when doing so.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Example]
When tool data with respect to the following two tool management data items are registered starting from
start data number 10:
1
Tool type number = 20, Tool life counter = 21, Maximum tool life value = 22, Remaining tool life
value = 23, Tool life state = 3, Customization (bits) = 24, Tool information = 25, Tool length
compensation number = 26, Tool radius compensation number = 27, Spindle speed = 28, Cutting
feedrate = 29, Tool geometry compensation number = 32, Tool wear compensation number = 33,
Tool geometry number = 0, Edge group number = 0, Edge number = 0, Storage destination magazine
number = 1, Storage destination pot number = 1, Customization 1 to 40 = 0
2
Tool type number = 10, Tool life counter = 11, Maximum tool life value = 12, Remaining tool life
value = 13, Tool life state = 3, Customization (bits) = 14, Tool information = 15, Tool length
compensation number = 16, Tool radius compensation number = 17, Spindle speed = 18, Cutting
feedrate = 19, Tool geometry compensation number = 22, Tool wear compensation number = 23,
390/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Tool geometry number = 0, Edge group number = 0, Edge number = 0, Storage destination magazine
number = 1, Storage destination pot number = 1, Customization 1 to 40 = 0
s_number = 10
# Start data number
data_num = 2
# Number of registered data items
tool1[58]=[20,21,22,23,3,24,25,26,27,28,29,32,33,0,0,0,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0]
# 1st tool management data to be registered
tool2[58]=[10,11,12,13,2,14,15,16,17,18,19,22,23,0,0,0,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0]
# 2nd tool management data to be registered
tool[2] = [tool1,tool2]
ret = cnc_regtool_f2(s_number, data_num, tool )
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
5.2 Writing tool management data (when customization data items 21 to 40 are used)
[Function]
cnc_wrtool_f2
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrtool_f2(number, tool)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (164) Arguments of the cnc_wrtool_f2 function
Name
Type
Description
number
tool
Numerical value
Array
Data number in the tool management data table
Tool management data to be set
For details on the value, refer to "Tool management data to be registered/set."
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (165) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrtool_f2 function
Description
Numerical
value
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Another user is accessing the same data window.
Execute this function again.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The start data number (number) is invalid.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0:
Error other than EW_DATA.
1:
Tool type number error.
2:
Tool life counter error.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Type
391/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Type
Description
3:
4:
5:
6:
7:
8:
9:
10:
11:
12:
13:
14:
15:
16:
17:
18:
27:
29:
Error in the maximum tool life value.
Error in the tool life value reported in advance.
Error in the tool life status.
Customization 0 error.
Tool information error.
Tool length compensation number (H) error.
Tool radius compensation number (D) error.
Spindle speed (S) error.
Cutting feedrate (F) error.
Tool geometry compensation number (G) error.
Tool wear compensation number (W) error.
Tool geometry number error.
Edge group number error.
Edge number error.
Error in the storage destination magazine number.
Error in the storage destination pot number.
The magazine and pot specified as the storage destination have already been registered.
Multi edge data is illegal.
(There is an inconsistency in the data for a multi-edged tool in the tool management
function.)
31-70: Customization 1 to 40 error.
EW_NOOPT
Required option not specified.
The tool life management function (64, 240, or 1000 pairs) is required.
EW_PROT
Write protection
The tool management data table is write-protected.
[Description]
Writes a specific tool management data item in the tool management data table.
To set individual items in specific tool management data, use the wrtool function.
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when writing the tool management data. There is a possibility
that the NC may run with the wrong tool management data. In this case, it may
cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be
damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool management data is safe and correct
when doing so.
5.3 Registering magazine management data as a new entry
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Function]
cnc_regmagazine
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_regmagazine(data_num, mag)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
392/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (166) Arguments of the cnc_regmagazine function
Type
Description
Name
data_num
Numerical value
mag
Array of N elements
(N = Number of
registered data items)
Table 5.3 (167) Tool management data to be registered
Description
Element
Type
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
3rd element
Number of registered data items
Set a value larger than 1 as the number of registered data items.
Array of tool management data
For details on the value, refer to "Tool management data to be
registered."
Magazine number
A spindle position and a standby position can also be specified.
In such a case, a pot number need not be specified.
(Input range: 1 to 4, 11 to 14, 21 to 24)
Pot number
(Input range: Depends on the CNC options and CNC parameter settings.)
Tool management data number
(Input range: 0 to 65535)
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (168) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_regmagazine function
Type
Description
Element
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
Numerical
value
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Another user is accessing the same data window.
Execute this function again.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
21: Magazine number error.
22: Pot number error.
23: Tool management data number error.
EW_NOOPT
Required option not specified.
The tool life management function (64, 240, or 1000 pairs) is required.
EW_PROT
Write protection
The tool management data table is write-protected.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
An attempt was made to register an already existing magazine management
table entry.
Number of data items actually registered
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
Registers a tool management data number in the magazine management table.
393/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
The magazine management table is searched for the magazine number and pot number, and a tool
management data number is written for each matching entry.
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when writing the tool management data. There is a possibility
that the NC may run with the wrong tool management data. In this case, it may
cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be
damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool management data is safe and correct
when doing so.
[Example]
When the following two tool management data items are registered
1st item: Magazine number = 1, Pot number = 1, Tool management data number = 10
2nd item: Magazine number = 2, Pot number = 2, Tool management data number = 20
data_num = 2
mag1[3] = [1,1,10]
mag2[3] = [2,2,20]
mag[2] = [mag1, mag2]
# Number of registered data items
# 1st tool management data to be registered
# 2nd tool management data to be registered
ret = cnc_regmagazine(data_num, mag)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
5.4 Deleting magazine management data
[Function]
cnc_delmagazine
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_delmagazine(data_num, mag)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (169) Arguments of the cnc_ delmagazine function
Type
Description
Array of N elements
(N = Number of data
items to be deleted)
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
mag
Number of data items to be deleted
Set a value larger than 1 as the number of registered data items.
Array of magazine management data to be deleted
For details on the value, refer to "Magazine management data to be
deleted."
Name
Numerical value
Drawing
number
Name
data_num
394/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (170) Magazine management data to be deleted
Type
Description
Element
1st element
Numerical value
2nd element
Numerical value
Magazine number
A spindle position and a standby position can also be specified.
In such a case, a pot number need not be specified.
(Input range: 1 to 4, 11 to 14, 21 to 24)
Pot number
(Input range: Depends on the CNC options and CNC parameter
settings.)
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (171) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_ delmagazine function
Type
Description
Element
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
Numerical
value
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Another user is accessing the same data window.
Execute this function again.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
21: Magazine number error.
22: Pot number error.
EW_NOOPT
Required option not specified.
The tool life management function (64, 240, or 1000 pairs) is required.
EW_PROT
Write protection
The tool management data table is write-protected.
Number of data items actually deleted
[Description]
Deletes a tool management data number in the magazine management table.
The magazine management table is searched for the magazine number and pot number, and the tool
management data numbers are deleted for each matching entry.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when writing the tool management data. There is a possibility
that the NC may run with the wrong tool management data. In this case, it may
cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be
damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool management data is safe and correct
when doing so.
395/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Example]
When the following two tool management data items are deleted
1st item: Magazine number = 1, Pot number = 1
2nd item: Magazine number = 2, Pot number = 2
data_num = 2
# Number of data items to be deleted
mag1[2] = [1,1]
# 1st magazine management data item to be deleted
mag2[2] = [2,2]
# 2nd magazine management data item to be deleted
mag[2] = [mag1, mag2]
ret = cnc_delmagazine(data_num, mag)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
5.5 Reading magazine management data
[Function]
cnc_rdmagazine
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdmagazine(data_num, mag)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (172) Arguments of the cnc_rdmagazine function
Name
Type
Description
data_num
Numerical value
mag
Array of N elements
(N = Number of data
items to be read)
Element
Type
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
Numerical
value
Number of data items to be read
Set a value larger than 1 as the number of registered data items.
Array of tool management data to be read
For details on the value, refer to "Magazine management data to be
read."
Table 5.3 (173) Magazine management data to be read
Description
Magazine number
A spindle position and a standby position can also be specified.
In such a case, a pot number need not be specified.
(Input range: 1 to 4, 11 to 14, 21 to 24)
Pot number
(Input range: Depends on the CNC options and CNC parameter settings.)
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Another user is accessing the same data window.
Execute this function again.
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Numerical value
Name
1st
element
Table 5.3 (174) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdmagazine function
Type
Description
Drawing
number
Element
396/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
Description
EW_DATA
Data error
To obtain more detailed information about this return value, execute
the cnc_getdtailerr function.
2nd
element
3rd
element
Numerical value
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
21: Magazine number error.
22: Pot number error.
EW_NOOPT
Required option not specified.
The tool life management function (64, 240, or 1000 pairs) is
required.
Number of data items actually read
Array of N elements
(N = Number of data
items to be read)
Array of tool management data
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Tool management
data that has been read."
Element
Table 5.3 (175) Tool management data that has been read
Type
Description
1st element
Numerical value
2nd element
Numerical value
3rd element
Numerical value
Magazine number
The value specified for the argument is returned.
Pot number
The value specified for the argument is returned.
Tool management data number
[Description]
Reads a tool management data number in the magazine management table.
The magazine management table is searched for magazine number and pot number, and a tool management
data number is read for each matching entry.
[Example]
When the following two tool management data items are deleted
1st item: Magazine number = 1, Pot number = 1
2nd item: Magazine number = 2, Pot number = 2
data_num = 2
mag1[2] = [1,1]
mag2[2] = [2,2]
mag[2] = [mag1, mag2]
# Number of read data items
# 1st read magazine management data item
# 2nd read magazine management data item
ret = cnc_ rdmagazine(data_num, mag)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
5.6 Writing individual items in magazine management data
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Function]
cnc_wrmagazine
397/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrmagazine(magazine, pot, tool_index)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Name
Type
magazine
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
pot
tool_index
Table 5.3 (176) Arguments of the cnc_wrmagazine function
Description
Specify a magazine number.
(Input range: 1 to 4, 11 to 14, 21 to 24)
Specify a pot number.
(Input range: Varies depending on the CNC options and CNC parameter settings.)
Specify a tool management data number.
(Input range: 1 to 65535)
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (177) Return value of the cnc_wrmagazine function
Description
Type
Numerical
value
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Another user is accessing the same data window.
Execute this function again.
EW_DATA
The argument is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr
function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA
21: Magazine number error
22: Pot number error
23: Tool management data number error
EW_NOOPT
A required option is not specified.
The tool management function (64, 240, or 1000 pairs) is required.
EW_PROT
Write protection is applied.
The magazine management table is write-protected.
[Description]
Writes a tool management data number in a magazine management table entry specified by a magazine
number and a pot number.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when writing the tool management data. There is a possibility
that the NC may run with the wrong tool management data. In this case, it may
cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be
damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool management data is safe and correct
when doing so.
398/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Example]
When data having magazine number = 1, pot number = 1, and tool management data number = 10 is
written
ret = cnc_wrmagazine(1,1,10)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end
5.8 Writing tool geometry data
[Function]
cnc_wrtoolgeom_tlm
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrtoolgeom_tlm(snum, datanum, tool)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (178) Arguments of the cnc_wrtoolgeom_tlm function
Name
Type
snum
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
datanum
tool
Array
Description
Specify a tool geometry data registration number.
Specify the number of data items to register.
The tool geometry data of the number of "datanum" items are registered starting
from the tool geometry data number specified by "snum".
Array in which the tool geometry data items to be registered are stored
For the elements of each item, refer to the table "Array of tool geometry data to be
registered."
Table 5.3 (179) Array of tool geometry data to be registered
Type
Description
Element
1st element
2nd element
3rd element
4th element
5th element
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Set a value from 0 to 4 as the number of pots occupied to the left.
Set a value from 0 to 4 as the number of pots occupied to the right.
Set a value from 0 to 4 as the number of pots occupied above.
Set a value from 0 to 4 as the number of pots occupied below.
Set 0 for geometry A or 1 for geometry B.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (180) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrtoolgeom_tlm function
Type
Description
1st element
Numerical
value
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Another user is accessing the same data window.
Execute this function again.
EW_LENGTH
The specification of the number of data items to register (datanum) is invalid.
EW_NUMBER
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Element
399/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
2nd element
Numerical
value
Description
The registration number of tool geometry data (snum) is invalid.
EW_DATA
One of the values specified for tool geometry data is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA
1: Error in the number of pots occupied to the left
2: Error in the number of pots occupied to the right
3: Error in the number of pots occupied above
4: Error in the number of pots occupied below
5: Geometry error
EW_NOOPT
No options
The optional tool management function for 64, 240, or 1000 pairs and a large
radius tool supporting option are required.
EW_PROT
If the tool geometry data to be changed is registered with a tool stored in a pot,
the data is assumed to be protected, and this value is returned.
Number of data items that have been registered successfully
[Description]
Writes as many tool geometry data items as the number specified for datanum, starting from the tool
geometry data number specified for snum.
To enable this function, the optional tool management function for 64, 240, or 1000 pairs and a large radius
tool supporting option are required.
[Example]
When the following information is written in the tool geometry data:
Number of the tool geometry data to be written: 1, registration number: 2
1st registration Number of pots occupied to the left: 1, Number of pots occupied to the right: 2,
Number of pots occupied above: 3, Number of pots occupied below: 4, Geometry B
2nd registration Number of pots occupied to the left: 4, Number of pots occupied to the right:
3, Number of pots occupied above: 2, Number of pots occupied below: 1, Geometry A
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
exv_list = [0, 2]
ret = cnc_wrtoolgeom_tlm(1,2,[[1,2,3,4,1], [4,3,2,1,0]])
if ret[0].to_s == exv_list[0].to_s then
msg_txt = "OK¥n"
else
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
end
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0)
400/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the tool geometry data. There is a possibility
that the NC may run with the wrong tool geometry data. In this case, it may cause
unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be
damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool geometry data is safe and correct
when doing so.
5.8 Reading tool geometry data
[Function]
cnc_rdtoolgeom_tlm
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdtoolgeom_tlm(snum, datanum)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (181) Arguments of the cnc_rdtoolgeom_tlm function
Name
Type
snum
Description
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
datanum
Specify the start number for reading tool geometry data.
Specify the number of data items to be read from the tool geometry data.
This function gets the number of tool geometry data items defined by "datanum"
starting from the tool geometry data numbers that start with "snum."
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (182) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdtoolgeom_tlm function
Element
Type
Description
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
Numerical
value
Array
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
The same data window is being accessed by another user.
Execute the function again.
EW_LENGTH
The specification of the number of tool geometry data items to be acquired
("datanum") is invalid.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error.
The setting of the data number for starting acquisition ("snum") is invalid.
EW_NOOPT
No options
The optional tool management function for 64, 240, or 1000 pairs and a
large radius tool supporting option are required.
Number of data items successfully acquired.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Array for storing the read tool geometry data.
For the elements of each item, see “Array of read tool geometry data.”
Drawing
number
3rd element
401/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (183) Array of read tool geometry data
Element
Type
1st element
2nd element
3rd element
4th element
5th element
Array
Array
Array
Array
Array
Description
The number of pots occupied to the left
The number of pots occupied to the right
The number of pots occupied above
The number of pots occupied below
Set 0 for geometry A and 1 for geometry B.
[Description]
This function reads the number of tool geometry data items defined by datanum, starting from the tool
geometry data number specified by snum.
To enable this function, the optional tool management function for 64, 240, or 1000 pairs and a large radius
tool supporting option are required.
[Example]
To read the following information from the tool geometry data
- Read tool geometry data number: 1, Number of read data items: 2
exv_list = [0,2,[[1,2,3,4,1],[4,3,2,1,0]]]
ret = cnc_rdtoolgeom_tlm(1,2)
if ret[0].to_s == exv_list[0].to_s then
msg_txt = "OK¥n"
else
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
end
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0)
5.9 Reading the tool geometry data
[Function]
cnc_rdtlgeomsize_ext
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdtlgeomsize_ext(coord, s_number, data_num)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (184) Arguments of the cnc_rdtlgeomsize_ext function
Name
coord
s_number
data_num
Type
Description
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Specify 0.
Specify the data number to start acquisition.
Specify the number of items to be acquired.
The tool geometry size data that belongs to one data number is counted as one
acquired number.
The number of tool geometry data items defined by "data_num" are acquired
starting from the data number specified by "s_number."
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
402/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (185) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdtlgeomsize_ext function
Element
Type
Description
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
Numerical
value
Array
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Data block length error
The specification of the number of tool geometry size data items to be
acquired ("data_num") is invalid.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The specified data number for starting acquisition ("s_number") is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
The specification of the program coordinate system ("coord") is invalid.
EW_NOOPT
No options
The option for the 32-pair tool geometry size data, the 100-pair tool
geometry size data, or the 300-pair tool geometry size data is required.
Number of data items acquired
3rd element
An array for storing the acquired tool geometry data.
For the elements of each item, see “Array of read tool geometry size data.”
Table 5.3 (186) Array of read tool geometry size data
3rd element
4th element
5th element
6th element
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Numerical
value
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2nd element
Description
Tool data 1
In the case of NULL, "0x7FFFFFFF" is returned.
Tool data 2
In the case of NULL, "0x7FFFFFFF" is returned.
Tool data 3
In the case of NULL, "0x7FFFFFFF" is returned.
Tool data 4
In the case of NULL, "0x7FFFFFFF" is returned.
Tool type
0: Tool is not defined
10: General tool
11: Thread tool
12: Grooving tool
13: Button turning tool
14: Straight tool
15: Versatile tool
20: Drill tool
21: Chamfering tool
22: Flat end mill tool
23: Ball end mill tool
24: Tap tool
25: Reamer tool
26: Boring tool
27: Face mill tool
Attachment value
The value differs depending on the type of the tool.
Name
Type
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Drawing
number
Element
1st element
403/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
Description
7th element
Numerical
value
8th element
String
In the case of 0, the value of the attachment is not set.
0 to 16: General tool
0 to 16: Thread tool
0 to 16: Grooving tool
0 to 16: Button turning tool
0 to 12: Straight tool
0 to 16: Versatile tool
0 to 4: Drill tool
0 to 4: Chamfering tool
0 to 4: Flat end mill tool
0 to 4: Ball end mill tool
0 to 4: Tap tool
0 to 4: Reamer tool
0 to 4: Boring tool
0 to 4: Face mill tool
Holder number
The setting range is as follows.
0 to 120: 1 path system
0 to 60: 2 path system
0 to 40: 3 path system
0 to 30: 4 or more path system
Tool name
[Description]
This function acquires the tool geometry size data specified by the data number for starting acquisition
("s_number") and the number of acquired data items ("data_num").
Acquisition is performed one data number ("s_number") at a time. If an error occurs in the middle of
acquisition, the subsequent acquisition process is discontinued.
[Example]
To read the following information from the tool geometry size data
- Data number at which to start acquisition: 1, Number of data items acquired: 1
exv_list = [0,1,[[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0]]]]
ret = cnc_rdtlgeomsize_ext(0,1,1)
if ret[0].to_s == exv_list[0].to_s then
msg_txt = "OK¥n"
else
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
end
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0)
5.10 Writing/deleting the tool geometry size data
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Function]
cnc_wrtlgeomsize_ext
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrtlgeomsize_ext(coord, type, s_number, data_num, tlgsext)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
404/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Name
Type
coord
Table 5.3 (187) Arguments of the cnc_wrtlgeomsize_ext function
Description
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
type
s_number
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
data_num
tlgsext
Array
Specify 0.
Specify the tool geometry size data to be set or deleted.
Specify 3 to delete the tool geometry size data.
The relationship between each data item and setting value is as follows.
0: All data
1: Data 1
2: Data 2
3: Tool type
4: Attachment
5: Tool name
6: Data 3
7: Data 4
8: Holder number
Specify the data number to start setting or deleting items.
Specify the number of items to be set or deleted.
The tool geometry size data that belongs to one data number is counted as one
set or deleted item.
The number of tool geometry size data items defined by "data_num" are set/delete
starting from the data number specified by "s_number."
An array for storing the tool geometry size data to be set/deleted.
For the elements of each item, see "Array of tool geometry size data to be
set/deleted."
Table 5.3 (188) Array of tool geometry size data to be set/deleted
Numerica
l value
Numerica
l value
Numerica
l value
Numerica
l value
2nd element
3rd element
4th element
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Description
Tool data 1
In the case of NULL, 0x7FFFFFFF is specified.
Tool data 2
In the case of NULL, 0x7FFFFFFF is specified.
Tool data 3
In the case of NULL, 0x7FFFFFFF is specified.
Tool data 4
In the case of NULL, 0x7FFFFFFF is specified.
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
1st element
Name
Type
Drawing
number
Element
405/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
Description
5th element
Numerica
l value
6th element
Numerica
l value
7th element
Numerica
l value
8th element
String
Tool type
Specify 0 to delete the tool geometry size data.
The tool type and the setting values are as follows.
0: Delete the tool geometry size data
10: General tool
11: Thread tool
12: Grooving tool
13: Button turning tool
14: Straight tool
15: Versatile tool
20: Drill tool
21: Chamfering tool
22: Flat end mill tool
23: Ball end mill tool
24: Tap tool
25: Reamer tool
26: Boring tool
27: Face mill tool
Attachment value
The setting range depends on the tool type.
If the value of the attachment direction is not set, specify 0.
0 to 16: General tool
0 to 16: Thread tool
0 to 16: Grooving tool
0 to 16: Button turning tool
0 to 12: Straight tool
0 to 16: Versatile tool
0 to 4: Drill tool
0 to 4: Chamfering tool
0 to 4: Flat end mill tool
0 to 4: Ball end mill tool
0 to 4: Tap tool
0 to 4: Reamer tool
0 to 4: Boring tool
0 to 4: Face mill tool
Holder number
The setting range is as follows.
0 to 120: 1 path system
0 to 60: 2 path system
0 to 40: 3 path system
0 to 30: 4 or more path system
Tool name
An ASCII string of up to 8 characters. (9th and following characters are discarded.)
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (189) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrtlgeomsize_ext function
Numerica
l value
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
1st element
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Description
Name
Type
Drawing
number
Element
406/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
2nd element
Description
Numerica
l value
EW_LENGTH
Data block length error
The specification of the number of tool geometry size data items to be
set/deleted ("data_num") is invalid.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The data number specified for starting setting/deleting ("s_number") is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
Specification of program coordinate system ("coord") or setting value of the
tool geometry size data
The specification of ("type") is invalid.
EW_DATA
Error of the member in the structure
A member in the structure is incorrect.
Execute the cnc_getdtailerr function to get more detailed information on this
return value.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
0: Error other than EW_DATA
1: Data 1 error
2: Data 2 error
3: Tool type error
4: Attachment error
5: Tool name error
6: Data 3 error
7: Data 4 error
8: Holder number error
EW_NOOPT
No options
The 32-pair tool geometry size data, the 100-pair tool geometry size data, or
the 300-pair tool geometry size data is required.
EW_PROT
Write protection is applied.
The tool geometry size table is write-protected.
The number of data items actually set or deleted is returned.
[Description]
This function sets/deletes the tool geometry size data specified by the data number for starting
setting/deletion ("s_number") and the number of data items to be set/deleted ("data_num").
The data numbers ("s_number") are set/deleted in order one at a time. If an error occurs, the subsequent
setting or deletion process is discontinued.
[Example]
To set the following information to the tool geometry size data
- Setting start data number: 1, Number of setting data items: 2
- First set data item: tool data 1: 2, tool data 2: 3, tool data 3: 4, tool data 4: 5, tool type: general tool,
attachment value: 5, holder number: 20, tool name: general
- Second set data item: tool data 1: 6, tool data 2: 7, tool data 3: 8, tool data 4: 9, tool type: thread tool,
attachment value: 0, holder number: 0, tool name: thread
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
exv_list = [0,2]
ret = cnc_wrtlgeomsize_ext(0,0,1,2,[[2,3,4,5,10,5,20,"General"],[6,7,8,9,11,0,0,"Thread"]])
if ret[0].to_s == exv_list[0].to_s then
407/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
msg_txt = "OK¥n"
else
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
end
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0)
To delete the following information of the tool geometry size data
- Setting start data number: 1, number of setting data items: 3
exv_list = [0,3]
ret = cnc_wrtlgeomsize_ext(0,0,1,3,[[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,""],[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,""],[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,""]])
if ret[0].to_s == exv_list[0].to_s then
msg_txt = "OK¥n"
else
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
end
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0)
NOTE
Use sufficient care when you write the tool geometry size data. There is a
possibility that the NC may run with the wrong tool geometry size data. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool geometry size data is safe and correct
when doing so.
5.11 Reading the magazine property data
[Function]
cnc_rdmag_property
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdmag_property(data_num, mag)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (190) Arguments of the cnc_rdmag_property function
Name
Type
data_num
Numerical value
mag
Array of N elements
(N = Number of
acquired items)
Description
Number of acquired items
1 to 8
Specify -1 when getting all magazine data.
Array of magazine numbers
(Except for reading all magazine data)
Specify the magazine number to be acquired.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
408/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Table 5.3 (191) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdmag_property function
Type
Description
1st
element
Numerical value
2nd
element
3rd
element
Numerical value
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Data block length error
The number of data items (data_num) is incorrect.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
Magazine number is incorrect.
EW_NOOPT
Required option is not added.
Tool life management function (64, 240, and 1000 pairs) and the
tool management expansion B function are required.
Number of data items actually read
Array of N elements
(N = Number of read data
items)
Element
Table 5.3 (192) Magazine property data
Description
Type
1st element
2nd element
3rd element
4th element
5th element
Array of magazine property data
For details on the value, see “Magazine property data ”below.
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Array
Magazine number
Magazine information data
Matrix row number
Matrix column number
An array of 4 elements that contains the customized data.
For details on the value, see “Customized data ”below.
Table 5.3 (193) Customized data
Element
Type
Description
1st element
2nd element
3rd element
4th element
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Value of customized data 1
Value of customized data 2
Value of customized data 3
Value of customized data 4
[Description]
This function gets the specified number of magazine property data items.
[Example]
To get two magazine property data items (magazine number 1, 2)
data_num = 2
mag[2] = [1, 2]
#Number of acquired items
#Magazine number to be acquired
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
ret = cnc_rdmag_property(data_num, mag)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
409/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
5.12 Writing the magazine property data
[Function]
cnc_wrmag_property
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrmag_property(data_num, magprty)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (194) Arguments of the cnc_wrmag_property function
Type
Description
Name
data_num
Numerical value
magprty
Array of N elements
(N = Number of
setting items)
Number of setting items
1 to 8
Specify -1 when setting all magazine data
Array of magazine property data
For details on the value, see “Magazine property data.”
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (195) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrmag_property function
Element
Type
1st
element
Numerical
value
2nd
element
Numerical
value
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Data block length error
The number of data items set (data_num) is incorrect.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
Magazine number is incorrect.
EW_DATA
Data error.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
1: Magazine information error.
11 to 14: Error in customized data 1 to 4.
EW_NOOPT
Required option is not added.
Tool life management function (64, 240, and 1000 pairs) and the tool
management expansion B function are required.
Number of data items actually set
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
This function sets the specified number of magazine property data items.
[Example]
To set the following two magazine property data items
First magazine property data item:
Magazine number=1, Magazine information data=5, Matrix line
number=10, Matrix row number=1, All customized data=0
410/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Second magazine property data item: Magazine number=2, Magazine information data=5, Matrix line
number=20, Matrix row number=2, All customized data=0
data_num = 2
#Number of items to be set
magprty1[5] = [1,5,10,1,[0,0,0,0]]
#First magazine property data to be set
magprty2[5] = [2,5,20,2,[0,0,0,0]]
#First magazine property data to be set
magprty[2] = [magprty1, magprty2]
ret = cnc_wrmag_property(data_num, magprty)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
NOTE
Use sufficient care when you write the magazine property data. There is a
possibility that the NC may run with the wrong magazine property data. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing of the magazine property data is safe and
correct when doing so.
5.13 Deleting the magazine property data
[Function]
cnc_delmag_property
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_delmag_property(data_num, magprty)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (196) Arguments of the cnc_delmag_property function
Name
Type
Description
data_num
Numerical value
magprty
Array of N elements
(N = Number of items to be
deleted)
Number of items to be deleted
1 to 8
Specify -1 when deleting all magazine data.
Array of magazine numbers
(Except for when deleting all magazine data)
Specify the number of the magazine to be deleted.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (197) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_delmag_property function
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Data block length error
The number of data items deleted (data_num) is incorrect.
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Numerical
value
Name
Type
1st
element
Drawing
number
Element
411/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
2nd
element
Type
Description
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
Magazine number is incorrect.
EW_NOOPT
Required option is not added.
Tool life management function (64, 240, and 1000 pairs) and the tool
management expansion B function are required.
Number of data items actually deleted
Numerical
value
[Description]
This function deletes the specified number of magazine property data items.
[Example]
To delete two magazine property data items (magazine number 1, 2)
data_num = 2
magprty[2] = [1, 2]
#Number of items to be deleted
ret = cnc_ delmag _property(data_num, magprty)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
NOTE
Use sufficient care when you delete the magazine property data. There is a
possibility that the NC may run with the wrong magazine property data. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that deletion of the magazine property data is safe and
correct when doing so.
5.14 Reading the pot property data
[Function]
cnc_rdpot_property
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdpot_property(magazine, s_number, data_num)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (198) Arguments of the cnc_rdpot_property function
Name
Type
Description
magazine
Numerical value
Magazine number to be acquired
s_number
Numerical value
Pot number for starting acquisition
data_num
Numerical value
Number of acquired items
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
412/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (199) Return value of the cnc_rdpot_property function
Type
Description
Element
1st element
Numerical value
2nd
element
3rd
element
Numerical value
Array of N
elements (N =
Number of
acquired pot
property data)
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Data block length error
The specification of the number of items to be acquired ("data_num") is
invalid.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The specified data number for starting acquisition ("s_number") is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
The specified magazine number is invalid.
EW_NOOPT
No options
The optional tool management function for 64, 240, or 1000 pairs and the
tool management expansion B function option are required.
Number of acquired pot property data items
Acquired pot property data
For details, see “Pot property data ”below.
Table 5.3 (200) Pot property data
Description
Element
Type
1st element
2nd element
3rd element
4th element
5th element
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Array of 10 elements
Tool management number
Pot type
Pot information 1
Pot information 2
Customized data
For details, see “Customized data.”
Table 5.3 (201) Customized data
Element
1st element
2nd element
3rd element
4th element
5th element
6th element
7th element
8th element
9th element
10th element
Type
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Description
Customized data 1
Customized data 2
Customized data 3
Customized data 4
Customized data 5
Customized data 6
Customized data 7
Customized data 8
Customized data 9
Customized data 10
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
This function sets the magazine number ("magazine") and the pot number for starting acquisition
("s_number") to get the specified number of pot property data items ("data_num").
413/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Example]
When setting 1 for the magazine number to be acquired, 1 for the pot number for starting acquisition, and 2
for the number of items to be acquired
ret = cnc_rdpot_property(1,1,2)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end
5.15 Writing pot property data
[Function]
cnc_wrpot_property
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrpot_property(magazine, s_number, data_num, potprty)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (202) Arguments of the cnc_wrpot_property function
Name
Type
magazine
Numerical value
Magazine number to be set
Description
s_number
Numerical value
Pot number for starting setting
data_num
potprty
Numerical value
Array of 5 (N) elements
(N = Number of setting items)
Number of setting items
Pot property data to be set
For details, see “Pot property data to be set ”below.
Table 5.3 (203) Pot property data to be set
Element
Type
1st element
2nd element
3rd element
4th element
5th element
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Array of 10 elements
Element
Description
Tool management number
Pot type
Pot information 1
Pot information 2
Customized data
For details, see “Customized data.”
Table 5.3 (204) Customized data
Type
Description
1st element
2nd element
3rd element
4th element
5th element
6th element
7th element
8th element
9th element
10th element
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Customized data 1
Customized data 2
Customized data 3
Customized data 4
Customized data 5
Customized data 6
Customized data 7
Customized data 8
Customized data 9
Customized data 10
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
414/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Table 5.3 (205) Return value of the cnc_wrpot_property function
Description
Element
Type
1st
element
Numerical
value
2nd
element
Numerical
value
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Data block length error
The specification of the number of items to be set ("data_num") is invalid.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The data number specified for starting setting ("s_number") is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
The specified magazine number is invalid.
EW_DATA
A member of the array is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
0: Error other than EW_DATA
1: Tool management number error
2: Pot type error
3: Pot information 1 error
4: Pot information 2 error
11 to 20: Error in customized data 1 to 10
100: Tool interference
101: Multi edge error
EW_NOOPT
No options
The optional tool management function for 64, 240, or 1000 pairs and the tool
management expansion B function option are required.
Number of data items actually set
[Description]
This function sets the magazine number ("magazine") and the pot number for starting setting ("s_number")
to set the specified number of pot property data items ("data_num").
NOTE
Use sufficient care when you write pot property data. There is a possibility that the
NC may run with the wrong pot property data. In this case, it may cause unexpected
machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the pot property data is safe and correct when
doing so.
[Example]
When setting 1 for the magazine number to be set, 1 for the pot number for starting setting, 1 for the
number of items to be set, 1 for the pot property data (work management number = 1, pot type = 1, pot
information 1 = 1, pot information 2 = 1, and customized data 1 to 10 as 1 to 0)
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
ret = cnc_wrpot_property(1,1,1,[[1,1,1,1,[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,0]]])
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end
415/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
5.16 Deleting pot property data
[Function]
cnc_delpot_property
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_delpot_property(magazine, s_number, data_num)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (206) Arguments of the cnc_delpot_property function
Name
Type
Description
magazine
Numerical value
s_number
Numerical value
Magazine numbers to be deleted (1 to 8)
Specify -1 when deleting all magazine pot data.
Pot number for starting deletion
data_num
Numerical value
Number of items to be deleted
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (207) Return value of the cnc_delpot_property function
Description
Element
Type
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd
element
Numerical
value
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Data block length error
The specification of the number of items to be deleted ("data_num") is invalid.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The data number specified for starting deletion ("s_number") is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
The specified magazine number is invalid.
EW_NOOPT
No options
The optional tool management function for 64, 240, or 1000 pairs and the tool
management expansion B function option are required.
Number of data items actually deleted
[Description]
This function sets the magazine number ("magazine") and the pot number for starting deletion
("s_number") to delete the specified number of pot property data items ("data_num").
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
NOTE
Use sufficient care when you write pot property data. There is a possibility that the
NC may run with the wrong pot property data. In this case, it may cause unexpected
machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the pot property data is safe and correct when
doing so.
416/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Example]
When setting 1 for the magazine number to be deleted, 1 for the pot number for starting deletion, and 1 for
the number of items to be deleted
ret = cnc_delpot_property(1,1,1)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end
5.17 Tool data transfer
[Function]
cnc_tool_move
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_tool_move(src_magazine, src_pot, dest_magazine, dest_pot)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (208) Arguments of the cnc_tool_move function
Name
Type
Description
src_magazine
Numerical
value
src_pot
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Magazine number of transfer source
A spindle position and a standby position can also be specified. In such a
case, a pot number need not be specified.
Pot number of transfer source
dest_magazine
dest_pot
Numerical
value
Magazine number of transfer destination
A spindle position and a standby position can also be specified. In such a
case, a pot number need not be specified.
Pot number of transfer destination
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination.
EW_DATA
Structure member error.
A member in the structure is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
0: Error other than EW_DATA
1: Error in magazine number of transfer source
2: Error in pot number of transfer source
3: There is no tool in the magazine and pot of the transfer source.
4: Error in magazine number of transfer destination
5: Error in pot number of transfer destination
6: There is a tool in the magazine and pot of the transfer destination.
EW_NOOPT
Name
Numerical
value
Table 5.3 (209) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_tool_move function
Description
Drawing
number
Type
417/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Type
Description
No options.
The tool management function for 64 pairs, the tool management function for 240 pairs, or
the tool management function for 1000 pairs is required.
EW_PROT
Write protection is applied.
The magazine management data table and the tool management data table are
write-protected.
EW_REJECT
If a tool management function with large diameter support is set, the tool transfer to a
magazine or a pot in the transfer destination interferes with other tools.
[Description]
This function transfers the tool information set in the specified magazine and pot to the magazine and pot
of the transfer destination. Unlike the tool attachment function or the tool detachment tool, there is no input
or output of signals.
[Example]
To transfer the tool management data with the following information
- Transfer source magazine number: 1, transfer source pot number: 1, transfer destination magazine
number: 1, transfer destination pot number: 2
exv_list = [0]
ret = cnc_tool_move(1,1,1,2)
if ret[0].to_s == exv_list[0].to_s then
msg_txt = "OK¥n"
else
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
end
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0)
NOTE
Use sufficient care when writing the tool management data. There is a possibility
that the NC may run with the wrong tool management data. In this case, it may
cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be
damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool management data is safe and correct
when doing so.
5.18 Searching the free pot for a large-diameter tool
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Function]
cnc_btlfpotsrh
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_btlfpotsrh(type, magnum, geomnum, potnum)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
418/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Name
Type
Table 5.3 (210) Arguments of the cnc_btlfpotsrh function
Description
type
Numerical value
magnum
geomnum
potnum
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Search direction of the free pot
For the relationship between each search direction and the setting value,
see “Search direction and setting value ”below.
Magazine number of search target
Geometry number of the tool to be stored
Pot number for starting search
Table 5.3 (211) Search direction and setting value
Search direction
Setting value
Reverse
-1
Both
0
Forward
1
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (212) Return value of the cnc_btlfpotsrh function
Description
Numerical
value
2nd
element
Numerical
value
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination.
EW_BUSY
The same data window is being accessed by another user.
Execute the function again.
EW_NUMBER
The specified search direction ("type") is invalid.
EW_DATA
The magazine number ("magnum"), the search pot number ("potnum"), or the
tool geometry number ("geomnum") is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
0: Error other than EW_DATA
21: Magazine number error
22: Pot number error
26: Tool geometry number error.
EW_NOOPT
No options.
The optional tool management function for 64 pairs, the tool management
function for 240 pairs, or the tool management function for 1000 pairs is
required.
EW_OVRFLOW
There are no free pots.
Number of pots actually searched
Search the free pot in which the tool with geometry specified by "geomnum" can be
stored among the magazines of the magazine number specified by "magnum."
Search is performed in the direction specified by "type," starting from the pot number
specified by "potnum."
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
1st
element
Name
Type
Drawing
number
Element
419/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Description]
Search the free pot that fits the specified geometry ("geomnum") in the same magazine ("magnum") based
on the specified pot position ("potnum") as a reference.
The free pot is searched in the direction specified by ("type").
[Example]
When setting -1 (reverse order) for the free pot search direction, 1 for the search target magazine number,
20 for the geometry number of the tool to be stored, and 4 for the pot number for starting search
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
ret = cnc_btlfpotsrh(-1,1,20,4)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end
420/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[CNC Window Library History Data Related Function Reference]
6.1 History data sampling stop
[Function]
cnc_stopophis
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_stopophis()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Type
Numerical
value
Table 5.3 (213) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_stopophis function
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
[Description]
This function instructs the CNC to stop sampling operation history data, alarm history data, and external
operator's message history data.
6.2 History data sampling restart
[Function]
cnc_startophis
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_startophis()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Type
Numerical
value
Table 5.3 (214) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_startophis function
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Function not executed
History data sampling is not stopped (cnc_stopophis).
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
This function instructs the CNC to restart the sampling of the operation history data, the alarm history data,
and the external operator message history data.
421/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
6.3 Reading the number of operation history data items
[Function]
cnc_rdophisno
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdophisno()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Element
Table 5.3 (215) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdophisno function
Type
Description
1st
element
Numerical
value
2nd
element
Numerical
value
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Function not executed
History data sampling is not stopped (cnc_stopophis).
Number of operation history data items
[Description]
This function reads the number of operation history data items.
When reading the operation history data with the cnc_rdophistry3 function, use the cnc_rdophisno3
function instead of this function.
Before using this function, stop the history data sampling (cnc_stopophis function).
(Example)
When the following history data is displayed on the NC operation history screen, the number of
operation history data items can be read as 3 with this function.
History number
Operation history
1
1999/11/22
Power ON time
12:34:56
2
PS0181
Alarm
1999/11/22
13:00:00
MDI key operation
3
[SOFT1]
[Example]
To get the number of operation history data items
ret = cnc_rdophisno()
if ret[0] == EW_OK then
msg_txt = "Number of operation history data items:" + ret[1].to_s + "¥n"
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end
6.4 Clearing the history data
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Function]
cnc_clearophis
422/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_clearophis(slct)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Name
Table 5.3 (216) Arguments of the cnc_clearophis function
Description
Type
slct
Numerical
value
Specify the type of history data to be cleared.
0: Operation history data
1: Alarm history data
2: External operator message history data
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (217) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_clearophis function
Type
Numerical
value
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
Specification of history data type (slct) is incorrect.
EW_PARAM
CNC parameter error
Define parameter EKE(No.3195#7)=1.
[Description]
The history data to be cleared depends on the parameters SAH (No.11354#2) and SOH (No.11354#3) and
the setting of the slct argument.
For details, see the following table.
Table 5.3 (218) History data to be cleared
Parameter
SAH
(No.11354#2)
SOH
(No.11354#3)
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
slct argument
Operation history data
Alarm history
Data
External operator
Message history
Data
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
Cleared
Cleared
Cleared
Cleared
Not cleared
Cleared
Cleared
Cleared
Not cleared
Cleared
Not cleared
Not cleared
Cleared
Cleared
Cleared
Not cleared
Cleared
Not cleared
Cleared
Cleared
Not cleared
Not cleared
Cleared
Not cleared
Cleared
Cleared
Cleared
Cleared
Not cleared
Cleared
Not cleared
Not cleared
Cleared
Not cleared
Not cleared
Cleared
6.5 Reading the number of alarm history data items
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Function]
cnc_rdalmhisno
423/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdalmhisno()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Element
Table 5.3 (219) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdalmhisno function
Type
Description
1st
element
Numerical
value
2nd
element
Numerical
value
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Function not executed
History data sampling is not stopped (cnc_stopophis).
Number of alarm history data items
[Description]
This function reads the number of alarm history data items.
When reading the alarm history data using the cnc_rdalmhistry4 function, use the cnc_rdalmhisno3
function instead of this function to read the number of alarm history data.
Before using this function, stop the history data sampling (cnc_stopophis function).
[Example]
To get the number of alarm history data items
ret = cnc_rdalmhisno()
if ret[0] == EW_OK then
msg_txt = "Number of alarm history data items:" + ret[1].to_s + "¥n”
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end
6.6 Reading the number of external operator message history data items
[Function]
cnc_rdomhisno
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdomhisno()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Element
Table 5.3 (220) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdomhisno function
Type
Description
1st
element
Numerical
value
Date
Created
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
Edition
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Name
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Function not executed
424/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
2nd
element
Description
History data sampling is not stopped (cnc_stopophis).
EW_PARAM
CNC parameter error
Define parameter HOM(No.3196#6)=0 and OMH(No.3112#2)=1
Number of external operator message history data items
Numerical
value
[Description]
This function reads the number of external operator message history data items.
Before using this function, stop the history data sampling (cnc_stopophis function).
This function involves the following parameters.
- Parameter OMH(No.3112#2)=1 (Be sure to set this parameter to use this function.)
- Parameter HOM(No.3196#6)=0 (Be sure to set this parameter to use this function.)
- Parameter EAH(No.3112#3)
For details on the parameters, see “PARAMETER MANUAL (B-63950EN, B-64490EN, B-64610EN) ”of
the CNC.
[Example]
To get the number of external operator message history data items
ret = cnc_ rdomhisno ()
if ret[0] == EW_OK then
msg_txt = "Number of external operator message history data items:" + ret[1].to_s + "¥n ”
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end
6.7 Reading the number of alarm history data items (3)
[Function]
cnc_rdalmhisno3
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdalmhisno3()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below
Table 5.3 (221) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdalmhisno3 function
Element
1st element
Type
Numerical
value
2nd element
Numerical
value
Description
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Function not executed
History data sampling is not stopped (cnc_stopophis).
Number of alarm history data items
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
Reads the number of alarm history data items.
425/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
When reading the alarm history data using the cnc_rdalmhistry4 function, use this function instead
of the cnc_rdalmhisno function to read the number of alarm history data.
Before using this function, stop history data sampling (execute cnc_stopophis function).
[Example]
To get the number of alarm history data items
ret_value = cnc_stopophis()
if ret_value[0] == 0 then
ret_value2 = cnc_rdalmhisno3()
cnc_startophis()
if ret_value2[0] == 0 then
Msg = "Number of alarm history data =" + ret_value2[1].to_s
else
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0 )
end
end
6.8 Reading the alarm history data (4)
[Function]
cnc_rdalmhistry4
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdalmhistry4(s_no, e_no)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (222) Arguments of the cnc_rdalmhistry4 function
Name
Type
s_no
Description
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
e_no
Specifies the start record number (Specify 1 or greater).
Specifies the end record number (Specify 1 or greater).
Specify the end record number so that the number of alarm history data to be
acquired at one time is within 32 records.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (223) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdalmhistry4 function
Element
Type
Description
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Function not executed
History data sampling is not stopped (cnc_stopophis).
EW_LENGTH
Error in the number of data items
Specify the end record number so that the number of alarm history data to be
acquired is within 32 records.
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Numerical
value
Drawing
number
1st element
426/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
2nd element
Description
Array of 3
elements
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The start record number (s_no) or end record number (e_no) is invalid.
Or history data is not recorded.
Start record number, End record number, Alarm history data
For details on the value, see “Start record number, End record number,
Alarm history data” below.
Table 5.3 (224) Start record number, End record number, Alarm history data
Type
Description
Element
1st element
3rd element
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Array of n
elements
(n =
Number of
records)
Element
Type
1st element
Numerical
value
A type of alarm is set.
0: The parameter write switch is on. (SW)
1: A parameter that requires turning off the power was input. (PW)
2: I/O error (IO)
3: Foreground P/S (PS)
4: Overtravel/external data input error (OT)
5: Overheat (OH)
6: Servo alarm (SV)
7: Data input/output error (SR)
8: Macro alarm (MC)
9: Spindle alarm (SP)
10: OT alarm that will not lead to a PS alarm (DS)
11: Alarm related to malfunction prevention (IE)
12: Background P/S (BG)
13: Synchronization error too high (SN)
14: Reserved
15: External alarm message (EX)
16: External alarm message (EX2)
17: External alarm message (EX3)
18: External alarm message (EX4)
19: PMC error (PC)
2nd element
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
An alarm number is set.
2nd element
Start record number of the read range
End record number of the read range
Array of alarm history data
For details on the value, see “Alarm history data” below.
Table 5.3 (225) Alarm history data
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
An absolute axis number (1 to the maximum controlled axis number) or absolute
spindle number(1 to the number of spindles) is set.
(0 is set for an alarm which is not relevant to an axis or spindle.)
Drawing
number
3rd element
Description
427/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
4th element
5th element
6th element
7th element
8th element
9th element
10th element
11th element
12th element
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
String
Year (1995 to 2094).
Month (1 to 12).
Day (1 to 31).
Hours (0 to 23).
Minites (0 to 59).
Second (0 to 59).
Number of characters in the alarm message (0 to 63).
Path number(1 to 10).
Alarm message.
[Description]
Reads alarm history data.
When using this function, use the cnc_rdalmhisno3 function instead of the cnc_rdalmhisno function
to read the number of alarm history data.
The unit of one alarm history data item is called a record. With the cnc_rdalmhistry4 function,
up to 32 records of alarm history data can be acquired at a time.
Operation history data, alarm history data, and external operator’s message history data are
automatically recorded by the CNC.
To access these data items, data sampling by the CNC must be stopped temporarily. To stop data
sampling, before using this function, execute "stop history data sampling" (cnc_stopophis function).
To minimize the history data sampling stop time, execute "resume history data sampling"
(cnc_startophis function) immediately after history data has been read.
The start/end record number is the number assigned to each alarm history data record to be read.
These record numbers are effective after "stop history data sampling" is executed until "resume
history data sampling" is executed.
If the number of records in the recorded history data is less than the range of start / end record numbers
specified by the argument, the end record number of the return value will be the last record number read.
[Example]
When acquiring the data of the alarm history records No.1 to No.5.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
ret_value = cnc_stopophis()
if ret_value[0] == 0 then
s_no = 1
e_no = 5
ret_value3 = cnc_rdalmhistry4(s_no, e_no)
if ret_value3[0] == 0 then
record_list = ret_value3[1]
428/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
s_no2 = record_list[0]
e_no2 = record_list[1]
for i in 0.. e_no2-s_no2 do
record = record_list[2][i]
alm_msg[i] = record[11]
end
else
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0 )
end
cnc_startophis()
end
6.9 Reading external operator’s message history data (2)
[Function]
cnc_rdomhistry2
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdomhistry2(s_no, e_no)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (226) Arguments of the cnc_rdomhistry2 function
Name
Type
s_no
Description
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
e_no
Specifies the start record number (Specify 1 or greater)
Specifies the end record number (Specify 1 or greater)
Specify the end record number so that the number of external operator’s message
history data to be acquired at one time is within 32 records.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (227) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdomhistry2 function
Element
Type
Description
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Function not executed
History data sampling is not stopped (cnc_stopophis).
EW_LENGTH
Error in the number of data items
Specify the end record number so that the number of external operator’s
message history data to be acquired is within 32 records.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The start record number (s_no) or end record number (e_no) is invalid.
Or history data is not recorded.
EW_PARAM
CNC parameter error
Define parameter OMH(No.3112#2)=1
Name
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Numerical
value
Drawing
number
1st element
429/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
Description
2nd element
Array of 3
elements
Start record number, End record number, External operator’s message history
data
For details on the value, see “Start record number, End record number,
External operator’s message history data” below.
Table 5.3 (228) Start record number, End record number, External operator’s message history data
Element
Type
1st element
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Array of n
elements
(n =
Number of
records)
2nd element
3rd element
Description
Start record number of the read range
End record number of the read range
Array of External operator’s message history data
For details on the value, see “External operator’s message history data” below.
Table 5.3 (229) External operator’s message history data
Element
Type
1st element
Numerical
value
Message display flag.
1: Displays EXxxxx.
0: Displays the message as is.
2nd element
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
String
Message number.
3rd element
4th element
5th element
6th element
7th element
8th element
9th element
Description
Year (1995 to 2094).
Month (1 to 12).
Day (1 to 31).
Hours (0 to 23).
Minites (0 to 59).
Second (0 to 59).
Message
[Description]
Reads external operator’s message history data.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
The unit of one external operator’s message history data item is called a record. With the cnc_rdomhistry2
function, up to 32 records of external operator’s message history data can be acquired at a time.
Operation history data, alarm history data, and external operator’s message history data are
automatically recorded by the CNC.
To access these data items, data sampling by the CNC must be stopped temporarily. To stop data
430/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
sampling, before using this function, execute "stop history data sampling" (cnc_stopophis function).
To minimize the history data sampling stop time, execute "resume history data sampling" (cnc_startophis
function) immediately after history data has been read.
The start/end record number is the number assigned to each external operator’s message history data record
to be read. These record numbers are effective after "stop history data sampling" is executed until "resume
history data sampling" is executed.
If the number of records in the recorded history data is less than the range of start / end record numbers
specified by the argument, the end record number of the return value will be the last record number read.
The following parameters are related to this function:
- Bit 2 (OMH) of parameter No. 3112 = 1 --- Must be set.
- Bit 6 (HOM) of parameter No. 3196 = 0 --- Must be set.
- Bit 3 (EAH) of parameter No. 3112.
- Bit 1 (EXM) of parameter No. 6301.
For information about the parameters, refer to "PARAMETER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When acquiring the data of the external operator’s message history records No.1 to No.5.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
ret_value = cnc_stopophis()
if ret_value[0] == 0 then
s_no = 1
e_no = 5
ret_value3 = cnc_rdomhistry2(s_no, e_no)
if ret_value3[0] == 0 then
record_list = ret_value3[1]
s_no2 = record_list[0]
e_no2 = record_list[1]
for i in 0.. e_no2-s_no2 do
record = record_list[2][i]
ope_msg[i] = record[8]
end
else
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0 )
end
cnc_startophis()
end
431/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
[CNC Window Library Data Server Related Function Reference]
7.1 Getting file list information
[Function]
cnc_rddsfile
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rddsfile(dev_name, ds_file_in )
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Name
Table 5.3 (230) Arguments of the cnc_rddsfile function
Description
Type
dev_name
String
Specify the name of the device to which the file list information is acquired.
The device name that can be specified is as follows.
Data server
"DATA_SV"
ds_file_in
Array of 6
elements
Specify the conditions for acquiring the file list information.
For details on the value, see “File list acquisition condition ”below
Element
Type
Table 5.3 (231) File list acquisition condition
Description
1st element
String
Specify the reference file name and reference folder name. (Up to 255 characters)
2nd element
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Numerical
value
Specify the serial number of a file to be defined as a reference of the file list
information.
Specify the offset from a file to be defined as a reference of the file information list.
3rd element
4th element
5th element
6th element
Numerical
value
Specify the number of files in the file list information to be acquired. (Up to 32
characters)
Specify the data unit of the file list information to be acquired.
0 Pages
1 Bytes
2 KBytes (1 KByte=1024 Bytes)
3 MBytes (1 MByte=1024 KBytes)
Specify whether the comment information is read with the file list information.
0 The comment information is not read.
1 The comment information is read.
For details of each element mentioned above, see the [Argument] column of the function reference for
the cnc_rddsfile function in the C Language Executor Programming Manual (B-63943JA-3).
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (232) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rddsfile function
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
No options
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
Name
Type
Numerical
value
Drawing
number
Element
1st element
432/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
2nd element
3rd element
Description
Array of 4
elements
Array of n
elements
(n = Number of
files in the file
list information
acquired (up to
32))
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
22: No fast Ethernet board.
24: The data server function is not available.
EW_BUSY
The data server is being used by other functions.
EW_LENGTH
The specification of the number of files in the file list information
acquired by the 4th element of the ds_file_in argument.
The information of the folder in which the file list information was acquired
For details on the value, see “File list acquisition folder information ”below.
Acquired file list information
Array of the file information.
For details on the file information, see “File information ”below.
Table 5.3 (233) File list acquired folder information
Description
Element
Type
1st element
Numerical value
2nd element
Numerical value
3rd element
4th element
Numerical value
String
Element
Type
Description
1st element
2nd element
3rd element
4th element
5th element
6th element
7th element
8th element
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
Numerical value
9th element
10th element
String
String
Year of last edit
Month of last edit
Day of last edit
Hour of last edit
Minute of last edit
Second of last edit
File size. (Not used for folders)
File/folder attributes
31st bit:
Always 1
30th bit
0: Folder
1: File
04th bit
0: Normal file (folder)
1: Data folder
03rd bit
0: Text
1: Binary
00th bit
0: Editable
1: Uneditable
Bits other than the above: Not used
File/folder name. ASCII character string up to 35 characters
Comment information. ASCII character string up to 127 characters
Contents of the comment block immediately after the program number is
File management format of the CF card of the data server
0 CNC file management format
Serial number of the first file of the file list information of the 3rd element of the
return value
Total number of files in the target folder specified by the ds_file_in argument
The full path of the folder in which the file list information was acquired is
returned. (Up to 255 characters)
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
Table 5.3 (234) File information
433/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
Element
Type
Description
stored.
It is effective only when the 6th element of the ds_file_in argument is 1 and
in the case of a file.
If a comment block does not exist, 127 character strings starting from the
beginning of the data body are returned.
This information is not returned for the program selected as the main
program.
[Description]
This function gets the list information of a file (including subfolders) in the CF card of the data server.
The file list information in the current folder is acquired when the only a file name or NULL character is
specified for the path argument.
When the full path of a file or folder is specified for the path argument, the file list information in the
folder is acquired.
For specific examples, see the [Description] column of the function reference for the cnc_rddsfile function
in the C Language Executor Programming Manual (B-63943JA-3).
[Example]
To get the file information of the folder "//DATA_SV/TEST001/"
ds_file_in = ["//DATA_SV/TEST001/TEST01",0,0,3,1,1]
/* Reference file = " TEST01 ”(serial number = 0, offset = 0)
Number of acquired files = 3
Data size units = Bytes
*/
ret = cnc_rddsfile( "DATA_SV", ds_file_in )
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
NOTE
1 When the data folder is protected by a password, the folder information of the
data folder is not acquired even if the file list information in the folder including the
data folder is acquired. In this case, the serial number of the file advances by one.
2 Even if the data folder is protected by a password, the file list information in the
data folder can be acquired in the following cases.
- The data folder is set as the current folder and only the file name or a NULL
character is specified for the 1st element of the ds_file_in argument.
- The full path of the file in the data folder is specified as the 1st element of the
ds_file_in argument.
- The full path of the data folder is specified as the 1st element of the ds_file_in
argument.
3 If CNC software or communication software that does not support full path
specification for the 1st element of the ds_file_in argument is used, the file list
information is acquired based on the first file in the current folder when the full
path of the file or folder is specified.
434/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
7.2 Getting the current folder
[Function]
cnc_rddsdir
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rddsdir(dev_name)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (235) Arguments of the cnc_rddsdir function
Name
Type
Description
dev_name
String
Device name
The device name that can be specified is as follows.
Data server
"DATA_SV"
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (236) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rddsdir function
Element
Type
1st element
Numerical
value
2nd element
Numerical
value
String
3rd element
Description
Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination.
EW_NOOPT
No options.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
22: No fast Ethernet board.
24: The data server function is not available.
EW_BUSY
The data server is being used by other functions.
EW_DATA
The specification of the dev_name argument is incorrect.
EW_DTSRVR
An error occurred in the data server.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
464:
No CF card. Or, the CF card is not formatted
0 is set as a fixed value.
Acquired current folder name
Acquired current drive + current folder name string
Maximum number of characters is 255.
If a problem occurs, a NULL character is set.
Edition
Date
Created
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 11.0
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.9
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.8
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Person in
charge
2018.11.13
A-42146EN-042/30
FANUC CORPORATION
Changes
Person in
charge
FANUC PICTURE Specification
(Edition 8.0 or later)
Approved
© MyFANUC CE4B7058D7564B669B922BFEB8C32DAA
Page
2022/10/19
2022/04/25
2023/12/20
2023/10/12
2023/07/14
2023/05/24
2023/02/24
Drawing
number
25
24
30
29
28
27
26
Name
[Description]
This function gets the full path of the current folder on the CF card of the data server.
[Example]
To get the current folder of the data server
435/821
7169FiXT6lVrRje/Ma0DMRpz37lzorKKIwzN97n0eoQsyHkIC+2wd68VWEg==
ret = cnc_rddsdir( "DATA_SV" )
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end
7.3 Changing the current folder
[Function]
cnc_dschdir
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_dschdir(dev_name, dir)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (237) Arguments of the cnc_dschdir function
Name
Type
dev_name
String
Specify the name of the device for which the current folder is to be changed.
The device name that can be specified is as follows.
Data server
"DATA_SV"
Description
dir
String
Specify the folder name to be changed.
If only the folder name is specified, that folder becomes one in the current folder.
The folder can be directly changed to the folder outside the current folder by
specifying a full pa
0
You can add this document to your study collection(s)
Sign in Available only to authorized usersYou can add this document to your saved list
Sign in Available only to authorized users(For complaints, use another form )